LISD Board Policies - All Sections

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation
TC-1000-1
1000 - BOARD BYLAWS AND OPERATIONS
1001 Official Description

Name
Territorial Extent of the District
Address
1004 Board Powers
1008 District Authority
1010 Purpose
1100 Bylaw and Policy Development System
Draft Writer
Attorney Involvement
Staff Involvement
Community Involvement
1101 Bylaw and Policy Adoption
1104 Suspension of Bylaws and Policies
1140 Compensation for Board Members
1150 Indemnification
1155 Board Member Conflicts of Interest, Ethics, and
Responsibilities
1160 Contracts and Board Member Disclosure Obligations
1180 Meetings
Regular Meetings
Special Meetings
Mailing of Written Notices
Closed or Executive Sessions
Emergency Meetings
Procedures for Meetings
Time and Place
Notification to Members
Agenda
Special Meeting Agenda
Rules of Order
Quorum
Minutes
Public Participation in Meetings
Information and Study Session
1225 Duties of Board Officers
President
Vice President
Secretary
Treasurer
1230 School Attorney
1235 Independent Auditor
1240 Memberships
Policy Manual
TC-1000-2
1245 School Board Conferences

1248 Board Advisory Committees
1250 Board-Staff Communications
1255 Staff Communications to the Board
Board Communications to Staff
Policy Manual
1001 Official Description 1001
Name
This District shall be known officially as the Lenawee Schools Intermediate
School District. In addition the District recognizes the common reference to it as
the Lenawee Intermediate School District. The District is under the direction of
the Lenawee Schools Intermediate School District Board of Education.
Territorial Extent of the District
The District boundaries constitute those of the following public school
Districts: Addison Community Schools, Adrian Public Schools, Blissfield
Community Schools, Britton-Macon Area Schools, Clinton Community Schools,

Deerfield Public Schools, Hudson Area Schools, Madison School District,
Morenci Area Schools, Onsted Community Schools, Sand Creek Community
Schools, and Tecumseh Public Schools.
Address
The official address of the District Board shall be 4107 North Adrian
Highway, Adrian, MI 49221-9309.
Approved: June 2, 2003

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601 et seq.
Policy Manual
1004 Board Powers 1004
The Board shall be a body corporate, and, as such, capable of suing and
being sued, contracting and being contracted with, acquiring, holding, possessing
and disposing of real and personal property, and taking and holding in trust for
the use and benefit of the District, any grant or devise of land and any donation
or bequest of money or other personal property.
The power of this Board extends to those matters expressly granted by
statute or those matters that may be necessarily implied from such powers
specifically delegated as being necessary to carry them out, and, except as
provided by law, may exercise a power incidental or appropriate to the

performance of any function related to the operation of the Intermediate School
District in the interests of public elementary and secondary education in the
intermediate school District.
The Board shall have, through its Superintendent, the management and
control of all facilities and programs in the District and the employees, students
and other persons entering upon its premises.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601a
Policy Manual
1008 District Authority 1008
The Board recognizes that many of the subject topics found in this policy
manual may be subject to negotiations under the Michigan Public Employment
Relations Act. It is not the intent of the Board to, in any way, circumvent the
negotiations process; but rather to establish direction and general and long-range
operational procedures for the care and custody, establishment, maintenance,
management and carrying on of the public schools and property of the District as
authorized under current law.
Whenever the word ―Superintendent‖ or ―Assistant Superintendent‖
appears in these policies and rules, the words ―or designated representative‖
shall be assumed to follow. The delegation of authority of administrative actions
does not relieve the Superintendent of the responsibility of the actions of such
designated representatives.
The Superintendent is authorized to develop forms and procedures to
implement Board policies. All policies shall become effective immediately upon
Board adoption unless otherwise noted.

Policy Manual
1010 Purpose 1010
Each student is the reason the District exists. The Lenawee Intermediate
School District provides services to students, the local public and private schools
and the Michigan Department of Education.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601a et seq., Also see the “Lenawee Intermediate School
District Vision July 30, 2001”
Policy Manual
1100 Bylaw and Policy Development System 1100
The Superintendent, as the need arises, shall advise the Board when
he/she is of the opinion that a bylaw or policy should be changed, deleted, or
supplemented and present to the Board the reason therefore.
The Board shall review its bylaws and policies and shall, as needs dictate,
delete, amend and supplement existing bylaws and policies and adopt new
bylaws and policies.
Draft Writer
The Superintendent shall draft all recommended policy changes, draft new
bylaws proposals and recommendations for changes. This Superintendent shall
also draft items for the Board of Education’s meeting agendas describing these
policies and the reason for their development, deletion, and/or revisions.
Attorney Involvement
Bylaws, policies, and rules of the Board may be submitted to the Board's
attorney to determine the legality of said bylaws and policies and rules before
they are submitted to the Board for final approval.
Staff Involvement
In formulating policy recommendations to be made to the Board, the
Superintendent may involve members of the staff.
The Superintendent may solicit recommendations from the staff about the
current policies, needs for change and new draft policies. The Superintendent, in
formulating recommendations to the Board, shall consider the input from the
staff. The Superintendent shall make clear to staff the level of decision-making
authority involved in policy formulation, and that their involvement is at the
consultative level.
The Board may advise the public, through the news media and other
means, that the Board welcomes suggestions and ideas concerning Board
policy.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.11a; 380.601 et seq.
Policy Manual
1101 Bylaw and Policy Adoption 1101
Except for policy actions to be taken on emergency measures, the
adoption of Board policies shall follow a sequence that will take place over a
period covered by two regular or special meetings of the Board.
1. Announcement of proposed new or revised policies as an item of
information in the reports section of the routine Board of Education meeting
agenda, from the Superintendent, for first reading by the Board.
2. Opportunity offered to concerned groups or individuals to react to policy
proposals.
3. Discussion and final action by the Board on policy proposals.

The final vote on policy adoption shall be taken at least two weeks from
the meeting at which the policy was first read.
1. Prior to enactment, all policy proposals shall be titled and coded as
appropriate to subject and in conformance with the codification system
used in the Board policy manual.
2. Insofar as possible, each policy statement shall be limited to one subject.
3. Policies and amendments adopted by the Board shall be attached to and
made a part of the minutes of the meeting at which they are adopted and
shall be included in the policy manual of the District.
4. Policies and amendments to policies shall be effective immediately upon
adoption unless a specific effective date is provided in the adopted
resolution.
Emergency Procedure
On matters of urgency, the Board may waive the two-week limitation and
take immediate action to adopt new or revise existing policies. When such
immediate action is necessary, the Superintendent shall inform concerned
groups or individuals about the reasons for this necessity.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380. 601a, 653, 654
Policy Manual
1104 Suspension of Bylaws and Policies 1104
The Board’s bylaws and policies shall be subject to suspension upon a
majority vote of the members elected to and serving on the Board. Whenever
practical the Board’s action of suspension shall be for a time certain, or otherwise
indicate the length of suspension.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380. 601a, 623, 627
Policy Manual
1140 Compensation for Board Members 1140
Board of Education members shall be compensated at the rate of $30.00
per diem for all regular and special meetings of the Board and its committees, not
to exceed 52 meetings per year.
Board members shall be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses
incurred in discharging their official duties and in performing functions authorized
by the Board, as permitted by this policy and state law. The Board of Education
must approve, by majority vote any payment or reimbursement of an expense
claimed under the schedule of specific categories listed below prior to issuing a
check.
Schedule of Specific Categories
The following specific categories of duties and functions are approved as
reimbursable expenses:
1. Expenses incurred for attendance at education-related seminars,
conferences, conventions, workshops, continuing, education courses, and
hearings, including registration fees, and travel, lodging, meals, course
materials and other related expenses.
2. Expenses incurred for attendance at national, state, regional, county, and
local education-related association or intergovernmental meetings.
3. Expenses incurred in attendance at educational or civic programs and
functions when designated as the Board's official representative, delegate,
or spokesperson, except for partisan political activities or lobbying.
4. School business travel: airfare at coach rate; automobile mileage at the
Internal Revenue Service approved rate per mile, plus tolls; and, taxi or
rental car allowances.
5. Reimbursement for education-related journals, books and supplies and
organization dues.
6. School business related long distance telephone call charges.
Policy Manual
1140 Compensation for Board Members 1140-2
If a Board member incurs an expense for an official duty or function not
appearing on the schedule of categories, the Board shall not reimburse the
member for that expense unless a motion to approve the non-scheduled expense
is adopted by the Board.
No Board member travel involving an overnight stay will be eligible for
reimbursement unless approved in writing, in advance by two other Board
members, and after submission of receipts for actual expenses, such
reimbursement shall be approved by a vote of the Board.
Approved: February 7, 2005

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.621, 380.1254, 380.1217a, 388.1764b, PA 234 of 2004,
PA 419 of 2004
Policy Manual
1140-R Compensation for Board Members 1140-R
1. Compensation and mileage shall be paid to Board members for all regular
and special Board meetings:
a) Property Transfer Hearings
b) Budget Hearings
c) Joint Board Meetings
d) Other meetings officially called by the Board
2. Compensation and mileage shall be paid to Board members for all Board
committee meetings:
a) Salaries and Wages Ad Hoc Committee

b) Audit Ad Hoc Committee
c) Agenda Preparation Meetings
d) Other formally appointed Board committee meetings
3. Expense vouchers: to receive reimbursement, a Board member shall
submit to the Superintendent an expense voucher and supporting receipts
or other evidence to verify each expense.
4. Spouses and other family members: expenses for spouses and other
family members accompanying Board members in discharging their official
duties or performing authorized functions are not reimbursable.
5. Board members shall be paid compensation and mileage for each meeting
attended except when two or more meetings are held consecutively on the
same day, in which case compensation and mileage shall be paid for one
meeting only.
No public funds1 will be spent for purchasing alcoholic beverages, jewelry,
gifts, fees for golf, or any item the purchase or possession of which is illegal.
1
Public funds‖ means funds generated from taxes levied under this act, state appropriations of state or federal funds,
or payments made to the intermediate school district for services by a constituent district or any other person, but does
not include voluntary contributions made for a specific purpose by an intermediate school board member, an
intermediate school district employee, another individual, or a private entity.
Policy Manual
1150 Indemnification 1150
The Board may bear the costs, including reasonable counsel fees and
expenses and costs of appeal, if any, incurred by a Board member in his/her
defense of a civil action, or in a criminal action that results in final disposition in
his/her favor, brought against him/her for any act or omission arising out of and in
the performance of his/her duties as a Board member.

Policy Manual
1155 Board Member Conflicts of Interest, Ethics, and Responsibilities 1155
(Cf. 1160, 5230, 5695)
The objectives of this policy are to maintain an impartial administration of
the business of the District and to maintain public confidence in the Board of
Education.
No member of the Board of Education shall engage in, or be a party to,
any of the following activities:
1. Representing his/her opinion as that of the Board of Education or
making commitments on behalf of the District or the Board. No
Board member shall have the power to act in the name of the
Board outside Board meetings unless that person has been
specifically designated to do so by official Board action.
2. Making representations to the staff and citizens that he/she, as an
individual, has the right to take official action for the District. Only
the Board, not individual members, has the right to take official
action for the District.
3. Responding to contacts for discussion of District business or for
complaints, by making a commitment on behalf of the Board. The
individual Board member can listen, but does not and cannot,
speak for the Board or the Superintendent.
4. Exhibiting conduct that shows evidence of prejudice, bias,
favoritism, or personal gain as a motivating force.
5. Disclosing or releasing of confidential information, not otherwise
available to members of the general public, in advance of the time
prescribed for the release; provided however, that this provision
shall not prevent a Board of Education member from divulging or
releasing confidential information regarding suspected violations of
law.
Policy Manual
1155 Board Member Conflicts of Interest, Ethics, and Responsibilities 1155-2
(Cf. 1160, 5230, 5695)
6. Benefiting financially from confidential information obtained due to
the member’s position on the Board of Education.
7. Using resources, property, or funds of the District, except in
accordance with prescribed constitutional, statutory, and regulatory
procedures, and in accordance with good business procedures and
not for personal gain or benefit.
8. Soliciting or accepting a gift or loan of money, goods, services or
other things of value, that might tend or appear to influence the
manner in which the Board of Education member performs his/her
official duties. In any 1-month period, an Intermediate School
Board member shall not accept from a person who does business
or seeks to do business of any kind with the Intermediate School
District any money, goods, or services with a value in excess of
$44.002 if the Board member does not provide goods or services of
equal value in exchange. This subsection does not apply to a gift or
reward already prohibited under section 1805.3
2
Adjusted annually via CPI. As established at MCL 380.634(4):
(4) Subject to subsection (8), in any 1-month period, an intermediate school board member or intermediate
school district administrator shall not accept from a person who does business or seeks to do business of
any kind with the intermediate school district any money, goods, or services with a value in excess of
$44.00 if the board member or administrator does not provide goods or services of equal value in exchange.
This subsection does not apply to a gift or reward already prohibited under section 1805.
3
See also, Board Member could be included in ―school officer‖ term below:
380.1805 Acting as agent; receiving gift or reward; penalty.
Sec. 1805. (1) A superintendent of public instruction, intermediate superintendent, school officer,
superintendent, principal, or teacher of schools shall not act as agent for an author, publisher, or seller of
schoolbooks or school apparatus, or receive a gift or reward for his or her influence in recommending the
purchase or use of a schoolbook, apparatus, or furniture in this state.
(2) A person who violates this section is guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by a fine of not more than
$500.00 or imprisonment for not more than 3 months, or both.
History: 1976, Act 451, Imd. Eff. Jan. 13, 1977
Policy Manual
(Cf. 1160, 5230, 5695)
9. Becoming employed by the District or receiving any compensation
for services rendered, except compensation for attending meetings
and for expenses as permitted by law.
10. Becoming employed by the District until having been out of office
for one (1) full year from the date of official separation from office.
11. Endorsing any organizations, institutions, instructional books or
materials, political candidates, etc., on behalf of the District or the
Board without the express action of the Board.
Board Members shall:
1. Attend all scheduled Board meetings insofar as possible and become
informed concerning the issues to be discussed at Board meetings;
2. Take no action that will compromise the Board or the District’s staff
and respect the confidentiality of information that is privileged under
applicable law;
3. Make policy only after full discussion of the issues at publicly held
Board meetings;
4. Encourage the free expression of opinion by all Board members and
seek systematic communications between the Board, students, staff,
and all elements of the community;
5. Work with other Board members to establish effective policy and to
delegate authority for the administration of the schools to the
Superintendent;
6. Communicate to other Board members and the Superintendent public
reaction to Board policy and District programs;
7. Become informed about current educational issues by individual study
and through participation in programs providing needed information;
Policy Manual
(Cf. 1160, 5230, 5695)
8. Support the employment of those persons best qualified to serve as
District staff and insist on a regular, impartial evaluation of all staff.
Board Member Responsibilities
The Board shall transact all business at legally called and posted
meetings.
If a specific complaint needs attention, the Board member shall refer the
complaint to the Superintendent. The Board member also shall inform the
complainant about the process for bringing items to the Board’s attention through
the Board’s public participation portion of the Board meetings.

LEGAL REF: OAG, 1985-1986, No 6368, p 296 (June 5, 1986); OAG, 1989-
1990, No 6642, p 274 (January 2, 1990); OAG, 1991-1992, No
6728, p 172 (August 26, 1992); MCL 380.634.
Policy Manual
1160 Contracts and Board Member Disclosure Obligations (Cf. 4005) 1160
1. Except for contracts specified in Section 5, below, a Board member shall
comply with the disclosure provisions of Section 2 of this policy in contracts
where:
a. The Board member is a direct party to any contract between
himself/herself and the District, or
b. The Board member, directly or indirectly, solicits, negotiates, re-
negotiates, represents a party to, or is an indirect party to, any contract
with the District and
i. Any firm, meaning a co-partnership or other unincorporated

association, or in which he/she is a partner, member, or employee,
ii. Any private corporation in which he/she is a stockholder owning
more than 1% of the total outstanding stock of any class if the stock
is not listed on a stock exchange, or stock with a present total
market value in excess of $25,000.00 if the stock is listed on a
stock exchange or of which he/she is a Director, officer, or
employee, or
iii. Any trust of which he/she is a beneficiary or trustee.
2. A Board member shall promptly disclose any pecuniary interest in the
contract to the Board of Education, which disclosure shall be a matter of
record in its official proceedings. This disclosure shall be made in the
following ways:
a. If the contract is for emergency repairs or services, the Board member
must promptly disclose any pecuniary interest in the contract which
disclosure shall be made a matter of record in the Board’s official
proceedings.
b. If the Board member will directly benefit from a District contract in an
amount less than $250.00 and less than 5% of the public cost of the
Policy Manual
1160 Contracts and Board Member Disclosure Obligations (Cf. 4005) 1160-2
contract, the Board member must disclose his/her pecuniary interest in
the contract by filing a sworn affidavit with the School Board.
c. If the Board member will benefit by $250.00 or more, or 5% or more of
the public cost of the contract, his/her pecuniary interest must be
disclosed in one of two ways:
i. By notifying, in writing, the President of the Board of his/her interest
at least seven (7) calendar days before the meeting at which a
decision regarding the contract will be made. If the President of the
Board is the individual with the conflict of interest, disclosure must
be made to the Secretary of the Board. The disclosure shall be
made public in the same manner as in public meeting notice, or
ii. By disclosing his/her interest in the contract at a Board meeting.
Under this option, the Board may not vote on the relevant contract
until at least seven (7) calendar days after the meeting at which the
disclosure was made.
d. If the Board member’s pecuniary interest in the contract exceeds
$5,000.00, the Board member must disclose his/her interest in the
contract at a Board meeting, and the Board may not vote in the
relevant contract until at least seven (7) calendar days after the
meeting at which the disclosure was made.
3. Except as provided in Section 4 below, the contract must be approved by a
vote of not less than 2/3rds of the full membership of the Board of Education
in open session without the vote of the Board member making disclosure
specified in Section 2. The Board of Education must disclose the following
summary information in its official minutes:
a. The name of each party involved in the contract,
Policy Manual
b. The terms of the contract, including duration, financial consideration
between parties, facilities or services of the District included in the
contract, and the nature and degree of assignment of employee of the
District for fulfillment of the contract, and
c. The nature of the pecuniary interest.
4. If 2/3rds of the members of the Board are not eligible under this policy to
vote on a contract or to constitute a quorum, a member may be counted for
purposes of a quorum and may vote on the contract if the member will
directly benefit from the contract in an amount less than $250.00 and less
than 5% of the public cost of the contract and the member files a sworn
affidavit to that effect with the official body. The affidavit shall be made part
of the public record of the official proceedings.
5. If the Board of Education receives a disclosure described in this policy and
the policy covering employees (see 4005) the Board shall vote at a public
meeting of the Board whether-or-not it considers the relationship described
in the disclosure to be a conflict of interest.
6. The Board of Education shall not enter into any contract where a Board
member or ISD administrator has a substantial conflict of interest in a
proposed contract.4
7. This policy shall not apply to:
(a) A contract between the Intermediate School District and any of the
following:
(i) A corporation in which an Intermediate School Board member or
Intermediate School District administrator is a stockholder owning

4
Section 634(5) of the Revised School Code defines this term as: ―…As used in this subsection,
―substantial conflict of interest‖ means a conflict of interest on the part of an intermediate school board
member or intermediate school district administrator in respect to a contract with the intermediate school
district that is of such substance as to induce action on his or her part to promote the contract for his or her
own personal benefit.‖
Policy Manual
1% or less of the total stock outstanding in any class if the stock is
not listed on a stock exchange or owning stock that has a present
market value of $25,000.00 or less if the stock is listed on a stock
exchange.
(ii) A corporation in which a trust, if an Intermediate School Board
member or Intermediate School District administrator is a
beneficiary under the trust, owns 1% or less of the total stock
outstanding in any class if the stock is not listed on a stock
exchange or owns stock that has a present market value of

$25,000.00 or less if the stock is listed on a stock exchange.
(iii) A professional limited liability company organized pursuant to the
Michigan limited liability company act, 1993 PA 23, MCL
450.5101 to 450.6200, if an Intermediate School Board member
or Intermediate School District administrator is an employee but
not a member of the company.
(b) A contract between the Intermediate School District and any of the
following:
(i) A corporation in which an Intermediate School Board member or
Intermediate School District administrator is not a Director, officer,
or employee.
(ii) A firm, partnership, or other unincorporated association, in which
an Intermediate School Board member or Intermediate School
District administrator is not a partner, member, or employee.
(iii) A corporation or firm that has an indebtedness owed to an
Intermediate School Board member or Intermediate School
District administrator.
Policy Manual
(c) A contract between the Intermediate School District and a constituent
District.
(d) A contract awarded to the lowest qualified bidder, upon receipt of
sealed bids pursuant to a published notice for bids if the notice does
not bar, except as authorized by law, any qualified person, firm,
corporation, or trust from bidding. This subdivision does not apply to
amendments or renegotiations of a contract or to additional payments
under the contract that were not authorized by the contract at the
time of award.
Approved: December 5, 2005

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.321, et seq., Add. 2004, Act 419, Imd. Eff. Nov. 29, 2004.
Policy Manual
1180 Meetings 1180
The Board of Education believes that to function effectively it must have
clearly defined rules and, procedures by which to conduct the business of the
District.
Actions by the Board
The official business of the District which the Board is authorized to
perform will be conducted only at a public, duly called meeting, with appropriate
notice given as provided by law, and, in particular, Act No. 267 of the Michigan
Public Acts of 1976 as amended ("Open Meetings" Act). No action shall be valid
unless voted on at a meeting by a majority vote of the members elected to and

serving on the Board and a proper record made of the vote.
A proper ―official‖ record of Board proceedings shall be made, signed by
the Secretary. In the absence of the Secretary, the President shall appoint a
temporary Secretary who shall sign the minutes of the meeting. Another Officer
shall act in the absence of the President.
A meeting shall be defined as any gathering for the purpose of discussion
of school business which includes enough members to constitute a quorum,
excepting gatherings for the purpose of adopting a non-policy making tribute or
memorial, or those of a social or chance nature not designed to circumvent the
intent of the Open Meetings Act. Elected members of the Board may also listen
to presentations, observe demonstrations made for their benefit, or meet with
neighborhood groups or the Board of Directors of a private corporation without
complying with the Open Meetings Act. Deliberations concerning Board business
shall not take place at such gatherings.
Policy Manual
1180 Meetings 1180-2
II. Meetings
A. Annual Organizational Meeting
The Board shall meet annually on or before the fourth Monday of July and
shall organize by electing a President, Secretary and Treasurer. The Officers
shall be elected members of the Board. At the discretion of the Board of
Education, it may create and eliminate the office of Vice President, and may elect
a Trustee or the Secretary to serve in the office of Vice-President.
The officers shall perform duties provided by law and prescribed by the
policies and regulations of the District consistent with state and federal
regulations. The Treasurer shall post with the Secretary a bond in an amount
approved by the Board, conditioned upon the faithful performance of the
Treasurer's duties.
The Board shall adopt a regular monthly meeting schedule by a vote of a
majority of the elected members at the organizational meeting. There shall be
posted at the principle office of the Board, and at other appropriate places, a
notice of the schedule of meetings within ten days after the organizational
meeting. The notice, and all public notices of meetings, shall include the name,
address, and telephone number of the Board office and the date, time, and place
of the meetings. The Superintendent is designated by the Board to be
responsible for the posting of notices.
B. Regular Meetings
Regular monthly meetings shall be held at the Education Service Center
at 4107 North Adrian Highway, Adrian, Michigan, unless otherwise determined by
the Board. The schedule of regular meetings or a regular meeting date may be
changed at any meeting by a majority vote of the elected Board. Public notice of
a change in a regular meeting date, time, or place shall be posted at least 18
hours prior to the meeting.
Policy Manual
C. Special Meetings
A special meeting of the Board may be called by the President or by any
other two members of the Board by mailing a written notice to each member and
the Superintendent at least 72 hours before the time of the meeting, or by
delivering the written notice to members personally, or by leaving the notice at
each member's residence with a person of the household at least 24 hours
before the meeting is to take place. Public notice of the special meetings shall
be posted at the principle office of the Board and at other appropriate places at
least 18 hours prior to the convening of the meeting:

D. Mailing of Written Notices
Upon oral or written request and payment of a fee as established by the
Board, the schedule of regular meetings or the notice of rescheduled regular
meetings shall be delivered or sent to any person or business. A person or
business may obtain a subscription for such schedules and notices for a period
of six months or one year, at the option of the person, by oral or written request
and payment of a fee as established by the Board. The fees shall not exceed the
reasonable estimated costs for printing and postage, as determined by the
Board. A newspaper published or radio and television station located in this state
shall not be required to pay a fee for such schedules or notices. If mailed, the
notices should be mailed 72 hours before the meetings and in no case less than
18 hours before the meeting.
E. Closed or Executive Sessions
The Board may meet in closed session only for the following purposes:
1. To consider the dismissal, suspension, or disciplining of, or to hear
complaints or charges brought against an elected member, employee, or
individual agent when the named person requests a closed hearing.
Policy Manual
2. To consider the dismissal, suspension, or disciplining of a student when
the student or the student's parent(s)/guardian(s) requests a closed
hearing.
3. For strategy and negotiation sessions connected with the negotiation of a
collective bargaining agreement when either negotiating party requests a
closed hearing.
4. To consider the purchase or lease of real property up to the time an option
to purchase or lease that real property is obtained.
5. To consult with its attorney regarding trial or settlement strategy in

connection with specific pending litigation, but only when an open meeting
would have detrimental financial effect on the litigating or settlement
position of the Board.
6. To review the specific contents of an application for employment or
appointment to public office when the candidate requests that the
application remain confidential. However, all interviews by the Board for
employment or appointment to public office shall be held in an open
meeting.
7. To consider material exempt from discussion or disclosure by state or
federal statutes.
Except for the purpose identified in items, 1, 2, and 3, a two-thirds, open
meeting roll call vote of the members elect is required to call a closed session
and the purpose or purposes for the closed or executive session shall be entered
in the minutes of the meeting at which the vote is taken. The closed or executive
session shall be recorded in separate minutes that shall not be a matter of public
record except as provided in law. No vote shall be taken during closed session
on matters considered in closed session. Any action taken on such matters shall
be taken in a public meeting and recorded in the minutes of that meeting.
Policy Manual
F. Emergency Meetings
The Board may meet in emergency session in the event of a severe and
imminent threat to the health, safety, or welfare of the public when two-thirds of
the members elect decide that delay would be detrimental to efforts to lessen or
respond to the threat.
III. Procedures for Meetings
A. Time and Place
Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at the Education Service
Center at 4107 North Adrian Highway, Adrian, Michigan, on the first Monday of
each month at 5:00 p.m. Changes in date, time, or place shall be posted by the
Secretary in accordance with the provisions established in II-B of this policy.
B. Notification to Members
No notification of regular meetings is required beyond the mailing or
delivery of the agenda for the meeting. Elected members of the Board shall be
informed of the date, time, and place of any special meeting by written notice
mailed not less than 72 hours prior to the meeting or delivery of said notice to
members personally or by leaving the notice at each member's, residence with a
person of the household at least 24 hours prior to the meeting.
C. Agenda
The agenda for a regular meeting shall be prepared by the Superintendent
and delivered to the elected members of the Board and other interested parties
at least 24 hours before the date of the meeting. Board members' agenda shall
be accompanied by the unapproved minutes of regular meetings, those minutes
of special meetings that are available, Superintendent's recommendations, and
other materials pertinent to items on the agenda or that may be useful to the
elected members.
Policy Manual
D. Special Meeting Agenda
The agenda for a special meeting shall, time permitting, meet the same
requirements as to preparation and delivery as indicated above.
E. Order of Business – Minimum (subject to ad hoc modification by the
Board)
1. Call to Order
2. Approval of Agenda
3. Comments from the Public
4. Information and Reports

a. Instruction
b. Consultation & Planning
c. Finance & Administrative Services
d. Office of the Superintendent
5. Consent Agenda
a. Approval of Regular Meeting Minutes
b. Approval of Special Meeting Minutes
c. Financial Reports
6. Recommended Action
7. Adjournment
F. Rules of Order
The Board shall be governed by rules of procedure as adopted by the
Board. In no event shall the Board adopt Robert’s Rules of Order. The presiding
officer may, however, at his/her discretion, use Robert’s Rules of Order as a
―guideline‖ in the conduct of meetings.
G. Quorum
A majority of the elected members of the Board shall constitute a quorum.
A majority of the elected members is required to approve a motion.
Policy Manual
H. Voting Method
Voting shall be ayes or nays. Roll call votes may be called for at the
discretion of the President or may be requested by any elected member, unless
otherwise required under law. All roll call votes shall be recorded and included in
the minutes of the meeting. Any elected member may abstain from voting for
cause and may request his/her reason for abstaining be recorded in the minutes.
Any elected member may request an explanation of his/her vote be recorded in
the minutes.
I. Minutes
The Secretary of the Board or his/her designee shall keep minutes of
every meeting of the Board. The minutes shall include the date, time, place,
elected members present, elected members absent, all decisions made at open
meetings and the purpose or purposes for which closed or executive sessions
are called, all roll call votes, and a reference to reports and items discussed
when no action is taken.
Proposed and approved minutes of an open meeting of the Board are
public records open to public inspection. Copies of proposed minutes of an open
meeting shall be provided upon request to members of the public within eight
business days of the meeting and copies of approved minutes within five
business days of the meeting at which they are approved.
J. Public Participation in Meetings
All meetings of the Board shall be open to the public, with the exception of
closed or executive sessions. A person shall not be required as a condition of
attendance at a meeting to register or otherwise provide his/her name or other
information or fulfill a condition precedent to attendance. Any person shall be
permitted to address the Board under the agenda item "Comments from the
Public." He/She shall be recognized by the President, give his/her name, and the
Policy Manual
issue or agenda item on which comments will be made. The Board, at its
discretion, may alter the order of business to permit communications from the
public at other times during the meeting.
In cases where individuals or groups desire to appear on the printed
agenda of the meeting for purposes of addressing the Board, a written statement
of such intention must be received by the President of the Board or the
Superintendent's office within five days prior to the date of the meeting. However,
time shall be set aside during that portion of the meeting devoted to "Comments
from the Public" to receive expressions from the public. Persons may be
excluded from attendance at open meetings for a breach of the peace committed
at the meeting.
K. Information and Study Session
The Board may devote a part of each regular or special meeting, or
schedule a study meeting, for the purpose of receiving information and
discussing matters pertaining to the District through presentations, discussing
special projects, or other matters. Such sessions shall be open to the public,
notice of such properly posted, and minutes taken.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.261-275; 380.1201(3) (4)
Policy Manual
1180-R Meetings 1180-R
Procedures and Rules for Public Participation in Meetings
I. Procedures
A. Unless legally closed, all meetings of the Board shall be open to the
public; an individual is not required to register or fulfill any condition
precedent to attendance.
B. Any person may address the Board under agenda item "Comments
from the Public."
1. Individual shall be recognized by the President.
2. Individual shall state his/her name and issue or agenda item on

which comments will be made.
C. The order of business may be altered by the Board to permit
comments from the public at other times during the meeting.
D. An individual or a group wishing to appear on the printed meeting
agenda must submit a written statement of such intention to the
Board President or Superintendent's Office, which shall be received
within five days prior to the date of the meeting.
E. Persons may be excluded from attendance at open meetings for a
breach of the peace committed at the meeting.
II. Rules
A. Complaints against school personnel shall be submitted in writing
to the Board President or Superintendent at least five days prior to
a regular Board meeting. (The law provides that the person
complained against has the right to ask for a separate closed
hearing on the complaint.)
B. Individuals wishing to address the Board are encouraged to contact
the President or Superintendent prior to the meeting.
Policy Manual
1180-R Meetings 1180-R-2
C. Public presentation to the Board should be restricted to
approximately ten minutes. (The exact amount of time will be
determined by the Board at each meeting.)
D. Groups of more than three individuals shall choose a representative
who may address the Board.
E. Any group of more than thirty individuals is urged to give notice to
the Superintendent's Office at least five days prior to the meeting so
that a larger facility may be sought to accommodate the group.
F. The Board may decide to hold a special meeting or hearing

regarding a matter about which a large number of people wish to
address the Board.
G. Individuals who address the Board when a large group is
present/expected will be required to submit the form "Request to
Address the Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of
Education" to the President. The President will call and schedule
speakers by referring to the cards. (See item I.B. above.)
H. Public debate will not be allowed.
Policy Manual
1180-R Meetings 1180-R-3
REQUEST TO ADDRESS THE

LENAWEE INTERMEDIATE SCHOOL DISTRICT BOARD OF EDUCATION
(Please print)
DATE: _____________________
RECEIVED BY: __________________________________________________
I, _____________________________, representing ______________________
(group), wish to address the Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of
Education of the following topic:
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
I understand that my remarks should be limited to a length of time established by
the Board of Education at each meeting and confined to the topic specified
above.
Policy Manual
1225 Duties of Board Officers 1225
President
The President shall:
A. Preside at meetings of the Board.
B. Cause an action to be prosecuted in the name of the District on the
Treasurer's bond in case of breach of a condition of the bond.
C. Perform other duties appropriate to the duties of the office of the
President.
Presiding Officer
The President shall preside at all meetings of the Board. In the absence,
disability, or disqualification of the President, the Vice-President shall act instead.
If neither person is available, another officer shall be designated by a plurality of
those present to preside. The act of any person so designated shall be legal and
binding.
Vice-President (This position may be combined with the office of
Secretary)
If the Board of Education chooses to create the office of Vice-President,
the Vice-President shall:
A. Preside at meetings of the Board when the President is not able to attend.
B. Perform other duties appropriate to the duties of the office of Vice-
President as the Board determines.
C. In case of a vacancy in the office of President, succeed to the office of
President for the balance of the unexpired term.
Secretary
The Secretary shall:
A. Act as clerk at meetings of the Board.
B. Record and sign the minutes of meetings, orders, resolutions and other
proceedings of the Board in proper record books.
Policy Manual
1225 Duties of Board Officers 1225-2
C. Perform other duties required by law or by the Board.
Treasurer
The Treasurer shall:
A. Assure the proper deposits of the funds of the District.
B. Assure the maintenance of proper books of account.
C. Account for interest received from invested school funds and credit
interest received to the appropriate fund accounts.
D. Pay out funds for the purposes specified by law, or in the case of gifts or
donations for the purpose for which the money is given or donated, on
proper orders signed by the Secretary and countersigned by the Board
President.
E. Perform other duties as the Superintendent and the Board may prescribe
in its bylaws relating to the administration of District funds.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.613
Policy Manual
1230 School Attorney 1230
The Board recognizes that the increasing complexity of District operations
frequently requires professional legal services. It shall annually retain an attorney
or law firm.
A decision to seek legal advice or assistance in behalf of the District shall
normally be made by the Superintendent or designee. Such action shall occur as
it is consistent with approved District policy or standard practice and meets the
needs of the District. It may also take place because of formal Board direction.
Many types of instances of legal assistance to the District may be
considered routine and not necessitating specific Board approval. However,

when the administration concludes that unusual types or amounts of professional
legal service may be required, the Board directs the administration to advise it
and to seek, expeditiously, either initial or continuing authorization for such
service.
The performance of the school attorney shall be subject to evaluation by
the Board and the Superintendent. Appointment shall be for a one-year term.
Policy Manual
1235 Independent Auditor 1235
The independent auditor shall:
A. Examine the balance sheet of the District at the close of its fiscal year and
the related statements of transactions in the various funds for the fiscal
year then ended.
B. Conduct such examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards and to include such tests of the accounting records and such
other auditing procedures as are necessary in the circumstances.
C. Render an opinion of the financial statements prepared at, the close of the
fiscal year.
D. Make such recommendations to the Board concerning its accounting
records, procedures and related activities as may appear necessary or
desirable.
E. Perform such other related services as may be requested by the Board.
Policy Manual
1240 Memberships 1240
The Board may maintain membership in the national and state school
Boards associations and Board members may take part in the activities of these
groups.
The Board may also maintain institutional memberships in other
educational organizations that the Superintendent and Board find to be of benefit
to members and District personnel.
The materials and other benefits of these memberships will be distributed
and used to the best advantage of the Board and staff.
Policy Manual
1245 School Board Conferences 1245
In recognition of the need for continuing in-service training and
development for its members, the Board encourages members to participate in
meetings, seminars, conferences, and activities of area, state, and national
school Boards associations, as well as in the activities of other educational
groups. Board members are encouraged to study and examine materials
received from these organizations. A Board member's actual and necessary
expenses for development opportunities shall be paid for or reimbursed in
accordance with Board of Education policy 1140, Policy on Board Member
Compensation and Expenses.

In situations where a Board member holds a state or national office in a
school Board association, or has been asked or appointed to serve a school
Board association at the state or national level, the Board shall budget for the
additional expenses as agreed to prior to the beginning of each fiscal year.
To help members develop an understanding of the educational program,
the Superintendent will request members of the professional staff to appear
before the Board from time to time to present and discuss developments in
various areas of curriculum and instruction.
The Superintendent and Board President are responsible for authorizing
requests for attendance of Board members at approved training opportunities if
the requests come within budgeted appropriations and limitations.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1254, 388.1764b
Policy Manual
1245-R School Board Conferences 1245-R
The Superintendent and Board President shall distribute a calendar of
conferences, workshops, in-service programs, seminars, and conventions, which
Board members may wish to attend. The Superintendent shall update the
calendar for Board members, as the opportunities become known.
The Superintendent is responsible for processing requests for attendance
of Board members if the requests come within budgeted appropriations and
limitations. Payment or reimbursement for expenses incurred may only be made
in accordance with Board of Education policy.
The Superintendent shall consult with the Board President in situations

where funds may not be available for specific activity or when a determination is
necessary as to who shall attend a given activity when more requests are
received than can be honored. The Board President and Superintendent may
bring recommendations to the Board on such matters for final determination.
Policy Manual
1248 Board Advisory Committees 1248
The Board of Education believes it is important that proposed major
changes in Intermediate District programs be systematically studied and
reviewed before implementation. Constituent school Districts should also have
the opportunity to participate in the evaluation of established ISD programs and
services. Input shall be sought from representative advisory committees.
Membership on advisory committees will vary according to the nature of
the program or service, but may include a cross section of local District staff,
local District Superintendents, parent(s)/guardian(s), local citizens, and members
of constituent Boards of Education, as well as ISD staff.

Ad hoc appointees shall be chosen by the Superintendent as needed. All
regular advisory committees and their members shall be endorsed by the Board
annually upon recommendations by the Superintendent, unless precluded by law
or regulations.
Policy Manual
1250 Board-Staff Communication 1250
The Board desires to maintain open channels of communication between
itself and the staff. The basic line of communication will be through the
Superintendent.
Policy Manual
1255 Staff Communications to the Board 1255
All communications or reports to the Board or any Board committee from
all staff members shall be submitted through the Superintendent. This necessary
procedure shall not be construed as denying the right of any employee to appeal
to the Board from administrative decisions on important matters, provided that
the Superintendent shall have been notified of the forthcoming appeal and that it
is processed in accordance with the Board's policy on complaints and
grievances. Staff members are also reminded that Board meetings are public
meetings. As such, they provide an excellent opportunity to observe at first hand
the Board's deliberations on staff concerns.

Board Communications to Staff
All official communications, policies, and directives of staff interest and
concern will be communicated to staff members through the Superintendent and
the Superintendent will employ methods that are appropriate to keep staff fully
informed of the Board's problems, concerns, and actions.
Policy Manual
Section 2000 - General School Administration
TC-2000-1
2000—GENERAL SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION

2020 Administrative Organization
2030 District Authority
2100 School Superintendent
2110 Superintendent Qualifications
2130 Recruitment
2140 Superintendent Appointment
2150 Compensation and Benefits
2170 Professional Development Opportunities
2250 Superintendent Evaluation
2270 Resolution Regarding Employee Resignations
2400 Administrative Personnel
(For school management and supervisory personnel below
District Superintendent level.)
Compensation and Contracts
Qualifications and Duties
Recruitment
Assignment
Orientation
Supervision
Time Schedules
Temporary Administrators
Personnel
Travel Expense
2430 Administrator Evaluation
2450 Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure
2550 Handbooks and Other Publications
2590 Professional Development Opportunities
2700 Policy Implementation
2750 Administrative Rules (Cf. 1570)
Staff Involvement
Student Involvement
Rules Adoption
Rules Dissemination
Rules Review (Also 1570)
Administration in Policy Absence
2760 Indemnification - Board Members and Others
Policy Manual
TC-2000-2
2780 Administration of Medication by School Personnel

Self-Administration/Self-Possession of Medications
Diabetic Emergencies
Management of Students with Asthma in the School
Setting
Exercise Induced Asthma Attacks
School Staff Training
Storage and Access to Medications
Record-Keeping of Medications
2790 School Safety Information Policy Implementation
Incidents to be Reported
Community Meetings
2800 Records
2810 Public Review and Inspection of Records
Fees
Appeals
Policy Manual
2020 Administrative Organization 2020
The legal authority of the Board shall be transmitted through the
Superintendent to other positions through an organizational structure prepared
by the Superintendent and reviewed by the Board. The Superintendent shall be
responsible for keeping the administrative structure of the District aligned with the
District’s Vision and Mission and up-to-date as to the strategic plans, goals,
curricula, instructional arrangements, and services change, and shall make
revisions in the structure known to the Board.
Approved: August 4, 2003
Policy Manual
2030 District Authority 2030
The Board recognizes that many of the subject topics found in this policy
manual may be subject to collective bargaining negotiations under the Michigan
Public Employment Relations Act. It is not the intent of the Board to, in any way,
circumvent the negotiations process as defined in Michigan law, but, rather, to
establish direction and general and long-range operational procedures for the
care and custody, establishment, maintenance, management and carrying on of
the public schools and property of the District as authorized under current law.
Whenever the words ―Superintendent,‖ ―Assistant Superintendent,‖

―Director,‖ ―Principal,‖ or ―Coordinator‖ appear in these policies and rules, the
words ―or designated representative‖ shall be assumed to follow. The delegation
of authority of administrative actions does not relieve the Superintendent of the
responsibility of the actions of such designated representatives.

LEGAL REF MCL 380.601a
Policy Manual
2100 School Superintendent 2100
The Superintendent shall be the chief administrative head of the District
and shall have, under the direction of the Board, general supervision of all of the
schools and of all the personnel and various departments of the District. The
Superintendent is responsible for the management of the schools under Board
policies and is accountable to the Board.
The administration of instruction and business affairs are lodged with the
Superintendent and administered by him/her with the assistance of his/her staff.
The Board of Education, individually and collectively, will refer promptly all
criticisms, complaints, and suggestions called to its attention to the
Superintendent for study and recommendation.
The Superintendent, at his/her discretion, may delegate to other school
personnel the exercise of any powers and the discharge of any duties imposed
upon the Superintendent by these policies or by vote of the Board. The
delegation of power or duty, however, shall not relieve the Superintendent of
responsibility for the action taken under such delegation.

Policy Manual
2110 Superintendent Qualifications 2110
The Board may periodically revise its preferred qualifications for
Superintendent. The minimum qualifications are:
- A commitment to be a visible leader in the District and the community,
attending school and community events, serving as an active member
of community organizations and who will maintain the community’s
trust in the District.
- Possesses a strong background in school finance and state and
federal legislation affecting education.

- Exhibit high integrity, a sense of humor, good communication skills,
and sensitivity for the concerns of all students, staff, and the
community including diverse populations and people with disabilities.
- Has a background in the use of the latest technologies.
- Promotes staff professional development and innovation.
- Has had positive working experiences in consortium.
- Has been a successful teacher and/or administrator in vocational
education, special education, or a K-12 system.
- Possesses a vision for education which is tied to reality, which will
embrace the present vision, mission and beliefs and build on them to
lead the organization into the future.

Policy Manual
2130 Recruitment (Cf. 5020) 2130
When a vacancy in the Superintendency occurs, the Board shall fill the
position with the most capable person available. The Board shall consider only
those candidates who meet its minimum qualifications and who display the ability
to carry out, successfully, the duties of the Superintendent.
Applications for the Superintendency shall be screened, and those
candidates who appear to be most promising shall be interviewed.

Policy Manual
2140 Superintendent Appointment 2140
All contract offers of employment to, or continued employment of, the
Superintendent shall be made by the Board and subject to final approval by the
Board. The Board may choose to have the contract reviewed by its legal counsel.
The Superintendent will be offered a written contract not to exceed the
number of years allowable by law. The Board shall not award tenure to the
Superintendent in said position or in any other administrative position in the
District.
The Superintendent’s contract shall be considered for renewal at a

meeting prior to the Board’s annual organizational meeting. It is the
responsibility of the Board President to see that the Superintendent’s contract is
properly executed and signed. A copy of the contract shall be on file at the
Board office. The contract shall contain a provision excluding the Superintendent
from attaining tenure in the administrative position.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.268(8f); 38.91; 380.1246
Policy Manual
2150 Compensation and Benefits 2150
Compensation and benefits of the Superintendent shall be determined
annually by the Board and will be based on the Superintendent’s performance in
relation to his/her ability to carry out the vision, mission, goals, policies and
budget of the District.

Policy Manual
2170 Professional Development Opportunities 2170
The Board shall offer the Superintendent encouragement and assistance
for his/her professional development. The Board shall encourage him/her to
attend educational conferences, seminars, workshops and other professional
meetings; visit other school systems; and use other means to keep abreast of
modern educational thought and practice.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1246 (1) (2); 380.1254; 380.1525; OAG, 1977-1978, No
5272, p 365 (February 24, 1978)
Policy Manual
2170-R Professional Development Opportunities 2170-R
The annual budget shall provide an allocation for the Superintendent’s
professional development. The Superintendent shall be authorized to attend
those meetings, conferences, workshops, and seminars that in his/her judgment
shall be of greatest value to the District within the limitations provided in the
budget and/or limitations specifically placed on such attendance by the Board.
Policy Manual
2250 Superintendent Evaluation 2250
One of the benefits of a Superintendent evaluation is the establishment
and strengthening of an ongoing, open and honest two-way communication
between the Superintendent and the Board.
The Board shall evaluate the Superintendent, at least annually, using the
criteria and an evaluation process mutually agreed upon by the Board and
Superintendent. If mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Board shall proceed
with the Superintendent's evaluation using criteria aligned with the District's
vision, the manner in which day-to-day operations of the District are handled,
Board - Superintendent relations, staff and community relations, and the degree
to which the Superintendent fulfills the responsibilities set forth in the job
description and duties for that position. The criteria and process adopted by the
Board will be communicated in advance to the Superintendent.
An appraisal instrument may be used by the Superintendent as a
self-evaluation instrument prior to the Board's summary evaluation. Such
self-evaluation can be presented to the Board by the Superintendent at an
evaluation meeting held as allowed under current law.
Prior to any summary evaluation meeting, individual Board members may
complete their evaluation instrument of the Superintendent privately. The Board
and Superintendent may meet in closed session, at the option of the
Superintendent, for the summary evaluation. The Superintendent shall have an
opportunity to respond to the Board's summary evaluation either orally or in
writing at the Superintendent's discretion.
After the Superintendent's summary evaluation has been prepared by the
Board, the Board shall approve, by vote, the summary evaluation at an open
meeting.
After the Board's adoption, the Superintendent's summary evaluation shall
be made available as provided under current law.
Policy Manual
2250 Superintendent Evaluation 2250-2
The Superintendent's summary evaluation and any rebuttal thereto shall
be retained in the Superintendent's personnel file as a matter of record.
The evaluation procedure shall be on file at the District office.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.268; 15.243(1) (m); OAG, 1977-1978, No 5262, p 338
(January 31, 1978); OAG, 1979-1980, No 5608, p 496 (December
17, 1979); OAG, 1989-1990, No 6668, p 409 (November 28, 1990)
Policy Manual
2270 Employee Resignations 2270
The Board authorizes and directs the Superintendent to accept all
employee resignations on behalf of the District. Those persons, whom the
Superintendent may wish to designate as being authorized to accept
resignations, shall be so notified in writing by the Superintendent. Upon
acceptance, resignations shall be irrevocable. The Superintendent shall inform
the Board of any resignations on a monthly basis.

LEGAL REF: MCL 38.111; 380.1131; 380.1231
Policy Manual
2400 Administrative Personnel (Cf. 5520) 2400
The Board recognizes that it is vital to the successful operation of the
District that administrative positions created by the Board be filled with highly
qualified and competent personnel.
The Board shall approve the employment, fix the compensation, and
establish the term of employment for each administrator employed by the District.
Such approval shall be given after considering the recommendations of the
Superintendent.
Internships may be a part of the administrative and supervisory personnel

and shall be determined and appointed by the Superintendent with a timely
report to the Board.
Any professional staff member's misstatement of fact material to
qualifications for employment or the determination of salary shall be considered
by the Board to constitute grounds for dismissal.
Qualifications and Duties
The Superintendent shall develop appropriate job descriptions for each
administrative position in the District. Such documents shall be filed in the staff
resources office.
Assignment/Transfer
The administrator is subject to assignment and transfer to another position
of employment at the discretion of the Superintendent. Upon assignment and/or
transfer to another position, the salary paid and benefits provided shall be those
established by the Board of Education for the new or existing but vacant position.
Orientation
The Superintendent shall conduct an appropriate administrative
orientation program designed to acquaint such personnel with the District, Board
policies, duties and responsibilities and other such activities as time and the
needs of the District require.
Policy Manual
2400 Administrative Personnel (Cf. 5520) 2400-2
Supervision
With the exception of those administrators reporting directly to the
Superintendent, the Assistant Superintendents shall be responsible for the
supervision of all other administrative personnel.
Temporary Administrators
The Superintendent shall designate a staff member to serve as chief
administrator of the District or building in his/her absence.
Personnel
The administrative staff shall fill only those positions authorized by the
Board.
Travel Expense
Travel expense for administrative staff shall be provided in accordance
with the applicable policy.

Policy Manual
2400-R Administrative Personnel 2400-R
The Board will normally honor the recommendations of the Superintendent
in appointment, assignment, transfer, demotion, termination, or non-renewal of
any administrative personnel. The Board, however, may take actions on any of
these matters.
Recruitment
In general all applicants will be screened initially by the Director of Staff
Resources. The Superintendent may use other staff members to assist him/her,
and who shall then make recommendations to the Board.

At the discretion of the Superintendent, all or part of the expenses incurred
by candidates who are interviewed for an administrative position may be paid by
the District.
Compensation Guides and Contracts
Administrative contracts will be reviewed each year in a timely fashion.
The term of each administrative contract will be determined by the Board in
accord with law.
Policy Manual
2430 Administrative Evaluation (Cf. 2250, 5520) 2430
All administrative personnel shall be evaluated on a regular cycle
established and approved by the Superintendent. Board discussion on an
administrator’s evaluation can be held in either a closed or open Board meeting
as decided by the administrator. The administrator’s evaluation shall be made
available to those authorized by law when so requested.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.231-244; 15.268
Policy Manual
2450 Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure (Cf. 5030, 8015) 2450
It is the policy of the Board of Education that the District will not
discriminate against any person based on sex, race, color, national origin,
religion, height, weight, marital status, age, sexual preference/orientation, or
disability. The District reaffirms its long-standing policy of compliance with all
applicable federal and state laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination
including, but not limited to, Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42
U.S.C. §§ 2000d. et seq.; and 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e, et seq.; Title IX of the
Educational Amendments of 1972, 20 U.S.C. §§ 1681, et seq.; Section 504 of the

Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. § 794; The Americans With Disabilities Act
of 1990, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1210, et seq.; the Handicappers’ Civil Rights Act, MCL §§
37.1101, et seq.; and the Elliott-Larsen Civil Rights Act, MCL §§ 37.2101, et seq.
The Coordinator of Compliance, Monitoring, and School Safety is
appointed the Civil Rights Coordinator regarding complaints of disability/handicap
discrimination involving educational services, programs, and activities. The
Coordinator of Compliance, Monitoring, and School Safety is appointed the Civil
Rights Coordinator regarding discrimination complaints made by students5 and/or
their parent(s)/guardian(s), and involving sex, race, color, national origin, religion,
height, weight, age, sexual preference/orientation, or marital status. The
Executive Director of Staff Resources is appointed the Civil Rights Coordinator
regarding all other complaints of discrimination.
Inquiries or complaints by students and/or their parent(s)/guardian(s)
related to discrimination based on disability/handicap should be directed to:
Coordinator of Compliance, Monitoring, and School Safety

Lenawee Intermediate School District
4107 N. Adrian Hwy.
Adrian, MI 49221
(517) 265-1682
5
The word ―students‖ should be read to include the full range of individuals served by the Intermediate
School District in its early childhood, preschool, school-aged, and adult education programs. It is the policy
of the district to use this term in an inclusive manner, encompassing a wide range of learners.
Policy Manual
2450 Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure (Cf. 5030, 8015) 2450-2
Inquiries or complaints made by students and/or their
parent(s)/guardian(s) related to discrimination based on sex, race, color, national
origin, religion, height, weight, age, sexual preference/orientation, or marital
status should be directed to:
The Coordinator of Compliance, Monitoring, and School Safety

4107 N. Adrian Hwy.
Adrian, MI 49221
(517) 265-1682
In the event a complaint is against the Superintendent of Schools, the

complaint should be directed to:
The Vice-President of the Board of Education

4107 N. Adrian Hwy.
Adrian, MI 49221
(517) 265-1682
All other inquiries related to discrimination should be directed to:
Executive Director of Staff Resources

4107 N. Adrian Hwy.
Adrian, MI 49221
(517) 265-1682
The Civil Rights Coordinators, as specified herein, are designated to
receive and process complaints from any person who believes that he/she may
have been discriminated against in violation of this policy. Any person who
believes he/she has been discriminated against in violation of this policy should
file a written complaint with the Civil Rights Coordinator within ten (10) calendar
days of the alleged violation. The Civil Rights Coordinator will take, then, the
following action:
Policy Manual
First, cause an investigation of the complaint to be commenced. Second,
arrange for a meeting to occur with the complainant, which may include school
District staff who are knowledgeable of the facts and circumstances of the
particular complaint or who have particular expertise that will assist in resolving
the complaint. Third, complete the investigation of the complaint and provide, in
writing, a reply to the complainant. If the Civil Rights Coordinator determines that
a violation has occurred, he/she shall propose a fair resolution of the complaint
and deliver the determination to the complainant and the Superintendent. In the
event the complaint is against the Superintendent, a copy of the determination
shall be delivered to the President of the Board of Education. The complainant
may appeal the Civil Rights Coordinator’s determination to the Superintendent,
or, in the case of a complaint against the Superintendent, to the President of the
Board, by so notifying the Superintendent or Board President in writing within the
(10) calendar days of the Civil Rights Coordinator’s determination. The
Superintendent or Board President may conduct additional investigation of the
facts and circumstances surrounding the complaint. The Board Vice-President or
President may elect to secure the services of an outside party to investigate the
facts and circumstances surrounding any complaint against the Superintendent.
The Superintendent, or Board President in the case of a complaint against the
Superintendent, shall affirm or reverse the Civil Rights Coordinator’s decision
and, if warranted, implement the Civil Rights Coordinator’s proposed resolution
or a modification thereof. The Superintendent or Board President's decision shall
be final.
If the complainant is not satisfied with the Civil Rights Coordinator’s written
decision, he/she may appeal to the Office for Civil Rights, Department of
Education, Washington, D.C. 20202.
Policy Manual
Upon completion of, or at any point in, the grievance process,
complainants have the right to file a complaint with the Office for Civil Rights, US
Department of Education, Washington, D.C. 20201. The complainant should first
be directed to the following address:

Office for Civil Rights
600 Superior Avenue, Suite 750
Cleveland, OH 44114
(216) 522-4970 phone
(216) 522-2573 fax
Approved: Adopted August 4, 2003; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007

LEGAL REF: Included in text
Policy Manual
2550 Handbooks and Other Publications 2550
In order that pertinent Board policies and administrative rules/regulations
or procedures are known by all staff members and students, District
administrators are granted authority to develop and issue staff and student
handbooks.
The Superintendent shall review and the Board shall approve all
handbooks prior to publication to ensure that the contents conform completely to
Board policy and current law.
Policy Manual
2590 Professional Development Opportunities (Cf. 2170, 5190, 5330) 2590
Administrators of the District shall make every effort to stay abreast of the
latest developments in their respective fields. The Board may require or
otherwise encourage administrators to attend summer sessions, conferences,
retreats, workshops, or other activities that will directly benefit the District's
schools. Expenses of registration fees, board and room, travel and other
incidental expenses will be paid by the District to attend state, national and local
meetings approved by the Superintendent in accordance with money budgeted
for this purpose; to attend periodic in-service workshops sponsored by the

District; to improve skills in personnel management, supervision and
improvement of instruction, public relations and other aspects of school
management.

Policy Manual
2700 Policy Implementation 2700
The administrative staff shall carry out and enforce all policies duly
adopted by the Board and all administrative regulations promulgated in
furtherance thereof.
Failure of any administrative employee to implement the policies of the
Board may result in suspension, demotion, probation, or other action in
accordance with procedures set forth in these policies and rules.
Policy Manual
2750 Administrative Rules (Cf. 1570) 2750
The Superintendent has the responsibility for developing required rules/
regulations and procedures to carry out Board policies and to operate the
District's programs. These rules/regulations and procedures shall constitute the
administrative regulations governing the District and may be considered for
approval, modification or rejection by the Board as the situation warrants.
Staff Involvement
In the development of rules/regulations, procedures and arrangements for
the operation of the District, the Superintendent may include at the planning
stage representatives of those employees who will be affected by such
provisions.
The Superintendent shall encourage the ready exchange of ideas
regarding the operation of the District. He/She shall carefully consider the advice
given by employees and community members.
The Superintendent may involve District community members on
committees or study groups whenever desired.
Rules Adoption
All administrative rules/regulations or procedures which originate from the
administrative staff must be approved by the Superintendent before adoption or
modification. All administrative rules/regulations or procedures recommended by
the Superintendent shall be reviewed but need not be approved by the
administrative staff before implementation.
Rules Review
In those instances where administrative rules have been adopted by the
Board, they shall be subject to a planned review by the Board and the District's
administrative staff.
Policy Manual
2750 Administrative Rules (Cf. 1570) 2750-2
In cases of an emergency in which action must be taken within the District,
where the Board has provided no policies or guidance for administrative action,
the Superintendent shall have the power to act, but his/her decisions shall be
subject to review by the Board at the next Board meeting. It shall be the duty of
the Superintendent to inform the Board promptly of such action and of any need
for policy.

Policy Manual
2750-R Administrative Rules (Cf. 1570) 2750-R
No administrative rule shall be in conflict with Board policy.
Rules Drafting
All proposed rules/regulations or procedures may be submitted to the
Board’s attorney for a legal interpretation before being submitted to the Board for
review.
Staff Involvement
The Superintendent may appoint, at his or her own discretion, ad hoc
committees for such functions as are not being performed by existing groups or
persons.
Each staff or community committee shall act in an advisory capacity to the
administrative officer responsible for the area in which the committee was
designated to operate. All ad hoc committees shall terminate no later than one
year after their establishment unless otherwise stated in their charter or re-
established by the Board or the administration.
In the event the Superintendent is forced to act in the absence of regular
Board policy or guidelines and feels that policy is needed, he/she may draft a
proposed Board policy, together with appropriate rules, to be presented to the
Board at a future meeting for its consideration.
Considerations
In the development of administrative rules, regulations, and/or procedures,
the administrator in charge shall consider the following areas:
A. The District’s Vision, Mission, and Beliefs.
B. The Board’s expectations and concerns.
Have measurable outcomes been decided upon by the Board and/or
Superintendent? Have the concerns of individual Board members been
addressed?
Policy Manual
2750-R Administrative Rules (Cf. 1570) 2750-R-2
B. Legal Review
Has there been a review of the Revised School Code, the Laws Relating to
Education and attorney general opinions relative to the policy topic? Has
there been a review of any U.S. court or Michigan court decisions relative to
the policy topic?
C. Operational Activities
There shall be consideration given to any staffing, fiscal, notification and in-
service/ orientation implications relative to the administrative procedures

and implementation of the policy.
D. Time Frames
There shall be consideration given to the effective date of any policy
implementation activities. Those periods may include: effective date,
review dates, a date that the policy or procedures may end.
E. Board Review
There shall be time for the administrative staff to review with the Board the
administrative procedures when the topic warrants.
F. Reporting
Prior to any review of the administrative procedures, the administrative staff
shall consider the procedures relative to recommendations (stay the same,
amend, or delete), and future policy and procedure oversight activities.
Policy Manual
2760 Indemnification - Board Members and Others 2760
The District may agree to indemnify, save harmless and defend a current
or prior Board member, Superintendent or other administrator, employee or
volunteer from claims, actions, suits (civil or criminal) and judgments caused by
his/her action if the action was:
Taken in good faith within the course of employment or other
service to the District, or serving on the Board, and
Within the scope of his/her authority.
The Board of Education shall make decisions regarding indemnification on

a case-by-case basis, and may provide liability insurance coverage for this
purpose. The purchase of liability insurance is not a waiver of immunity to suit or
other protection granted by law.

Policy Manual
2780 Administration of Medications by School Personnel (Cf. 8670) 2780
This policy is intended to cover all students.6 It includes students with
disabilities who have an Individualized Educational Program (IEP) or Section 504
Plan. The following definition of ―medication‖ is adopted for use in this District:
―Medication,‖ includes prescription, non-prescription, and herbal medications,
and includes those taken by mouth, by inhaler, those that are injectable, and
those applied as drops to eyes, nose, or medications applied to the skin. Forms
for implementing this policy will be developed and modified as needed and may
be included in this policy as ―samples.‖

Whenever possible, medications for students should be administered by
parent(s)/guardian(s) at home. As a service to the family, the Superintendent
shall establish procedures for the administration of medication by school
personnel in circumstances where such administration is deemed necessary for
the student’s well being by the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) and physician.
The pupil’s parent(s)/guardian(s) must provide the school with written permission
and a written request to administer medications to their child. Written instructions
from a physician, which include the name of the pupil, name of the medication,
dosage of the medication, route of administration, and time the medication is to
be administered to the pupil must accompany the request and be kept on record
by the school. The parental or guardian request/permission and a physician’s
instructions for administration shall be renewed every school year.
Any and all ―biohazards‖ generated, such as, but not limited to: sharps,
bandages, gauze, towelettes, and discarded live or attenuated vaccines, due to
the administration of medications by school personnel shall be disposed of in
accordance with the Michigan Medical Waste Regulatory Act, 1978 PA 368, R
325.1545(10). Students who ―self administer‖ medications shall be responsible
for returning any such wastes to their home for disposal. The Superintendent
6
The word ―students‖ and ―pupils‖ should be read to include the full range of individuals served by the
Intermediate School District in its early childhood, preschool, school-aged, and adult education programs.
Age of majority students shall be treated as adults unless a guardian has been appointed.
Policy Manual
2780 Administration of Medications by School Personnel (Cf. 8670) 2780-2
shall be responsible for providing staff members with written procedures to
implement this requirement.
Each building shall have a plan for handling medical emergencies.
The school administrator will designate an individual(s) responsible for
administering medications to pupils at that school. A school administrator,
teacher or other school employee authorized to do so by the school
administrator, may administer medication to a pupil in the presence of another
adult employee pursuant to written permission of the pupil’s

parent(s)/guardian(s), and in compliance with, the written instructions of a
physician. Where the individual administering the medication is a licensed
registered professional nurse, or when an emergency threatens the life or health
of the pupil, a second adult need not be present.
The following definition of ―self-administration/self-possession‖ is adopted
for use in this District: ―Self-administration‖ means that the pupil is able to
consume or apply prescription and non-prescription medication in the manner
directed by the physician without additional assistance or direction. Self-
possession means that the pupil may carry medication on his/her person to allow
for immediate and self-determined administration.
A pupil whose parent(s)/guardian(s) and physician provide written
permission will be able to self-administer and self-possess his/her own
medications. A medication that a pupil possesses must be labeled and prepared
by a pharmacy or pharmaceutical company and include the dosage and
frequency of administration. A pupil’s use shall not be denied if the conditions of
written permission and physician direction are met. A building administrator may
discontinue a pupil’s right to self-administer and self-possession if there is
misuse by the pupil. The denial shall come only after a consultation with the
Policy Manual
parent(s)/guardian(s). An adult, student or otherwise, may directly administer
medication to their minor child at school without complying with this policy.
For example, a pupil who requires the use of an inhaler for relief or
prevention of asthma symptoms shall be allowed to carry and use the inhaler if
there is written approval from the pupil’s physician and parent(s)/guardian(s) on
record at the school (as described in the Michigan Revised School Code, Section
380.1179). A pupil who is in possession of an inhaler under the above conditions
shall have each of his/her teachers notified of this by the building administrator.
Staff shall be made aware of the symptoms of a diabetic emergency. Staff
with diabetic students should know the signs of possible side effects of diabetic
medications, and also, be aware which side effects are serious enough to
warrant reporting to the child’s parent(s)/guardian(s) or health provider.
Management of Students with Asthma in the School Setting
If needed, school administrators may have direct communication with the
child's health care provider in order to resolve individual problems that may arise
because of a child's asthma. All staff shall be informed about the early warning
signs of an acute asthma episode and should be aware of emergency
procedures and contacts in case a child needs medical assistance. Copies of
the "Signs of an Asthma Emergency," as published by the Michigan Department
of Education will be distributed to all staff and shall be posted on appropriate
bulletin boards in school buildings.
Physical education teachers, playground aides, and teachers are to be
informed that exercise can induce acute episodes for many students with
asthma. It shall be the responsibility of the administration to inform school staffs
who are responsible for students during physical activity of the identity of those
Policy Manual
students who have exercise-induced asthma. A child with exercise-induced
asthma shall be allowed to stop any physical activity if they are having difficulty.
The Superintendent may promulgate rules and guidelines to implement
this provision.

All individuals designated or authorized to administer medication are
required to receive in-service training on all district policies and procedures
related to this responsibility. School staff must be trained by a licensed

registered professional nurse, physician, or physician assistant who has
knowledge of local school medication policies and procedures.
All medication shall be kept in a labeled container as prepared by a
pharmacy, physician, or pharmaceutical company with the pupil’s name, the
name of the medication, dosage, and the frequency of administration.
Medications shall be stored in a school location that is kept locked. However,
emergency medications may be stored in an area readily accessible to the
individuals designated to administer them. All controlled-substance medications
will be counted and recorded upon receipt from the parent(s)/guardian(s). The
medication shall be recounted on a regular basis (monthly or bi-weekly) and this
count shall be reconciled with the medication administration log/record.
Record-Keeping of Medications
A log of medication administration shall be kept in a school office and filed
in a pupil’s permanent record at the end of each school year. The individual pupil
log shall be kept until one year after the pupil’s graduation from high school.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1178; MCL380.1179; OAG, 1979-1980, No 5679,
p 7-0 (April 11, 1980); OAG, 1993, No 6746, (January 13, 1993); MDE Bulletin,
October 18, 1999, PA 378, 1978, Medical Waste Regulatory Act, R
325.1545(2)
Policy Manual
2780-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 2780-R
The following administrative rules are to be followed by District personnel
in the implementation of policy 2780. These rules and procedures may not be
changed or amended without the express approval of the Superintendent of
Schools.
School Administration of Medications – Prescription
Prescription medications shall not be stored or dispensed by District
personnel without written permission and instructions from both:
a. The parent(s)/guardian(s), who shall request and authorize District

personnel to give medication in the dosage prescribed by the physician and
to contact the physician directly.
b. The physician, who shall provide instructions to school personnel regarding
the administration of medication, and who shall identify any specific
conditions or reactions to the medication which may require contacting the
physician or other professional medical personnel. Instructions from the
physician must include:
Name of the pupil;
Name of the medication;
Dosage of the medication;
Route of administration;
Time the medication is to be administered; and
The length of time (not to exceed the current school year) that
medications are to be administered.
Any ―biohazardous‖ wastes produced shall be disposed of in accordance
with law, and the written instructions distributed by the administration.
New parent(s)/guardian(s) and physician written instructions and
permission must accompany any change in medication, dosage, or time of
administration.
Policy Manual
2780-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 2780-R-2
Storage and access to medications in school
Prescription medication to be given at school must be delivered, by the
parent(s)/ guardian(s), in a container as prepared by a pharmacy, physician, or
pharmaceutical company with a printed label specifying:
a. The child’s full name;
b. The name of the medication and the dosage;
c. The time of day medication should be administered; and
d. The name of the physician.

A building administrator shall request that a pharmacy supply the oral
medication in the exact dosage prescribed. Only limited quantities of a
prescription medication may be kept at school, and the parent(s)/guardian(s)
shall be solely responsible for any and all prescription refills. All prescription
medication shall be kept in locked storage or other safe place.
The Principal of each building shall designate the school personnel
authorized to administer medication to students.
A building administrator may set a reasonable designated time for the
administration of medications. The parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be informed of this
designated time and communicate this to the physician when he/she writes
medication administration instructions. The school may request that the
physician send a written explanation with the medication administration
instructions to the school if an exception to the school’s designated time is
necessary. School personnel authorized to administer prescription medication
shall be given appropriate instruction in the administration of medications. After
medication is administered, students should be observed for possible reactions
to the medication. This observation may occur at the site of administration or in
the classroom as part of the normal routine.
Policy Manual
Except in the case of an emergency that threatens the life or well being of
the student, all administration of medication shall be conducted in the presence
of two or more adults. When necessary for a pupil to have medication
administered while on a school-sponsored field trip or off-site activity, the
individual designated to administer medication must carry the medication in the
original container, and record the necessary information on the medication log
upon return from the trip/activity.
Staff Training
In-service training is recommended to be not less than four hours in length
and include actual "hands-on" practice in identifying and dispensing medications.
Individuals, with the exception of a licensed registered professional nurse, who
are responsible for administering any medications that must be given by
injection, by nebulizer, or administered rectally, vaginally, or into the bladder,
must receive one-to-one training by a licensed health professional.
Documentation that school personnel have completed the required in-service
training shall be maintained by the school and made available, upon request, to a
pupil's parent(s)/guardian(s), physician, licensed registered professional nurse, or
by a school district official.
Training Guidelines
Training for all individuals who are designated to administer medications
to pupils in local and intermediate school districts, public school academies, and
nonpublic schools must include all of the following content and skill practice:
Policy Manual
1. A review and discussion of all Michigan and federal laws pertaining
to the administration of medications to pupils in schools, including
discussion of confidentiality issues.
2. A review and discussion of all policies and procedures relating to
medications in schools including areas of responsibility of school
administrators, individuals designated to administer medications
(i.e., secretaries, aides, teachers, bus drivers,
parent(s)/guardian(s)), and medical professionals (i.e., physicians,

physician assistants, nurses).
3. Identification of the forms related to the administration of
medications in schools.
4. Safe storage and handling of medications in school including
procedures for receiving and disposing of medications.
5. The use, effect, and route of administration of the most commonly
prescribed medications in schools, including adverse effects.
6. Procedures for safely dispensing medications to pupils in schools,
on field trips, and other off-site school activities.
7. Practice in identifying and dispensing medications to pupils.
8. Policies and procedures related to pupil self-administration and
self-possession of medication in schools.
9. Review and practice recording administration of medications.
10. Review and discuss procedures for dealing with medication
administration errors. It is the responsibility of the student to report
to the appropriate school official at the time any prescription is to
be taken.
Policy Manual
Records
School personnel designated to administer medications shall maintain an
accurate and confidential system of record keeping. The medications log shall
include the following:
a. The full name of the student;
b. The physician instructions for administration;
c. A log of the date and time, dosage, name of medication, administering adult,
second adult present for each administration, and the signature of the
administering adult and the signature of witnessing adult for each
administration; (If an error is made in recording, the individual who
administered the medication shall cross out, initial the error, and make the
correction in the log,) and
d. Any noted effects of, or reaction to the medication.
School personnel must take care to ensure that each student is provided
the proper medication in the proper dosage, and shall log each administration
immediately. In the event of a mistake in administration or dosage, the building
administrator shall be contacted immediately. The building administrator is
responsible for reporting the medication error to the pupil’s parent(s)/guardian(s)
immediately. It is advised that the building administrator also contact the
physician so that he/she may indicate to the parent(s)/guardian(s) that staff
members are conducting the appropriate medical follow up. The school staff
member shall write up the error on a District incident/accident report form and
place a copy into the pupil’s school record. Any adverse reaction to medication,
as described on the physician’s written instructions, shall be reported to the
pupil’s parent(s)/guardian(s) immediately.
Medications should be brought to the school by the student’s parent(s)/
guardian(s).
Policy Manual
School personnel, appropriately trained, shall, throughout the school year,
periodically review medication instructions on file and inventory medications
being stored by the school. Expiration dates on prescription medication, epi-
pens, and inhalers shall be checked at least twice each school year.
Parent(s)/Guardian(s) request/permission and a physician's instructions
for administration of medications shall be renewed every school year. No
changes to medication dosage or time of administration will be made except by
instruction from a physician. Medications must be claimed by

parent(s)/guardian(s) at the end of the school year. If this is not done, the
individual who administers the medication will dispose of the medication and
record this disposal on the medication log. This procedure shall be witnessed
and initialed by a second adult.
Unless otherwise dictated by law, the building Principal may refuse to
administer or may choose to discontinue the extra service of administering
medication at his/her discretion, provided that appropriate notice is given to the
parent(s)/guardian(s).
School Administration of Medications – Non-prescription
The procedures for administering non-prescription medications to students
by the District shall be identical to those for prescription medications.
Student Self-Administration of Medications
Upon the written request of a parent(s)/guardian(s), and with directions
supplied by the physician, and with the approval of the school administration,
students may self-possess small quantities of medication for self-administration.
Any student, however, may possess and use an inhaler or a dry powder inhaler
to alleviate asthmatic symptoms, or before exercise to prevent the onset of
asthmatic symptoms, at school, on school-sponsored transportation, or at any
activity, event, or program sponsored by or in which the pupil's school is
Policy Manual
participating if proper approvals are on file in writing. All self-possessed
medications must be labeled and prepared by a pharmacy or pharmaceutical
company and include the dosage and frequency of administration.
Any ―biohazardous‖ wastes produced by the student in the process of self-
administration are to be carried back to the home by the student for proper
disposal by the student/parent(s)/guardian(s).
All necessary written permission forms and physician’s directions detailed
above for school administration of medications must be obtained and filed by the
school prior to possession, storage, or self-administration by a student.
Assisting a Student in Distress
Each building shall have a plan for handling medical emergencies.
Any District staff member may assist a student in distress in self-
administration of a medication (ex. Epi-pen injection, asthma inhaler, etc.). For
the purpose of this policy, distress refers to any obvious and serious discomfort
or threatening condition. The staff member should first confirm that the
medication and dosage are proper for the student as conditions allow.
As soon as possible, the staff member shall notify the school
administration, designated school medical response person, and/or the local
emergency medical system. The staff member shall also complete a District
incident/accident report form following the incident.
medications, and also, be aware which side effects are serious enough to
warrant reporting to the child’s parent(s)/guardian(s) or health provider.
Policy Manual
Staff shall be made aware that chalk dust, animals in the classroom,
strong odors (perfumes and paints), cleaning agents, molds, and numerous other
substances may be asthma triggers for some children. In addition,
environmental pollutants are often triggers for acute episodes of asthma.
Therefore, the Superintendent will endeavor to schedule extensive building
repairs or cleaning during long vacation periods or during the summer months to
avoid exposing children to fumes, dust, or other irritants. Routine cleaning and
maintenance of the heating/cooling and air filtration system is important for
reducing amounts of dust and mold in the schools.
Staff with asthmatic students should know the signs of possible side
effects of asthma medications, and be aware; also, which side effects are serious
enough to warrant reporting to the child's parent(s)/guardian(s) or health care
provider. Information regarding qualified professionals in asthma management
who can be contacted for staff in-service sessions on asthma may be found
through the Michigan Department of Education's web site at
http://www.state.mi.us/mde.
The "School - Based Asthma Management Plan" form and ―School-Based
Diabetes Management Plan‖ form below are to be used in all building sites. The
form may be identified with the name of the individual school if desired.
Resources for Staff Training
When selecting a person to train individuals to administer medications, it is
imperative that this person knows the policies and procedures of the public
school Districts, intermediate school Districts, public school academies, and
nonpublic schools.
1. If the school District employs a licensed registered professional nurse,
he/she can conduct the training.
Policy Manual
2. The intermediate school District or local health department may also
provide licensed professional nursing services for staff training (see list
of local health departments in Michigan at
http://www.malph.org/page.cfm/18/).
3. A school District can contact the Michigan Association of School
Nurses (MASN) at 734-992-2223 or through their website at
www.michiganschoolnurses.org to see if there is a licensed registered
professional nurse available to provide this training to the District.
4. A medical professional (i.e.: physician, nurse, physician assistant) from
the community may be available to conduct training for school staff.
5. If none of the above resources for training are available, contact the
Michigan Department of Education, at 517-373-1122.
Policy Manual
TRAINING CHECKLIST
Date(s) of Training: ________________________
Trainer(s) Name and Qualifications:
Names and job titles of individuals attending the training: ___ attached
Content and Skills Taught to Training Participants Shall Include:
___ Review of Michigan laws governing the administration of medications

to pupils in schools.
___ Discussion of local school policies and procedures relating to the
administration of medications to pupils in schools.
___ Safe storage and handling of medications in schools.
___Uses, effects, and routes of administration of most commonly
prescribed medications for pupils in schools.
___ Safe dispensing procedures for medications in schools, including
procedures for field trips and other off-site school activities.
___ Review of local school policies and procedures related to pupil self-
administration and self-possession of medications.
___ Recording procedures for medications administered in schools.
___ Procedures for dealing with medication administration errors.
___Opportunity for participants to ask questions regarding administration
of medications to pupils in schools.
Signature of Trainer: ______________________________________
Date: ______________________
Policy Manual
2790 School Safety Information Policy Implementation 2790
The Superintendent is hereby designated as the official District Contact
Person for receiving information from law enforcement7, prosecutors, and courts
relative to any matters concerning school crime and violence in the Lenawee
Schools ISD. The Superintendent shall see that a file of all incident reports or
law enforcement records is kept in accordance with law and the Statewide
School Safety Information Policy.
Incidents to be Reported
Reportable incidents for purposes of this policy shall be those as listed in

the "Index of Reportable Incidents" as found in the School Safety Response
Guide published in the Statewide School Safety Policy. Incidents reported
involving students of the District shall be reviewed under the District's Student
Code of Conduct relative to possible disciplinary consequences up to and
including expulsion.
Community Meetings
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to set appropriate
meetings with representatives of the community regarding the implementation of
the Statewide School Safety Information Policy and to call a periodic meeting to
review the effectiveness and review the procedures developed within this
District's local School Safety Information Policy. Results of those meetings shall
be shared with the Board as requested.

7
For the purposes of this policy, "law enforcement" means: A regularly employed member of a police
force of a city, county, township or village, the Michigan State Police, or a Michigan Indian tribal police
force, who is responsible for the prevention and detection of crime and the enforcement of the general
criminal laws of this state.
Policy Manual
2800 Records 2800
The District shall establish and maintain a system of records as required
by law and as necessary or pertinent to the performance of any function related
to the operation of the District. The Superintendent shall establish rules and
procedures for the maintenance of District records.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.231 et seq. (Freedom of Information Act)
Policy Manual
2810 Public Review and Inspection of Records 2810
The Superintendent shall establish and publish rules for public inspection
and copying of records in accord with the Michigan Freedom of Information Act,
and shall designate an employee to serve as FOIA coordinator for the District.
Inspection of records by the public shall be limited to the regular office hours of
the building or office that houses the records. Copies of records that are not
exempt from disclosure will be available on request.
Fees
The district shall charge a fee to cover actual costs of providing access to
and/or copies of public records in accord with law, except that disclosure to any
of the following person(s) is in the public interest.
a) A member of the Board or that of a local Board of Education,
b) A minor for use in a school or community organization civics project (ex.
Boy Scout Citizenship merit badge)
Appeals
If a request for disclosure of record(s) is denied, procedures for appeal of
the decision shall be provided along with the denial.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.231 et seq. (Freedom of Information Act)
Policy Manual
2810-R Public Review and Inspection of Records (Cf. 8940 et seq.) 2810-R
The Superintendent shall annually designate an employee to serve as
FOIA Coordinator for all records maintained by the District at the Board’s annual
organizational meeting.
Routine Inquiries
Routine day-to-day inquiries to the District or school for information shall
be handled appropriately by District staff. The procedures under this rule shall
apply to requests made under the Michigan Freedom of Information Act.
Requests
Requests to inspect or copy public records must be made in writing
(including FAX or e-mail) to the coordinator for the requested record(s) and shall
sufficiently describe the record to enable the coordinator to identify and locate the
record. The coordinator shall file all requests and their dispositions in his/her
office and make such reports as are requested by the Superintendent or the
Board. Filed requests shall be held for a period of at least one year.
Denials
The coordinator shall examine each request to determine whether the
record requested is exempt from disclosure under the Michigan Freedom of
Information Act. If the coordinator determines that the record is exempt from
disclosure, he/she shall issue a written denial of the request. Such a denial shall
be made within five days of receipt of the request or as otherwise provided by
law including legitimate time extensions, and shall include the reason(s) for the
denial and the procedures for appeal of the decision to deny the request.
Should the requested record(s) be classified as exempt but contain
information that is not exempt from disclosure, the coordinator shall delete the
exempt material and release the remaining information for inspection or copying.
Policy Manual
2810-R Public Review and Inspection of Records (Cf. 8940 et seq.) 2810-R-2
Subscriptions
Requests for a subscription to documents or records produced regularly
by the District must be accompanied by appropriate payment of estimated fees
for the period of the subscription or by a credit card record to be used to charge
fees on an ongoing basis. Subscriptions may run for up to six months and are
renewable.
Delays
If the nature of the request requires additional time to access the records
or to make a determination on whether the request will be granted, the
coordinator shall give written notice to the person making the request extending
the period of response. Such an extension shall be for a maximum of ten
business days in accord with law.
Appeals
If a request to inspect or copy a record is denied by the coordinator, the
person making the request may appeal the decision within the District by
submitting the appeal to the President of the Board of Education via the
Superintendent in a writing that details the reason(s) for requesting reversal of
the denial. The Board President shall respond in writing to the request as
provided above.
If a request to inspect or copy a record is denied by the Board President,
the person requesting access may appeal the decision within the District by
submitting the appeal in writing to the full Board for consideration at the next
meeting of the Board. Such request(s) shall be submitted to the Superintendent
or Board President for scheduling on the agenda of the next Board meeting.
Fees
Fees for responding to a request shall be assessed as follows:
Policy Manual
a) Photocopying charges of ten cents per page, or if the nature of the
duplication necessitates duplication by outside sources, the actual cost of
employing such outside sources.
b) Actual mailing costs.
c) Labor costs incurred in duplication and mailing assessed at the hourly wage
of the lowest paid employee of the District capable of retrieving, copying,
and mailing the information necessary to comply with the request.
d) Labor costs for search, examination, review, and deletion or separation of
exempt from non-exempt information, at the hourly wage of the lowest paid
employee of the District capable of complying with the request.
Upon receiving a request, the coordinator shall inform the person making
the request of the estimated cost for processing the request. The coordinator
may require a good faith deposit of one-half of the estimated fee before
processing the request.
No charge for the first $20 of a fee shall be made to an individual who
proves indigency or receipt of public assistance, supported by a properly
executed affidavit. A record of fees paid shall be kept along with each request. A
record of fees incurred shall be kept for any person making a request who is
exempt from fees as a matter of Board policy. Revenue from copying open
records shall be deposited in the general fund of the District.
Safety of Records
To ensure the safety and integrity of records, access to records shall be
accorded only under the direct supervision of the coordinator or Superintendent.
Inspection of record(s) by the public is limited to the regular office hours of the
building or office that houses the record(s). Original school record(s) are not
permitted to leave the premises except as required by law or Board policy.
Policy Manual
Copies of records not exempt from disclosure will be furnished for the
appropriate fee.
Record Listings
Employees are prohibited from giving or selling lists of any school records
to any person except as authorized by law or Board policy.
Policy Manual
Section 3000 – Fiscal Management
TC-3000-1
3000 - FISCAL MANAGEMENT

3050 Budget Planning
3100 Annual Operating Budget
Budget Preparation
3170 Budget Adjustment Authority
3200 State and Federal Funding Proposals and Applications
Revenue from Federal Sources
3240 ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special
Educational Programs
3280 Borrowing, Bonds, and Debt Service
3300 Investment of Funds
3340 Fees, Payments, and Rentals
Rental and Leasing of District Property
Income and Payments from Sales and Service
Non-Sufficient Fund Checks
3400 Depository of Funds
3405 Electronic Transaction of Funds
Internal Accounting
3410 Safeguarding of Monies and Equipment
3420 Monies in School Buildings
3430 Bonded Employees
3490 Inventories—Fixed and Controlled Assets
Fixed Asset Accounting System
3500 Audits
3550 Authorized Signatures
3570 Petty Cash Accounts
3580 Payroll Procedures and Schedules
3590 Tax Sheltered Annuity Programs
3600 Reimbursement of Expenses (Cf. 1168, 5330)
3605 District Procurement Cards
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services
Purchasing From District Employees
Purchases through the District
Emergency Purchases
Credit Cards
Installment or Lease Purchases
3620 Emergency Purchases
3730 Vendor Relations
3750 Payment Procedures
3800 Fund Raising and Student Activity Funds
Soliciting Funds From and By Students
School Groups
3900 Disposal of Surplus Books, Equipment, and Supplies
3950 Surplus Land or Buildings
Policy Manual
3050 Budget Planning 3050
The Board shall collect and assemble the information necessary to
discharge its responsibility for the fiscal management of the District and to plan
for the financial needs of the educational program. The Board will maintain both
short and long-range projections of District financial requirements.
Accordingly, the Board directs the Superintendent to:
A. Project an estimated expenditure and revenue budget for one year in
the future.
B. Maintain a plan of anticipated local, state, and federal revenues.

C. Report to the Board any serious financial implications that emerge from
the District’s ongoing fiscal planning.
Policy Manual
3050-R Budget Planning 3050-R
The Board encourages the use of a modified site-based budget
development that includes the following major components:
1. The Superintendent and staff will establish a reasonable and prudent
District total revenue target;
2. Each Assistant Superintendent will use a variety of methods to elicit
opinions from staff, and, when appropriate, parent(s)/guardian(s) and
students;
3. Each Assistant Superintendent will present the recommended budget to

the Superintendent for review;
4. The Board will schedule public hearings for presentation of the budget
plan emphasizing the following:
a. Program changes;
b. Procedures used to elicit recommendations, and
c. Spending priorities.
5. The Board will review the full budget at a public hearing according to law.
Policy Manual
3100 Annual Operating Budget 3100
The District’s budget shall be prepared by the Superintendent in
cooperation with selected District employees and shall reflect the Vision, Mission
and Strategic Plan of the District.
The Superintendent shall follow the adopted budget.
It shall be the goal of the Board to fund the operating budget according to
approved fiscal and budgetary procedures adhered to and required by the State
of Michigan.
Budget Preparation
The annual budget represents a financial expression of the District’s
educational plan. The budget shall be designed to carry out that educational
plan in a thorough and efficient manner; to maintain, properly, District facilities;
and to honor continuing obligations of the District.
A proposed budget requires the critical analysis of every member of the
Board during its preparation. Once adopted, the budget deserves the support of
all members of the Board regardless of their position before its adoption.
In order to allow adequate time for the preparation and review of the
proposed budget, the Board directs the Superintendent to present a budget to
the Board and all available information associated with the budget in compliance
with current law in sufficient time to allow proper review.
When presented to the Board for review and/or adoption, the budget shall
include:
A. The proposed expenditure in each financial category for the ensuing year.
B. The anticipated expenditure in each financial category for the current year.
C. The audited expenditure and approved budget in each financial category
for the previous year.
D. The sources and amounts of anticipated revenues.
Policy Manual
3100 Annual Operating Budget 3100-2
E. The amount of fund equity anticipated at the end of the current year.
F. An appropriations resolution.

LEGAL REF:MCL 141.411; 141.421a-440a; 211.209-210; 380.624-624a;
388.1702
Policy Manual
3170 Budget Adjustment Authority 3170
Only the Superintendent and Assistant Superintendents are authorized to
approve adjustments and/or transfers within line items of the Board adopted
operating budget without Board approval. Such adjustments and/or transfers
shall be reported to the Board at the next scheduled budget revision. Such acts
shall not exceed the latest fund expenditure grand totals approved by the Board.
Authorization for such adjustments and/or transfers shall be included annually in
the general appropriations act.

LEGAL REF: MCL 141.421a-440a
Policy Manual
3200 State and Federal Funding Proposals and Applications 3200
It is an objective of the Board to provide quality educational opportunities
for all individuals of the District. It is the intent of the Board to study all federal
legislation, with this philosophy in mind, selecting those particular parts of the
legislation which will help the Board to provide better educational opportunities
and programs for each student.
Policy Manual
3240 ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special 3240
The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education is the
governmental unit responsible for the planning and development of the systems
of special education programs and services in the Intermediate School District,
as authorized by the Michigan State Legislature in the Revised School Code. As
part of that responsibility, the Board of Education provides administrative and
financial support to local public school Districts for their operation of special
education programs and services.
The financial support provided to local Districts must be distributed in a
legal and equitable manner. The administrative procedures for distribution of
ISD funds shall meet minimum state standards of local contribution and follow an
―added-cost‖ concept. This will assure the non-discriminatory expenditure of
funds and maintain local ownership in the programs. The distribution must be
responsive to changing circumstances, grounded in allowable cost, maintain the
fiscal integrity of the ISD, and include appropriate budget control measures. The
distribution formula and related administrative procedures must encourage the
development of a full continuum of placement options available to students with
disabilities regardless of location of their home in the Intermediate School
District. When the LISD must prorate its reimbursement, local District paid tuition
must assure full added-cost reimbursement to local District operating regional
classrooms, in accordance with required contracts, provision of special education
to non-resident handicapped students.
The LISD will maintain a five percent fund equity (5% of current year’s
projected expenditures) in the LISD Special Education General Fund.
Policy Manual
3240-R ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special 3240-R
PART A. BASIC REIMBURSEMENT
(1) Teacher Assistants
Salary and employment related expenses mandated by state or federal law,
such as retirement contributions and Social Security payments, and
professional development expenses, (up to $75.00 per assistant per year) for
locally employed special education teacher assistants (mandated and non-
mandated) are eligible for ISD reimbursement. Expenses for health, dental or
vision insurance shall not be reimbursed.
(2) Instructional Supplies, Capital Outlay/Equipment, and Professional
Development:
Instructional materials and supplies (including texts, consumable workbooks,
instructional kits, etc.) are instructional supplies purchased specifically for
instruction of students with disabilities and not otherwise provided to all non-
handicapped students/general education classrooms in the building, and
equipment that is valued at less than $1,000.00 Equipment and furniture
used only for instruction with students with disabilities, are valued at
$1,000.00 or more. Professional development experiences, including staff
training and conference attendance expenses, are reimbursable under this
policy. Reimbursement claims for any combination of supplies, equipment,
and professional development expenditures are capped at an average of
$1,225 for each special education professional employed by the District, and
are subject to pro-ration of reimbursement claims as are other eligible costs.
(3) Start-Up Costs:
For a District starting a new special education classroom, including
conversion of a local District room to regional Level II classroom status, not
including transfer/relocation of a current program to a new location within the
Policy Manual
3240-R ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special 3240-R-2
District, specific expenses incurred for room improvements and instructional
equipment related to occupying a room or making a room more suitable for
the specific program, may be reimbursed, under the following conditions:
(A) The classroom complies with the size, light, ventilation, and heating
requirements and age/grad comparability rules of the Michigan Special
Education Rules according to inspection of the assigned ISD
administrator;
(B) The additional program has been approved for reimbursement via the
Program Development Model; and
(C) Total ISD reimbursement for any one new classroom’s ―starting costs‖
shall not exceed the following limits--$1,500.00 for LD and Resource
Rooms: $5000 for MiCI (Mildly Cognitively Impaired) with a prior
approved plan submitted to the LISD by the LEA; $1500 for EI rooms
plus additional $2,000.00 for remodeling plans including a ―time-out‖
room.
(4) Other:
The LISD shall reimburse the local public school for certain costs relating to
special education due process hearings required under the Michigan Revised
Administrative Rules for Special Education, according to the following
limitations:
(A) The LISD will not reimburse any expenses relating to a hearing covered
by the District’s liability insurance, after concerted action is taken to
clarify coverage with the carrier.
(B) The only costs eligible for LISD reimbursement include hearing officer
fees and expenses, court reporter fees, expert and witness fees, and
fees associated with independent evaluations ordered by the hearing
Policy Manual
officer or via settlement agreement. Costs eligible for reimbursement do
not include any attorney fees incurred by the District in defending or
prosecuting an action, damages, or awards or settlements of attorney
fee demands from prevailing parent(s)/guardian(s) representatives.
(C) LISD reimbursement shall be limited to fifty percent (50%) of the costs
included as eligible for reimbursement above. Reimbursement for
expenses of special education related lawsuits is not included in these
procedures and is not to be reimbursed by the LISD.
(D) The LISD will assume the cost of an independent educational evaluation
with prior approval of the LISD Special Education Director. Without the
prior approval of the LISD Special Education Director, the local District
will be responsible for the cost of these programs.
Local District indirect costs are ineligible for reimbursement.
Starting in the 1993-94 school year, the Lenawee Intermediate School
District reimbursed local school Districts’ costs for operating special education
costs in the same school year in which the expenses were made. Prior to 1993-
94, reimbursement was calculated using audited figures from the local Districts
that were available 3-4 months after the close of the fiscal year (June 30). With
the 1993-94 school year, reimbursement is calculated on estimated current year
budgets from the local Districts. This raises the possibility of over/under
payments, and adjustments/pro-rations to maintain the LISD’s fund equity
standards (5% of current expenditures). Moving to ―current year‖ reimbursement,
based on estimated budgets, rather than audited figures, increases the likelihood
of inaccurate estimates and surprise adjustments/pro-rations. Changes were
made to the reimbursement procedures to accomplish the following goals:
Policy Manual
1. Maintain the fiscal integrity of the Intermediate School District;
2. Safeguard equity among competing constituent Districts’ claims for
reimbursement; and
3. Provide a reasonable means of distributing special education millage.
The following requirements are added:
Reimbursement claims based on local special education costs for the
1992-93 school year were permanently skipped over, in accordance with
the agreement of the Lenawee County Superintendent’s Association;8
At the end of the fiscal year, 15% of the total prorated reimbursement
amount, as calculated for the June payment, is withheld pending
completion of local fiscal audits and the LISD audit of approved special
education costs;
Local District reimbursement claims shall be paid five times; four
payments are made during the current fiscal. The payment schedule is as
follows:
December 17%
January 25.5%
March 34%
June 8.5%
The final 15% payment is included with the initial payment in the following
year.
Lenawee Intermediate School District officials will request local District
budgets estimates periodically, as well as supplemental information and
fiscal audit reports, for periodic recalculation; and,

8
Action at the January 13, 1993 meeting of the Lenawee County Superintendent’s Association.
Policy Manual
By December 31st of the following fiscal year, the escrowed accounts shall
be released in the amount necessary to reconcile final audited claims for
reimbursement. Where the amount in escrow is insufficient to pay all the
adjusted local District claims, it shall be deemed the total amount available
and the absolute limit of the Lenawee Intermediate School District current
year Special Education budget. In the event that local Districts are
overpaid, they shall be billed to repay any overpayment.
PART B. LENAWEE ISD REIMBURSEMENT FOR LOCALLY EMPLOYED
TEACHER ASSISTANTS FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES
OR SPECIAL EDUCATION CLASSROOM PROGRAMS

I. MANDATED TEACHER ASSISTANTS
The Lenawee ISD will reimburse the costs associated with
mandated classroom teacher assistants employed by the local
public schools in the same manner in which other eligible costs are
reimbursed. A teacher assistant is mandated for elementary level
Mild Cognitive Impairment classrooms when there are 12 or more
students in the room at one time. Some approved administrative
rule waivers also mandate an assistant.
II. NON-MANDATED TEACHER ASSISTANTS: SPECIAL
EDUCATION CLASSROOM AND INDIVIDUAL STUDENT
ASSISTANTS, INCLUSION AND BEHAVIORAL INDIVIDUAL
STUDENT ASSISTANTS
The Lenawee ISD will reimburse the local cost associated with non-
mandated classroom teacher assistants for special education
classrooms, and inclusion or behavioral individual assistants for
students with disabilities, when the local District has completed the
Policy Manual
Lenawee Intermediate School District’s approval process. The
Lenawee ISD reserves the right to deny reimbursement upon
failure to meet the state or ISD’s criteria or fails to complete the
procedures. Reimbursement may be prorated consistent with this
policy.
III. REIMBURSEMENT REQUEST PROCEDURES FOR MANDATED
AND NONMANDATED TEACHER ASSISTANTS
When a local public school District employs a teacher assistant to
provide service to a student with disabilities, or to serve in a special
education classroom, the costs for that assistant will either be paid
for entirely by the local District, or by a combination of local District,
state and LISD funds.
The LISD Assistant Superintendents delegate authorization for
previously approved teacher assistant positions up to 75% of the
previous year’s total full-time equivalent teacher assistant positions,
to the regional supervisors. New requests for reimbursement, or
substantially changed previously approved positions, shall be
forwarded to the Assistant Superintendent for consideration and
action. Approved forms shall be utilized for documenting the local
Districts’ requests and the Assistant Superintendent’s actions.
PART C. PROVISIONS FOR INCORPORATING APPROVED WAIVERS TO
THE MICHIGAN SPECIAL EDUCATION ADMINISTRATIVE
RULES IN THE INTERMEDIATE SCHOOL DISTRICT’S POLICY
AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PERTAINING TO THE
REIMBURSEMENT OF LOCAL PUBLIC SCHOOL DISTRICT
SPECIAL EDUCATION COSTS
Policy Manual
All current and new special education programs and services for
which reimbursement from the Intermediate School District is
requested that qualify to be operated under an approved waiver
must be operated under the waiver or there will be no Intermediate
School District reimbursement for local costs.
Policy Manual
3280 Borrowing, Bonds and Debt Service 3280
Borrowing
Upon the initiative of the Board, the Superintendent may prepare the data
and applications regarding the borrowing of State Aid Notes, Tax Anticipation
Notes, and Bond Issues.
Bids shall be solicited for all short-term loans that the Board has
authorized. Funds shall be borrowed from the responsible organization offering
the most favorable terms, as approved by the Board.
Sale of Bonds
The Board, upon a favorable vote of the people, or by its own action, in
compliance with the laws of the State of Michigan, may sell its bonds, if required
to do so. Such bonds shall be duly advertised, prepared, and sold in
conformance with the laws of the State of Michigan.
Debt Service
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to maintain all records
as to the outstanding bonds and debts encumbered against the District. He/She
shall keep this information readily available and report periodically to the Board
on the condition of these accounts.

LEGAL REF: MCL 134.1 et seq. 188.761 et seq.; 380.144; 380.1225; 380.1351-
52
Policy Manual
3300 Investment of Funds 3300
Annually, the Board shall pass a resolution authorizing the Treasurer to
invest surplus funds of the District.
Investment Income
The District is authorized to make investments of available moneys from
the several funds of the District in:
1. Bonds, bills or notes of the United States, or obligations the principal an
interest of which are fully guaranteed by the United States Government.
2. Certificates of deposit issued by an state or national bank organized and

authorized to operate a bank in this state.
3. Commercial paper via pooled fund.
4. Certificates of deposit or share certificates of state or federal credit unions
organized and authorized to operate in this state.
5. Securities issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the
United States Government.
6. United States government or federal District obligation repurchase
agreements.
7. Bankers’ acceptances issued by a bank that is a member of the federal
deposit insurance corporation.
8. Mutual funds composed entirely of investment vehicles that are legal for
direct investment by a School District.
9. Investment pools, as authorized by the surplus funds investment pool act,
composed entirely of instruments that are legal for direct investment by a
School District.
The Treasurer, in determining the best investment, shall combine three
factors: (1) quality of commercial paper, (2) interest rate available, and (3)
accessibility of funds on short notice.
Policy Manual
3300 Investment of Funds 3300-2
Local banks and those with whom the District has established a business
relationship, including banks having accounts of the District, or those from whom
the District has recently secured loans, shall be given preference for the
investment of funds.
Earnings on an investment shall become a part of the fund from which the
investment was made.

Policy Manual
3300-R Investment of Funds 3300-R
The Board also authorizes the Superintendent to open cash management
accounts for general fund monies to earn interest while not being used for
operating purposes or invested otherwise. Such accounts shall be used when
the cash flow pattern does not permit the purchases of longer-term investments
or when the rate of return is comparable or greater than is available from other
investments. Authorization to make deposits, transfers, and withdrawals from
these accounts shall be established at the annual organizational meeting of the
Board.
Interest from investments shall accrue to the fund from which the
investment was made as determined by the Board and permitted by current law.
The Superintendent shall assume the responsibility of developing cash
flow patterns for all funds in order to determine the availability of funds for
investment. Periodically, the Superintendent shall report the status of all
investments to the Board.
Policy Manual
3340 Fees, Payments, and Rentals (Cf. 9250) 3340
Proceeds from fees for building or equipment use or rental shall be
credited to funds specified by the Superintendent.
The Board may authorize the rental or lease of District property.
Students may undertake jobs or projects for private individuals or
community groups. The facilities of the District may be used for such activities.
All receipts shall be deposited in the general fund and used as a reimbursement
for materials and/or to purchase additional supplies and cover expenses of a
department or program.
Approved: Adopted October 6, 2003; First Revision December 5, 2005;

Second Revisions adopted January 8, 2007
LEGAL REF: MCL 380.11a; 380.1141
Policy Manual
3340-R Fees, Payments and Rentals (Cf. 9250) 3340-R
Prior to leasing District property, the Board may make known the
availability of such property to the public. The lessee shall be reputable and the
use of the buildings shall be compatible with community standards.
The terms of the lease agreement shall specify the extent to which the
lessee shall be responsible for the maintenance of the property and payment of
utilities. The lessee may be required to pay any taxes that may be assessed
against said property.

All lease agreements may, at the discretion of the Superintendent, be
prepared or reviewed by legal counsel prior to Board approval.
Income from Sales and Service
All projects undertaken by students and staff will consider the impact, if
any on competition with local businesses to the best extent possible.
The following rules and procedures shall apply to projects undertaken in
the District’s facilities:
1. Priority for Sales and Service Projects:
a. Students enrolled in the LISD’s courses/programs and alignment
with the curriculum
b. LISD and local public school District organizations
c. LISD affiliated organizations
d. Public agencies and non-profit organizations
e. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) of students enrolled in class
f. Area senior citizens
g. Students enrolled in high school
h. Individuals including school District employees
2. Customers shall sign the necessary application and release forms
provided by the school;
Policy Manual
3340-R Fees, Payments and Rentals (Cf. 9250) 3340-R-2
3. Tipping for services is prohibited;
4. All individuals and outside groups shall receive an estimated cost before
the work begins. Adjustments shall be made at the time of final billing;
5. Payment shall be received releasing the product to the client;
6. Invoices for all charges shall be issued and receipts provided; and
7. Employees or students shall not realize any financial benefit because of
their participation in work projects undertaken.

In the event the District should receive a check for any purpose that is
returned due to non-sufficient funds (NSF) the District will assess a charge of
$25.00 to the issuer of the check to cover the administrative and clerical costs of
dealing with the matter. If the issuer fails to "make good" for the amount of the
original check within 10 days of the date of the check being returned for NSF, the
District reserves the right to file criminal charges and to refuse checks in the
future from the issuer.
Policy Manual
3400 Depository of Funds (Cf. 1300) 3400
At the annual organizational meeting, the Board shall, in accordance with
state law, designate, by resolution, the financial institutions9 in which the funds of
the District shall be deposited and the proportion of funds to be deposited in
each. The Treasurer shall deposit or cause to be deposited, funds of the District
in the institutions as authorized by the Board and in the proportions authorized by
the Board.

LEGAL REF: MCL 21.143; 129.12; 129.15
9
MCL 129.15 includes credit unions as an appropriate place of deposit and uses the term ―financial
institution,‖ not just banks or trust companies.
Policy Manual
3405 Electronic Transaction of Funds 3405
The Lenawee Intermediate School District, through resolution of the
Board, shall be a party to an Automated Clearing House10 (ACH) arrangement.11
The Superintendent shall be responsible for the Lenawee Intermediate School
District’s ACH agreements, including payment approval, accounting, reporting,
and generally for overseeing compliance with the ACH policy.12 All ACH invoices
are to be approved prior to payment.
Internal Accounting
The Superintendent shall be responsible for development and

maintenance of appropriate accounting controls to monitor the use of ACH
transactions13 made by the District.

LEGAL REF: MCL 124.301-124.305
10
―Automated clearing house‖ or ―ACH‖ – a national and governmental organization that has authority to
process electronic payments, including, but not limited to, the national automated clearing house
association and the federal reserve system (MCL 124.301(d)).
11
ACH arrangement—the agreement between the originator of the ACH transaction and the receiver of an
ACH transaction (MCL 124.301(a)). Under Act 738 of 2002, MCL 124.301, an ACH arrangement is not
subject to the revised municipal finance act, 2001 PA 34, MCL 141.2101, or to provisions of law or charter
concerning the issuance of debt by a local unit.
12
ACH policy – the procedures and internal controls as determined under this written policy developed and
adopted by the Superintendent (MCL 124.301(b)).
13
ACH transaction – an electronic payment, debit, or credit transfer processed through an automated
clearinghouse (MCL 124.301(c)).
Policy Manual
3405-R Electronic Transaction of Funds 3405-R
For the purposes of accountability of ACH funds, the Superintendent shall
submit to the Board a monthly report detailing the goods or services purchased
during the preceding month. The report must contain:
The goods or services purchased and their cost;
The date of the payment; and
The unit or department serviced by each payment.
This report may be maintained in the electronic general ledger software

system of the District or in a separate report.
Internal Accounting
ACH accounting methods shall follow the established and approved
District accounting procedures.
Policy Manual
3405-R Electronic Transaction of Funds 3405-R-2
Sample Resolution
For the authorization of Electronic Transactions under PA 738 of 2002,
MCL 124.301, the Board hereby recognizes that:
Electronic payment of public funds are required for some federally
mandated transactions involving public funds by electronic payment, debit,
or credit transfer processed through an automated clearing house, and
The Board deems that it is in the best interest of the District to make
certain District financial transactions by electronic payments as described
in PA 748 of 2002.
It is therefore resolved, that the Board authorizes the District to utilize
electronic transactions in compliance with the written procedures and internal
controls developed by the Superintendent.
Moved by:__________________________ Seconded by:_________________
Ayes: ___________________ Nays: _____________ Abstentions: __________
Resolution Adopted: _________________________________
Policy Manual
3410 Safeguarding of Monies and Equipment 3410
The Superintendent shall assure that administrative regulations are
established and carried out so that all monies and equipment within all of the
District’s facilities are safeguarded and accounted for in an efficient manner at all
times.
Policy Manual
3420 Monies in School Buildings 3420
Monies received and receipted must be safeguarded and deposited in
LISD bank accounts in a timely manner not to exceed one week from the date of
receipt of funds.
The District will not be responsible for non-District monies in school
buildings.
Policy Manual
3430 Bonded Employees 3430
The Board recognizes that prudent trusteeship of the resources of the
District dictate that employees responsible for the safekeeping of District monies
be bonded.
The District shall be indemnified against loss of money by bonding of
employees holding the positions and in the amounts determined by the Board.
All other employees to be bonded shall be covered under a blanket bond.
The Board shall bear the cost of bonding each employee required to be
bonded by this policy.
Policy Manual
3430-R Bonded Employees 3430-R
A surety bond for $500,000.00 is required for the Treasurer of the Board.
The Board may purchase a blanket bond for District employees.
Policy Manual
Policy Manual
3490 Inventories – Fixed and Controlled Assets 3490
An accounting will be made annually for property, real and personal,
owned by the District in accordance with law, governmental regulations, and
District rules.
The administration shall maintain a fixed asset accounting system in
accordance with law, governmental regulations, and the District’s needs.

LEGAL REF: Governmental Accounting Standards Board, Statement No. 34.
Policy Manual
3490-R Inventories – Fixed and Controlled Assets 3490-R
For the purpose of accountability of school-owned property, the
Superintendent shall develop an inventory record system. Annually, all fixed
assets records shall be updated showing deletions and additions of District-
owned property, estimated original cost, date of purchase, serial numbers (where
available) and location of each piece of property.
accordance with law, governmental regulations, and District needs. The fixed
asset accounting system shall maintain sufficient information to permit the
following:
A. The preparation of year-end financial statements in accordance
with law, governmental rules and generally accepted accounting
principles;
B. Adequate insurance coverage; and
C. Control and accountability.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for the development and
maintenance of the fixed asset accounting system. He/She shall develop
procedures to ensure compliance with all fixed asset accounting policies, law or
governmental regulation. Each building Principal shall be assigned fixed asset
responsibilities.
―Fixed assets‖ are defined as at least 80% of those tangible assets of the
District with a useful life in excess of one year and an initial cost equal to or
exceeding $5,000. In making this determination, the Superintendent generally
will use the recognized and accepted ―standard useful life table’ as published by
the Association of School Business Officials International Accounting, Auditing,
and Budgeting Committee, Subcommittee on GASB Statement No. 34
Implementation. Additionally, the services of a professional property appraisal
Policy Manual
3490-R Inventories – Fixed and Controlled Assets 3490-R-2
firm may be used to perform the asset inventory, to provide estimated historical
cost information, and to give an objective estimate of the asset’s useful life that
will generally be acceptable to auditors.
In determining what assets are to be accounted for in District inventories,
the Superintendent will consider the following information sources:
Original purchase records.
Bond documents.
Professional appraisal or other services, such as insurance

appraisals.
The total amount of the original debt issuance, where appropriate,
to help determine some asset’s historical cost.
Periodically, the Superintendent will review the estimated remaining life of
specific fixed assets or group of assets and adjust the remaining depreciable life
accordingly.
Some items may be identified by the Superintendent as ―controlled‖ assets
that, although they cost less than $500 and do not meet all fixed asset criteria,
will still be required to be recorded on the Inventory control systems at the
individual building sites.
Each program administrator has the responsibility of taking an inventory of
District-owned property in all buildings/facilities under his/her supervision. The
Superintendent will develop inventory forms and procedures. The program
administrator in that building will maintain one copy of each inventory taken and
one copy shall be filed in the Education Service Center.
Policy Manual
3500 Audits 3500
The accounting records, including internal accounts, of the District shall be
audited annually by an independent certified public accountant in accordance
with prescribed standards and legal requirements.
An Ad Hoc Board Audit Committee is formed each year to meet with the
Superintendent and the auditors prior to the annual audit and to discuss the
results after completion. The Committee makes recommendations regarding
these results, with the Superintendent’s and Treasurer’s advice, to the full Board.
The audit report shall be reviewed and accepted annually by the Board at a
public meeting. The management letter and recommendations of the auditor
shall be brought to the attention of the Board, along with recommendations of the
Superintendent as to the feasibility of implementing the recommendations. The
Superintendent shall be responsible for filing the audit reports with all appropriate
authorities as prescribed by law or regulation.
All District employees shall cooperate fully with the auditors.

Policy Manual
3550 Authorized Signatures (Cf. 1300) 3550
At the annual organizational meeting, the Board shall authorize the
signatures of those persons who may sign checks and make transfers upon the
various accounts of the District. Facsimile signatures may be used as authorized
by the Board.
Policy Manual
3570 Petty Cash Accounts 3570
Petty Cash
The Board recognizes the convenience afforded the day-by-day operating
of the schools by the establishment of one or more petty cash funds. The Board
shall require controls that will prevent abuse of such funds.
Each custodian of a petty cash fund shall insure that the funds in his/her
care shall be disbursed only for minor expenditures and not readily deferred. No
petty cash fund may be used to circumvent the purchasing procedures required
by law and the policies of the Board.
Policy Manual
3580 Payroll Procedures, Schedules and Deductions 3580
All employees shall be paid according to a specific schedule that shall be
determined annually by the Superintendent. All salaries, stipends, and payments
for job-related extra duties shall be paid from the payroll account through the
District’s business office.
Policy Manual
3580-R Payroll Procedures and Schedules 3580-R
Generally, no employee shall be paid in advance of services rendered,
except when the routine pay schedule requires an advance payment with the
approval of the Superintendent. Personnel receiving extra pay for extracurricular
activities that are on going throughout the school year may have the salary
prorated in equal amounts in each paycheck. Personnel receiving extra pay for
extra duty/extracurricular activities that are seasonable shall be paid in full at the
completion of the activity or on a pro-rated basis over the remaining pay periods.
Except for salary deductions for absences not covered by paid leave or
payroll deductions required by law or contract, all payroll deductions shall be
subject to the Superintendent’s approval.
Policy Manual
Policy Manual
3590 Tax Sheltered Annuity Programs 3590
The Board of Education authorizes the Superintendent to enter into
contracts on behalf of the Board with annuity companies to affect the purchase of
tax-deferred annuities for individual employees.
But new firms must obtain a minimum of ten (10) current LISD employees
as clients in order to be included on the approved TSA vendor list.
Policy Manual
3600 Reimbursement of Expenses (Cf. 1168, 5330) 3600
District personnel, or members of the Board, who incur expenses in
carrying out their authorized duties shall be reimbursed by the District to the
extent approved or provided in Board policies or duly negotiated agreements
upon submission of an approved voucher and supporting receipts. Such
expenses may be approved and incurred in line with budgetary allocations for the
specific type of expense.
No reimbursement for any employee travel, conferences, meetings,
seminars, or visits involving an overnight stay will be issued unless such travel
has been approved, in advance, by the Superintendent.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.321-330; 129.221 et. seq.; 129.241 et. seq.; 380.621a;
380.1217a; 380.1254
Policy Manual
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R
When official travel by personally owned vehicle has been authorized,
mileage payment shall be made at the rate currently governed by negotiated
agreements or established by the Superintendent.
Credit Card (Cf. 3610)
The Superintendent shall, with the exception noted below, be the only
employee issued a District credit card. This credit card shall only be used for the
prudent, legitimate operating expenses of the District. It is the responsibility of
the Superintendent to indicate on the credit card monthly statements the kind of
activity that is being charged. All usage shall be documented, by charge slips
and other means, and submitted to the business office on a routine basis.
For an LISD employee to request use of the LISD District credit card for
purchases that are not feasible through the Purchasing Rules and Regulations,
the following procedures shall apply:
A purchase order with appropriate approval and documentation is
presented to the Superintendent requesting use of District credit card.
Superintendent approves or denies the request.
If approved, the Superintendent, or his/her designee, shall process the
order and/or accompany the requestor when the order is placed and enter the
credit card information as applicable.
The Superintendent, or his/her designee, will be the only person(s) who
are authorized to enter the credit card information (number & expiration date) to
complete any transaction.
The only exception to the Superintendent being the sole holder of a
District credit card shall be the distribution of a limited number of gasoline credit
cards and fuel purchase cards owned by the District and provided to
transportation staff, as needed and approved by the Superintendent.
Policy Manual
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R-2
These cards are to be used only when other reasonable options to purchase fuel
are not available, i.e., long distance and/or over night field trips, transportation
services located within a local District not near the LISD Transportation service
site. All purchases made on the gasoline credit cards and fuel purchase cards
will be documented with receipts that are submitted on a routine basis, with the
identity of the user, to the Superintendent for review before submission to the
school business officials for payment. Superintendent shall be provided a copy of

the monthly billing statements for each gasoline credit card and fuel purchase
card for approval before payment. Unauthorized use of credit cards may result in
disciplinary action.
Spouse Reimbursement
No expense incurred for spouses of employees shall be reimbursed by the
District or with District funds with the exception of spouses conducting official
school business and when both spouses are employees of the District.
Authorization for Travel/Conference and Field Trip Expenses
seminars, or visits involving an overnight stay will be issues unless such travel
has been pre-approved as an estimate and post-approved actual costs with
itemized receipts, by the Superintendent.14
The employee’s immediate supervisor must give prior approval for all
expenses for student field trips and conference attendance and approval of all
actual expenses prior to reimbursement. The Superintendent only, not any
designee, must prior approve any conference expenses when estimated to be in
excess of $1,500. The appropriate forms must be completed prior to departure.
14
As per Board policy, ―Superintendent‖ routinely includes designee, in this policy designees are explicitly
limited to the Assistant Superintendents, Supervisors, Executive Directors, Directors, Principals, and
Assistant Principals, consistent with approval limits referenced in the Business Office Procedures Manual.
Policy Manual
1. A Conference Request Form must be submitted prior to the conference; and a
request form approved by the supervisor shall constitute certification for
authorized travel.
2. Estimated expenses must be within appropriate budget allocations.
3. Staff expenses, as part of an approved student day field trip, must comply
with all of the parameters of the reimbursable conference and routine

expense limits of this Board policy. Expenses with itemized receipts should
be submitted on the employee Conference Request/Expense Voucher form.
Reimbursable Conference Expenses
Only the following expenses may be reimbursed:
1. Lodging (actual room cost);
2. Meals, but no alcoholic beverages;
3. Conference registration and materials fees;
4. Parking and tolls;
5. Common carrier transportation to and from the venue;
6. Use of private vehicle to and from the venue;
7. Postage, telephone and fax charge for business purposes; and
8. Charge for baggage service, reasonable tips.
Limitations on Conference and Routine Expense Reimbursements
Expense reimbursements for approved conference and other routine
expenses shall be limited as follows:
1. Lodging a maximum of $200 per night, not including taxes and fees. Any
exception must be approved in advance by the Superintendent and Board
President.
Policy Manual
2. Meals: a maximum of $10 for breakfasts, $15 for lunches, and $25 for
dinners, not including tip.
Policy Manual
3. Tips: a maximum of 20% for waitress/waiter service at meals on the
receipt, over the above meal limits, except for service during which a table
is used for a lengthy meeting when a reasonable tip may be paid, $5 for
porter/bellhop service.
4. Telephone calls: business related telephone calls only, at actual costs
with receipt.
The Board of Education may wish to review annually or as appropriate the
limits on conference and routine expense reimbursement and consider

adjustments.
Employee Expense Reimbursement reports should be submitted within 90
calendar days of occurrence of the expense and all reimbursement requests for
the current fiscal year must be submitted no later than June 30th of that year.
Late submissions risk forfeiture.
Service Club Guidelines
From the LISD Vision . . . ―LISD staff are involved in their communities
through humanitarianism and volunteering, demonstrating concern for our
neighbors.‖
The Lenawee Intermediate School District recognizes the importance of
staff participation on their communities in cultivating relationships that strengthen
the partnership between students, families, communities, and schools. The
Lenawee Intermediate School District encourages its employees to take part in
community service organizations.
The LISD may reimburse all personnel 100% of their Service Clubs dues,
not to exceed $200 per employee per year. The Superintendent must approve
membership in order for the employee to be eligible for reimbursement. Service
Clubs must be located in Lenawee County and be recognized as providing
service to the community. Religious and political clubs are excluded. It is the
Policy Manual
intent of the LISD to be represented in a wide range of organizations. Therefore,
membership in a particular service club may be encouraged.
Reimbursement will be made to the employee upon presentation of dues
statement(s) and completed Service Club Reimbursement form.
Prohibited Expense Reimbursements (not limited to conferences)
The reimbursement of employee expense is a privilege granted to
employees by the Board of Education. Reimbursement of expenses will be

made only for legitimate school business purposes. No public funds15 will be
spent for purchasing alcoholic beverages, jewelry, gifts, fees for golf, or any item
the purchase or possession of which is illegal. Reimbursement shall not be
made for any items included on the prohibited expense reimbursement list
(below).16
The Board of Education will seek restitution for any inappropriate charges
inadvertently reimbursed. Fraudulent or intentional infractions will subject the
employee to disciplinary action in accordance with policies and procedures of the
district relating to disciplinary action ad termination.
Prohibited expense reimbursements include, but are not limited to, the
following items:
Alcoholic beverages of any kind
Contributions for political campaigns or candidates
Controlled substances
Flowers
15
―Public Funds‖ means funds generated from taxes levied under this act, state appropriations of state or
federal funds, or payments made to the intermediate school district for services by a constituent district or
any other person, but does not include voluntary contributions made for a specific purpose by an
intermediate school board member, an intermediate school district employee, another individual, or a
private entity.
16
For clarification, the district may on occasion legally purchase one or more of the items from this list of
prohibited expenses using its routine procurement system (requisition and purchase orders).
Policy Manual
Food for routine staff meetings
Gifts, except for those recognizing years of service and special
recognitions honored by the District.
Long distance telephone calls (non-work related)
Money orders
Movies, newspapers, except for instruction
Plants
Purchases in which a school employee who participates in the purchase
process has a conflict of interest
Purchases over the specified limit, as applicable, for the job classification
Purchases requiring a contract and an authorized signature
Receiving additional cash with purchases
Recurring payments – the acquisition of goods or services where multiple,
repetitive, or installment payments are necessary to complete the
transaction
Splitting purchases to circumvent the limit. A split purchase occurs when
the individual cost of any single item, including shipping, exceeds the limit.
Conference registrations will be considered the total of the individual
registration fee. For example, if a conference is $100 and an employee
needs to register six people, six individual registrations on six different
transactions may be placed on a single purchase order.
Travel Club memberships
Travelers checks
Advances
Request for an advance to pay expenses at a conference shall be made at
the time application is made and shall be approved by the Superintendent.
Policy Manual
Estimated cost may be advanced. Immediately upon return, a financial
accounting, including documentation, shall be made to the business office and
Policy Manual
any unused funds returned. Advances on expenditures not documented shall be
re-paid to the District. Petty cash funds may not be used for cash advances.
Daily Travel
Local travel as authorized under these regulations is to be recorded on a
regular basis and submitted to the business office at the end of each month for
reimbursement. Documentation must include, date, destination, purpose of
travel, and number of miles for each trip.

Report to the Board
All travel expenses and conference reimbursements shall be reported to
the Board at their regular Board of Education meetings.
Policy Manual
3605 District Procurement Cards (Cf. 3600) 3605
The Superintendent shall be responsible for the issuance, accounting,
monitoring, retrieval, internal controls and generally overseeing the use of District
procurement cards for employees.
Issuance
District employees may be issued a District procurement card, which shall
be used solely for the purchase of goods and/or services needed for official
business of the District.17
Documentation
When an employee uses a District procurement card, documentation shall
be provided to the Superintendent within 30 calendar days - detailing the goods
or services purchased, the cost of such goods or services, the date of purchase,
and the purpose for which such goods or services were purchased.18
Lost Procurement Cards
All staff authorized to use a procurement card are responsible for the
protection and custody of District procurement card. If a District procurement
card is lost or stolen, the Superintendent shall be notified immediately.
Payment
The Superintendent shall approve all District procurement card invoices
prior to payment.
Misuse and Unauthorized Use
An employee who violates a provision of this policy may have his/her use
of that card revoked and be subject to disciplinary action as determined by the
Superintendent. If the Superintendent violates a provision of this policy, he/she
may have his/her use of that card revoked and may be subject to disciplinary
17
MCL 380.1254 (3) (―The Board of any school District shall not provide, allow, or obtain credit cards for,
issue credit cards to, or provide to a school Board member a debit card or similar instrument that pledges
payment of funds from a school District account except in compliance with law.‖)
18
MCL 380.1254 (3)
Policy Manual
action as determined by the Board.
3605 District Procurement Cards (Cf. 3600) 3605-2
Other Provisions
The chief financial officer shall establish a system of internal accounting
controls to monitor the use of procurement cards.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1254; 129.243
Policy Manual
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services 3610
The purchasing objective of the Board of Education shall be to provide
services, materials and supplies which offer District personnel the most effective
and efficient means to perform their tasks. The policy of the Board will be to
acquire these at a minimum possible cost, but taking into consideration the best
interest of the school District. The Superintendent shall serve as the purchasing
agent for the school system.
General Guidelines
1. In awarding purchase or contracts for services, the Superintendent

shall consider the following: (a) price: (b) quality of product; (c)
service, deliver suitability of product; (d) suitability of product; (e)
conformance to specifications; (f) past performance to the school
District; and (g) vendor reliability.
2. The Board directs that all purchases from all funds under its control
and responsibility be made after proper written document is secured to
support such purchases, excluding purchases of a minor or emergency
nature.
3. The District will have a requisition/purchase order system as a means
of budgetary control.
4. Vendor competition in purchasing shall be practiced whenever
possible.
5. Price Quotations: The Superintendent shall make available to the
Board the price quotations obtained from vendors, when applicable, for
supplies, materials, equipment, and services that do not exceed the
Revised School Code base amount. These copies are to be retained
by the Superintendent until the audit for a fiscal year has been formally
accepted by the Board.
Policy Manual
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services 3610-2
6. The vendor submitting the lowest competitive price quotation ordinarily
shall be awarded the contract. However, the Superintendent reserves
the right to accept or reject any price quotations based on the best
interest of the District and delegates this authority to those responsible
for purchases not coming before the Board.
7. Competitive Bids: The Superintendent shall make available to the
Board the competitive bids obtained from vendors for supplies,
materials, and equipment that exceed the Revised School Code base
amount. These copies are to be retained by the Superintendent until
the audit for a fiscal year has been formally accepted by the Board.
8. The lowest responsible bidder submitting a competitive price quotation
or bid ordinarily shall be awarded the contract. However, the Board
reserves the right to accept or reject any bid based on the best interest
of the District and delegates this authority to those responsible for
purchases not coming before the Board.
9. The Board shall purchase locally, provided goods and services of
equal quality are available at competitive prices, as well as full
compliance with any applicable bid specifications, laws, and is the
lowest responsible bidder, and in the best interest of the District.
Local purchases shall be divided among several local vendors when
appropriate. The Superintendent shall make all authorized purchases,
as he/she deems best after carefully weighing all matters.
Non-Negotiatory Purchases
Non-Negotiatory purchases can be made when there is only one supply
source, provided the amount does not exceed bidding requirement limitations.
Policy Manual
Informal Quotations
Informal quotations (verbal information of price on equal products or
services), secured in person or by telephone, may be used in obtaining the many
small purchases used by the school District.
Competitive Bids
No purchases shall be made for supplies, materials, and equipment
performed by other than the District’s employees in a single transaction costing
more than the statutory limit, unless competitive bids are obtained and the
purchase is approved by the Board.
The Superintendent is authorized to obtain third party competitive bids for
materials, supplies and equipment through cooperative purchasing programs.
Third party competitive bidding on behalf of the school District shall constitute a
competitive bid for purposes of Section 1274 of the Revised School Code.
Such bids shall be opened at a specific time and place as stated in the bid
advertisement or in the invitation to bid. Bids may be opened by the
Superintendent at the time and place stated, and analyzed and brought to the
Board at a regular or special meeting with recommendations as to which bids
should be accepted.
The Board shall have discretion in determining the responsibility of the
bidders and generally shall award the contract to the lowest bidder, provided
specifications are fully met. The Board may also consider available services and
delivery in determining the successful bidder. The Board may reject any or all
bids.
All bids received after the date and time specified shall be returned to the
bidder unopened. Changes in the amount or condition of the bid will not be
allowed once the bid has been received.
Policy Manual
Competitive Bids on Building Construction, Renovation, and Repairs
Prior to commencing construction of a new building, or additions to or
repair or renovation of an existing building costing more than the statutory limit,
the Board shall obtain competitive bids on all material and labor to be required to
complete the proposed construction, addition, repair, or renovations.
Repair work normally done by school District employees is exempted from
this bidding requirement.
The Board shall advertise for bids in accordance with the law.
There shall be a public opening of the bids received. The Board may
reject any or all bids, and shall re-advertise in the event all bids are rejected, in
the manner provided by law and this policy.
Voluntary alternates submitted by bidders shall not be considered in
determining low bids. However, such alternates may be negotiated after the
successful bidder has been determined.
Each bidder shall be required to file security with the Board in the amount
of 5% of the amount of the bid, conditioned to secure the school District from loss
or damage by reason of the withdrawal of the bid or by the failure of the bidder to
enter a contract for performance if the bid is accepted by the Board.
Emergency Purchases
Emergency purchases may be made without using the bidding process.
Such emergencies may arise as a result of an accident or other unforeseen
occurrence which could affect the life, health, welfare or safety of the school
District’s children or employees.
Purchasing Rules and Regulations
The Superintendent shall develop the necessary rules and regulations to
implement this policy, including requisition and approval procedures, verification
Policy Manual
of purchases, and verification that goods have been received in an acceptable
condition and services performed in an acceptable manner.
The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board realizes that installment
or lease purchases may commit future Boards to undesirable or untimely
financial obligations. Therefore, all intended installment or lease purchases shall
be brought to the Board as part of the proposed annual budget.
Purchasing From District Employees Prohibited

The Board shall not purchase equipment or supplies from an employee of
the District, nor from a member of a household or an employee, nor from any firm
in which an employee or member of his/her household holds a 10 percent or
greater financial interest.
Purchases through the District Prohibited
Board members and employees shall not make any purchase through the
District for personal use. Purchasing equipment and supplies by the District for
resale to employees is prohibited.
The Superintendent shall prepare an appropriate Business Procedures
and Operations Manual for use by the District in matters pertaining to this policy.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.321-330; 129.221 et. seq.; 129.241 et. seq.
Policy Manual
3620 Emergency Purchases (Cf. 2750, 3660) 3620
In the event of an emergency such as a power failure, severe cold
weather or other such natural disasters, the Superintendent shall have the
authority to purchase capital equipment needed to keep the schools of the
District open or to reopen the schools. The Board, at a special or regular
meeting as soon as possible after the purchase is made, shall approve any such
purchases.
Such purchases shall not be made to circumvent the purpose of the
competitive bid law.
Policy Manual
3730 Vendor Relations 3730
The Board shall not knowingly enter a contract with any supplier of goods
or services to the District under which any Board member or officer, employee or
agent of the District has any pecuniary or beneficial interest, direct or indirect,
unless the person has not solicited the contract or participated in the negotiations
leading up to the contract. This prohibition shall not prevent any person from
receiving royalties upon the sale of any textbook of which he/she is the author
and which has been properly approved for use in the District.
For the purpose of this policy, ―beneficial interest‖ shall be determined in
accordance with current law.
The acceptance of gifts to Board members and school personnel are
governed by the Revised School Code, which includes any gifts or favors from
vendors which might, in any way, influence their recommendations on the
eventual purchase of equipment, supplies, or services.
Purchasing personnel shall not extend any favors to vendors. Each order
shall be placed in accordance with the policies of the Board based on quality,
price, and delivery with past service a factor if all other considerations are equal.

Policy Manual
3730-R Vendor Relations 3730-R
These Vendor Relations Administrative Procedures are intended to
discourage the appearance that vendor gifts might be construed as influencing
Board members’ or school personnel’s recommendation on the eventual
purchase of equipment, supplies, or services. For any unsolicited gifts given to
the Lenawee Intermediate School District, the District shall as deemed
appropriate donate the gift to a local non-profit organization or charity on behalf
of the vendor. A letter will be sent to the vendor acknowledging the gift and its
subsequent donation to a local non-profit organization or charity.
Policy Manual
3750 Payment Procedures 3750
Payments submitted for Board review shall be in the form of a listing that
includes the vendor name, the number, and amount of the check, and the
description of the item.
Upon receipt of a request for payment by a District vendor, and upon
receipt of all goods or satisfactory completion of all services from said vendor,
the Superintendent may authorize payment to said vendor be made within 30
days.
Each bill or obligation of the Board must be fully itemized and verified
before a warrant can be drawn for its payment.

Policy Manual
3750-R Payment Procedures 3750-R
When an invoice is received, the Superintendent shall verify that a
voucher is properly submitted, that acceptable goods were received or
satisfactory services rendered, that the expenditure is included in the budget, that
funds are available for its payment, and that the amount of the invoice is correct.
Policy Manual
3800 Fund Raising and Student Activity Funds 3800
The Board recognizes the existence of many worthwhile community and
student activities that require the raising of funds either by the sale of
merchandise, tickets, or perhaps direct request for money. Because of the need
to safeguard students in the educational program, the Board limits participation of
students to those activities that have the Superintendent’s approval.
It is the responsibility of the Board to provide the necessary basic texts,
materials, supplies, equipment, uniforms, buildings and outdoor facilities to

conduct the approved programs of the District. Community and school fund
raising organizations may contribute to the enrichment of these basic programs
through the contribution of funds and/or items as long as those contributions
have been determined consistent with the District’s vision and approved by the
Superintendent through the appropriate building or program administrator.
If a fund raising project is conducted to sponsor a specific purchase,
activity or trip, the purchase or trip must be approved by the Assistant
Superintendent prior to initiation of the fund raising effort. This shall apply to
school related groups as well as to school organizations.
School Groups
The administration must approve all fund raising in advance. Cards,
letters, or other identifying literature shall be provided all students prior to sales in
the general community.
Fund raising activities should not commence until approval has been
granted. The purpose is not to limit the activities of these groups, but rather to:
1. Be assured that students are not being ―used‖ or their educational
program interrupted.
2. To assist with coordination of activities so that similar activities are not
in conflict with each other.
Policy Manual
3800 Fund Raising and Student Activity Funds 3800-2
3. To be assured of the appropriateness of the activity and that all fund
raising activities comply with local and/or state regulations.
The Board accepts liability for school sponsored fund raising activities
consistent with this policy.
Policy Manual
3800-R Fund Raising and Student Activity Fund 3800-R
The annual student activity report shall show opening and closing
balances of each fund. The report shall also show total amount of deposits and
an itemized list of expenditures.
The instructor/advisor for the student group conducting the fundraising,
shall, with support from the Business Office, establish a checking account and
system for receiving and disbursing checks. The student organization must
adopt procedures for handling money, with approval of the Business Office.
Each student activity fund shall have an employee in charge of said fund.
That employee of the fund shall be responsible for making a periodic report of the
student activity fund to the Superintendent.
The Board shall assume control of all inactive activity organization funds
and disburse those funds to the activity account selected or expend the funds as
directed by the Board in the best interests of students.
Policy Manual
3900 Disposal of Surplus Books, Equipment and Supplies 3900
Materials and equipment no longer needed by one service area of the
District should be made available for use by another service area generally in
keeping with the educational purposes for which they were originally purchased.
The Board of Education hereby authorizes the Superintendent to declare
unnecessary, used, or obsolete equipment and supplies. The Superintendent
may, within his/her broad discretion, attempt to recover the approximate market
value of such surplus equipment for the District, and is authorized to dispose of
such equipment in some other way if reasonable attempts fail to recover the
approximate market value, or if that value is of an incidental amount when
compared to the estimated cost of disposal.
In determining the proper manner in which to dispose of surplus
equipment or supplies, the following basic methods apply:
A. Trade-in credit for a similar item/replacement.
B. Sell to another school District, educational, non-profit, or commercial
organization (the value to be determined by the Board Treasurer).
C. Sell at public sale.
D. Sell by bid.
E. Donate to a school or non-profit organization.
F. Destroy or discard the item(s).
District property shall not be recommended for disposal if precluded by
federal/state guidelines.

Policy Manual
3900-R Surplus Books, Equipment and Supplies 3900-R
Periodically, the administrator of each program shall supply the
Superintendent with a list of books, equipment, or other saleable items that may
be considered obsolete.
The Superintendent shall determine the means of disposition, and provide
notification of materials to be sold and the method of sale to the general public
and those parties, which in his/her estimation, would be interested in such items.
A public notice shall be circulated at least 5 days before the sale and the items
for sale described. Monies realized from such sales shall be credited to the
appropriate fund account.
Obsolete books, equipment, or supplies that cannot be sold may, at the
discretion of the Superintendent, be donated to charitable organizations or
discarded in an acceptable manner.
A record shall be maintained by the Superintendent of all properties
disposed of consistent with state and/or federal regulations.
Policy Manual
Policy Manual
3950 Surplus Land or Buildings 3950
The sale or disposal of District land or building shall require Board
authorization. The Board shall, with the recommendation of the Superintendent,
determine the method and procedure of disposal.

Policy Manual
3950-R Surplus Land or Buildings 3950-R
Whenever any land or buildings owned by the District are placed on the
market for sale, public notification (including listing with a real estate agent) shall
be made and all interested parties shall be given an equal opportunity for
purchase.
An appraisal of District owned property may be requested from at least
two independent appraisers. However, the Board may set a price that, in its
judgment, is fair and may reject any or all offers relative to such sale.
Before a sale is completed, the potential use of the property shall be

considered, particularly as it may affect the neighborhood in which it is located.
The sale of the property for public education use shall be given priority.
Money resulting from the sale of property shall be deposited in the general
fund of the District unless otherwise directed by the Board or unless there is a
bond issue outstanding on the facilities, in which case the receipts from the sale
shall be deposited in the debt retirement fund established for that building
project.
TC-3000-1
3000 - FISCAL MANAGEMENT
Policy Manual
3050 Budget Planning
3100 Annual Operating Budget
Budget Preparation
3170 Budget Adjustment Authority
3200 State and Federal Funding Proposals and Applications
3240 ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special
3280 Borrowing, Bonds, and Debt Service
3300 Investment of Funds
3340 Fees, Payments, and Rentals
3400 Depository of Funds
3405 Electronic Transaction of Funds
Internal Accounting
3410 Safeguarding of Monies and Equipment
3420 Monies in School Buildings
3430 Bonded Employees
3490 Inventories—Fixed and Controlled Assets
3500 Audits
3550 Authorized Signatures
3570 Petty Cash Accounts
3580 Payroll Procedures and Schedules
3590 Tax Sheltered Annuity Programs
3600 Reimbursement of Expenses (Cf. 1168, 5330)
3605 District Procurement Cards
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services
Purchasing From District Employees
Purchases through the District
Emergency Purchases
Credit Cards
3620 Emergency Purchases
3730 Vendor Relations
3750 Payment Procedures
3800 Fund Raising and Student Activity Funds
School Groups
3900 Disposal of Surplus Books, Equipment, and Supplies
3950 Surplus Land or Buildings
Policy Manual
3050 Budget Planning 3050
The Board shall collect and assemble the information necessary to
discharge its responsibility for the fiscal management of the District and to plan
for the financial needs of the educational program. The Board will maintain both
short and long-range projections of District financial requirements.
Accordingly, the Board directs the Superintendent to:
D. Project an estimated expenditure and revenue budget for one year in
the future.
E. Maintain a plan of anticipated local, state, and federal revenues.

F. Report to the Board any serious financial implications that emerge from
the District’s ongoing fiscal planning.
Policy Manual
3050-R Budget Planning 3050-R
The Board encourages the use of a modified site-based budget
development that includes the following major components:
1. The Superintendent and staff will establish a reasonable and prudent
District total revenue target;
2. Each Assistant Superintendent will use a variety of methods to elicit
opinions from staff, and, when appropriate, parent(s)/guardian(s) and
students;
3. Each Assistant Superintendent will present the recommended budget to

the Superintendent for review;
4. The Board will schedule public hearings for presentation of the budget
plan emphasizing the following:
a. Program changes;
b. Procedures used to elicit recommendations, and
c. Spending priorities.
5. The Board will review the full budget at a public hearing according to law.
Policy Manual
3100 Annual Operating Budget 3100
The District’s budget shall be prepared by the Superintendent in
cooperation with selected District employees and shall reflect the Vision, Mission
and Strategic Plan of the District.
The Superintendent shall follow the adopted budget.
It shall be the goal of the Board to fund the operating budget according to
approved fiscal and budgetary procedures adhered to and required by the State
of Michigan.
Budget Preparation
The annual budget represents a financial expression of the District’s
educational plan. The budget shall be designed to carry out that educational
plan in a thorough and efficient manner; to maintain, properly, District facilities;
and to honor continuing obligations of the District.
A proposed budget requires the critical analysis of every member of the
Board during its preparation. Once adopted, the budget deserves the support of
all members of the Board regardless of their position before its adoption.
In order to allow adequate time for the preparation and review of the
proposed budget, the Board directs the Superintendent to present a budget to
the Board and all available information associated with the budget in compliance
with current law in sufficient time to allow proper review.
When presented to the Board for review and/or adoption, the budget shall
include:
G. The proposed expenditure in each financial category for the ensuing year.
H. The anticipated expenditure in each financial category for the current year.
I. The audited expenditure and approved budget in each financial category
for the previous year.
J. The sources and amounts of anticipated revenues.
Policy Manual
3100 Annual Operating Budget 3100-2
K. The amount of fund equity anticipated at the end of the current year.
L. An appropriations resolution.

LEGAL REF:MCL 141.411; 141.421a-440a; 211.209-210; 380.624-624a;
388.1702
Policy Manual
3170 Budget Adjustment Authority 3170
Only the Superintendent and Assistant Superintendents are authorized to
approve adjustments and/or transfers within line items of the Board adopted
operating budget without Board approval. Such adjustments and/or transfers
shall be reported to the Board at the next scheduled budget revision. Such acts
shall not exceed the latest fund expenditure grand totals approved by the Board.
Authorization for such adjustments and/or transfers shall be included annually in
the general appropriations act.

LEGAL REF: MCL 141.421a-440a
Policy Manual
3200 State and Federal Funding Proposals and Applications 3200
It is an objective of the Board to provide quality educational opportunities
for all individuals of the District. It is the intent of the Board to study all federal
legislation, with this philosophy in mind, selecting those particular parts of the
legislation which will help the Board to provide better educational opportunities
and programs for each student.
Policy Manual
3240 ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special 3240
The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education is the
governmental unit responsible for the planning and development of the systems
of special education programs and services in the Intermediate School District,
as authorized by the Michigan State Legislature in the Revised School Code. As
part of that responsibility, the Board of Education provides administrative and
financial support to local public school Districts for their operation of special
education programs and services.
The financial support provided to local Districts must be distributed in a
legal and equitable manner. The administrative procedures for distribution of
ISD funds shall meet minimum state standards of local contribution and follow an
―added-cost‖ concept. This will assure the non-discriminatory expenditure of
funds and maintain local ownership in the programs. The distribution must be
responsive to changing circumstances, grounded in allowable cost, maintain the
fiscal integrity of the ISD, and include appropriate budget control measures. The
distribution formula and related administrative procedures must encourage the
development of a full continuum of placement options available to students with
disabilities regardless of location of their home in the Intermediate School
District. When the LISD must prorate its reimbursement, local District paid tuition
must assure full added-cost reimbursement to local District operating regional
classrooms, in accordance with required contracts, provision of special education
to non-resident handicapped students.
The LISD will maintain a five percent fund equity (5% of current year’s
projected expenditures) in the LISD Special Education General Fund.
Policy Manual
3240-R ISD Reimbursement for Local District Operated Special 3240-R
PART A. BASIC REIMBURSEMENT
(5) Teacher Assistants
Salary and employment related expenses mandated by state or federal law,
such as retirement contributions and Social Security payments, and
professional development expenses, (up to $75.00 per assistant per year) for
locally employed special education teacher assistants (mandated and non-
mandated) are eligible for ISD reimbursement. Expenses for health, dental or
vision insurance shall not be reimbursed.
(6) Instructional Supplies, Capital Outlay/Equipment, and Professional
Development:
Instructional materials and supplies (including texts, consumable workbooks,
instructional kits, etc.) are instructional supplies purchased specifically for
instruction of students with disabilities and not otherwise provided to all non-
handicapped students/general education classrooms in the building, and
equipment that is valued at less than $1,000.00 Equipment and furniture
used only for instruction with students with disabilities, are valued at
$1,000.00 or more. Professional development experiences, including staff
training and conference attendance expenses, are reimbursable under this
policy. Reimbursement claims for any combination of supplies, equipment,
and professional development expenditures are capped at an average of
$1,225 for each special education professional employed by the District, and
are subject to pro-ration of reimbursement claims as are other eligible costs.
(7) Start-Up Costs:
For a District starting a new special education classroom, including
conversion of a local District room to regional Level II classroom status, not
including transfer/relocation of a current program to a new location within the
Policy Manual
District, specific expenses incurred for room improvements and instructional
equipment related to occupying a room or making a room more suitable for
the specific program, may be reimbursed, under the following conditions:
(D) The classroom complies with the size, light, ventilation, and heating
requirements and age/grad comparability rules of the Michigan Special
Education Rules according to inspection of the assigned ISD
administrator;
(E) The additional program has been approved for reimbursement via the
Program Development Model; and
(F) Total ISD reimbursement for any one new classroom’s ―starting costs‖
shall not exceed the following limits--$1,500.00 for LD and Resource
Rooms: $5000 for MiCI (Mildly Cognitively Impaired) with a prior
approved plan submitted to the LISD by the LEA; $1500 for EI rooms
plus additional $2,000.00 for remodeling plans including a ―time-out‖
room.
(8) Other:
The LISD shall reimburse the local public school for certain costs relating to
special education due process hearings required under the Michigan Revised
Administrative Rules for Special Education, according to the following
limitations:
(A) The LISD will not reimburse any expenses relating to a hearing covered
by the District’s liability insurance, after concerted action is taken to
clarify coverage with the carrier.
(B) The only costs eligible for LISD reimbursement include hearing officer
fees and expenses, court reporter fees, expert and witness fees, and
fees associated with independent evaluations ordered by the hearing
Policy Manual
officer or via settlement agreement. Costs eligible for reimbursement do
not include any attorney fees incurred by the District in defending or
prosecuting an action, damages, or awards or settlements of attorney
fee demands from prevailing parent(s)/guardian(s) representatives.
(E) LISD reimbursement shall be limited to fifty percent (50%) of the costs
included as eligible for reimbursement above. Reimbursement for
expenses of special education related lawsuits is not included in these
procedures and is not to be reimbursed by the LISD.
(F) The LISD will assume the cost of an independent educational evaluation
with prior approval of the LISD Special Education Director. Without the
prior approval of the LISD Special Education Director, the local District
will be responsible for the cost of these programs.
Local District indirect costs are ineligible for reimbursement.
Starting in the 1993-94 school year, the Lenawee Intermediate School
District reimbursed local school Districts’ costs for operating special education
costs in the same school year in which the expenses were made. Prior to 1993-
94, reimbursement was calculated using audited figures from the local Districts
that were available 3-4 months after the close of the fiscal year (June 30). With
the 1993-94 school year, reimbursement is calculated on estimated current year
budgets from the local Districts. This raises the possibility of over/under
payments, and adjustments/pro-rations to maintain the LISD’s fund equity
standards (5% of current expenditures). Moving to ―current year‖ reimbursement,
based on estimated budgets, rather than audited figures, increases the likelihood
of inaccurate estimates and surprise adjustments/pro-rations. Changes were
made to the reimbursement procedures to accomplish the following goals:
Policy Manual
4. Maintain the fiscal integrity of the Intermediate School District;
5. Safeguard equity among competing constituent Districts’ claims for
reimbursement; and
6. Provide a reasonable means of distributing special education millage.
The following requirements are added:
Reimbursement claims based on local special education costs for the
1992-93 school year were permanently skipped over, in accordance with
the agreement of the Lenawee County Superintendent’s Association;19
At the end of the fiscal year, 15% of the total prorated reimbursement
amount, as calculated for the June payment, is withheld pending
completion of local fiscal audits and the LISD audit of approved special
education costs;
Local District reimbursement claims shall be paid five times; four
payments are made during the current fiscal. The payment schedule is as
follows:
December 17%
January 25.5%
March 34%
June 8.5%
The final 15% payment is included with the initial payment in the following
year.
Lenawee Intermediate School District officials will request local District
budgets estimates periodically, as well as supplemental information and
fiscal audit reports, for periodic recalculation; and,

19
Action at the January 13, 1993 meeting of the Lenawee County Superintendent’s Association.
Policy Manual
By December 31st of the following fiscal year, the escrowed accounts shall
be released in the amount necessary to reconcile final audited claims for
reimbursement. Where the amount in escrow is insufficient to pay all the
adjusted local District claims, it shall be deemed the total amount available
and the absolute limit of the Lenawee Intermediate School District current
year Special Education budget. In the event that local Districts are
overpaid, they shall be billed to repay any overpayment.
PART B. LENAWEE ISD REIMBURSEMENT FOR LOCALLY EMPLOYED
TEACHER ASSISTANTS FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES
OR SPECIAL EDUCATION CLASSROOM PROGRAMS

I. MANDATED TEACHER ASSISTANTS
The Lenawee ISD will reimburse the costs associated with
mandated classroom teacher assistants employed by the local
public schools in the same manner in which other eligible costs are
reimbursed. A teacher assistant is mandated for elementary level
Mild Cognitive Impairment classrooms when there are 12 or more
students in the room at one time. Some approved administrative
rule waivers also mandate an assistant.
II. NON-MANDATED TEACHER ASSISTANTS: SPECIAL
EDUCATION CLASSROOM AND INDIVIDUAL STUDENT
ASSISTANTS, INCLUSION AND BEHAVIORAL INDIVIDUAL
STUDENT ASSISTANTS
The Lenawee ISD will reimburse the local cost associated with non-
mandated classroom teacher assistants for special education
classrooms, and inclusion or behavioral individual assistants for
students with disabilities, when the local District has completed the
Policy Manual
Lenawee Intermediate School District’s approval process. The
Lenawee ISD reserves the right to deny reimbursement upon
failure to meet the state or ISD’s criteria or fails to complete the
procedures. Reimbursement may be prorated consistent with this
policy.
IV. REIMBURSEMENT REQUEST PROCEDURES FOR MANDATED
AND NONMANDATED TEACHER ASSISTANTS
When a local public school District employs a teacher assistant to
provide service to a student with disabilities, or to serve in a special
education classroom, the costs for that assistant will either be paid
for entirely by the local District, or by a combination of local District,
state and LISD funds.
The LISD Assistant Superintendents delegate authorization for
previously approved teacher assistant positions up to 75% of the
previous year’s total full-time equivalent teacher assistant positions,
to the regional supervisors. New requests for reimbursement, or
substantially changed previously approved positions, shall be
forwarded to the Assistant Superintendent for consideration and
action. Approved forms shall be utilized for documenting the local
Districts’ requests and the Assistant Superintendent’s actions.
PART C. PROVISIONS FOR INCORPORATING APPROVED WAIVERS TO
THE MICHIGAN SPECIAL EDUCATION ADMINISTRATIVE
RULES IN THE INTERMEDIATE SCHOOL DISTRICT’S POLICY
AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PERTAINING TO THE
REIMBURSEMENT OF LOCAL PUBLIC SCHOOL DISTRICT
SPECIAL EDUCATION COSTS
Policy Manual
All current and new special education programs and services for
which reimbursement from the Intermediate School District is
requested that qualify to be operated under an approved waiver
must be operated under the waiver or there will be no Intermediate
School District reimbursement for local costs.
Policy Manual
3280 Borrowing, Bonds and Debt Service 3280
Borrowing
Upon the initiative of the Board, the Superintendent may prepare the data
and applications regarding the borrowing of State Aid Notes, Tax Anticipation
Notes, and Bond Issues.
Bids shall be solicited for all short-term loans that the Board has
authorized. Funds shall be borrowed from the responsible organization offering
the most favorable terms, as approved by the Board.
Sale of Bonds
The Board, upon a favorable vote of the people, or by its own action, in
compliance with the laws of the State of Michigan, may sell its bonds, if required
to do so. Such bonds shall be duly advertised, prepared, and sold in
conformance with the laws of the State of Michigan.
Debt Service
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to maintain all records
as to the outstanding bonds and debts encumbered against the District. He/She
shall keep this information readily available and report periodically to the Board
on the condition of these accounts.

LEGAL REF: MCL 134.1 et seq. 188.761 et seq.; 380.144; 380.1225; 380.1351-
52
Policy Manual
3300 Investment of Funds 3300
Annually, the Board shall pass a resolution authorizing the Treasurer to
invest surplus funds of the District.
Investment Income
The District is authorized to make investments of available moneys from
the several funds of the District in:
10. Bonds, bills or notes of the United States, or obligations the principal an
interest of which are fully guaranteed by the United States Government.
11. Certificates of deposit issued by an state or national bank organized and

authorized to operate a bank in this state.
12. Commercial paper via pooled fund.
13. Certificates of deposit or share certificates of state or federal credit unions
organized and authorized to operate in this state.
14. Securities issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the
United States Government.
15. United States government or federal District obligation repurchase
agreements.
16. Bankers’ acceptances issued by a bank that is a member of the federal
deposit insurance corporation.
17. Mutual funds composed entirely of investment vehicles that are legal for
direct investment by a School District.
18. Investment pools, as authorized by the surplus funds investment pool act,
composed entirely of instruments that are legal for direct investment by a
School District.
The Treasurer, in determining the best investment, shall combine three
factors: (1) quality of commercial paper, (2) interest rate available, and (3)
accessibility of funds on short notice.
Policy Manual
3300 Investment of Funds 3300-2
Local banks and those with whom the District has established a business
relationship, including banks having accounts of the District, or those from whom
the District has recently secured loans, shall be given preference for the
investment of funds.
Earnings on an investment shall become a part of the fund from which the
investment was made.

Policy Manual
Section 3000 - Fiscal Management
3300-R Investment of Funds 3300-R
The Board also authorizes the Superintendent to open cash management
accounts for general fund monies to earn interest while not being used for
operating purposes or invested otherwise. Such accounts shall be used when
the cash flow pattern does not permit the purchases of longer-term investments
or when the rate of return is comparable or greater than is available from other
investments. Authorization to make deposits, transfers, and withdrawals from
these accounts shall be established at the annual organizational meeting of the
Board.
Interest from investments shall accrue to the fund from which the
investment was made as determined by the Board and permitted by current law.
The Superintendent shall assume the responsibility of developing cash
flow patterns for all funds in order to determine the availability of funds for
investment. Periodically, the Superintendent shall report the status of all
investments to the Board.
Policy Manual
3340 Fees, Payments, and Rentals (Cf. 9250) 3340
Proceeds from fees for building or equipment use or rental shall be
credited to funds specified by the Superintendent.
The Board may authorize the rental or lease of District property.
Students may undertake jobs or projects for private individuals or
community groups. The facilities of the District may be used for such activities.
All receipts shall be deposited in the general fund and used as a reimbursement
for materials and/or to purchase additional supplies and cover expenses of a
department or program.
Approved: Adopted October 6, 2003; First Revision December 5, 2005;

Second Revisions adopted January 8, 2007
LEGAL REF: MCL 380.11a; 380.1141
Policy Manual
3340-R Fees, Payments and Rentals (Cf. 9250) 3340-R
Prior to leasing District property, the Board may make known the
availability of such property to the public. The lessee shall be reputable and the
use of the buildings shall be compatible with community standards.
The terms of the lease agreement shall specify the extent to which the
lessee shall be responsible for the maintenance of the property and payment of
utilities. The lessee may be required to pay any taxes that may be assessed
against said property.

All lease agreements may, at the discretion of the Superintendent, be
prepared or reviewed by legal counsel prior to Board approval.
Income from Sales and Service
All projects undertaken by students and staff will consider the impact, if
any on competition with local businesses to the best extent possible.
The following rules and procedures shall apply to projects undertaken in
the District’s facilities:
8. Priority for Sales and Service Projects:
a. Students enrolled in the LISD’s courses/programs and alignment
with the curriculum
b. LISD and local public school District organizations
c. LISD affiliated organizations
d. Public agencies and non-profit organizations
e. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) of students enrolled in class
f. Area senior citizens
g. Students enrolled in high school
h. Individuals including school District employees
9. Customers shall sign the necessary application and release forms
provided by the school;
Policy Manual
3340-R Fees, Payments and Rentals (Cf. 9250) 3340-R-2
10. Tipping for services is prohibited;
11. All individuals and outside groups shall receive an estimated cost before
the work begins. Adjustments shall be made at the time of final billing;
12. Payment shall be received releasing the product to the client;
13. Invoices for all charges shall be issued and receipts provided; and
14. Employees or students shall not realize any financial benefit because of
their participation in work projects undertaken.

In the event the District should receive a check for any purpose that is
returned due to non-sufficient funds (NSF) the District will assess a charge of
$25.00 to the issuer of the check to cover the administrative and clerical costs of
dealing with the matter. If the issuer fails to "make good" for the amount of the
original check within 10 days of the date of the check being returned for NSF, the
District reserves the right to file criminal charges and to refuse checks in the
future from the issuer.
Policy Manual
3400 Depository of Funds (Cf. 1300) 3400
At the annual organizational meeting, the Board shall, in accordance with
state law, designate, by resolution, the financial institutions20 in which the funds
of the District shall be deposited and the proportion of funds to be deposited in
each. The Treasurer shall deposit or cause to be deposited, funds of the District
in the institutions as authorized by the Board and in the proportions authorized by
the Board.

LEGAL REF: MCL 21.143; 129.12; 129.15
20
MCL 129.15 includes credit unions as an appropriate place of deposit and uses the term ―financial
institution,‖ not just banks or trust companies.
Policy Manual
3405 Electronic Transaction of Funds 3405
The Lenawee Intermediate School District, through resolution of the
Board, shall be a party to an Automated Clearing House21 (ACH) arrangement.22
The Superintendent shall be responsible for the Lenawee Intermediate School
District’s ACH agreements, including payment approval, accounting, reporting,
and generally for overseeing compliance with the ACH policy.23 All ACH invoices
are to be approved prior to payment.
Internal Accounting
The Superintendent shall be responsible for development and

maintenance of appropriate accounting controls to monitor the use of ACH
transactions24 made by the District.

LEGAL REF: MCL 124.301-124.305
21
―Automated clearing house‖ or ―ACH‖ – a national and governmental organization that has authority to
process electronic payments, including, but not limited to, the national automated clearing house
association and the federal reserve system (MCL 124.301(d)).
22
ACH arrangement—the agreement between the originator of the ACH transaction and the receiver of an
ACH transaction (MCL 124.301(a)). Under Act 738 of 2002, MCL 124.301, an ACH arrangement is not
subject to the revised municipal finance act, 2001 PA 34, MCL 141.2101, or to provisions of law or charter
concerning the issuance of debt by a local unit.
23
ACH policy – the procedures and internal controls as determined under this written policy developed and
adopted by the Superintendent (MCL 124.301(b)).
24
ACH transaction – an electronic payment, debit, or credit transfer processed through an automated
clearinghouse (MCL 124.301(c)).
Policy Manual
3405-R Electronic Transaction of Funds 3405-R
For the purposes of accountability of ACH funds, the Superintendent shall
submit to the Board a monthly report detailing the goods or services purchased
during the preceding month. The report must contain:
The goods or services purchased and their cost;
The date of the payment; and
The unit or department serviced by each payment.
This report may be maintained in the electronic general ledger software
system of the District or in a separate report.

Internal Accounting
ACH accounting methods shall follow the established and approved
District accounting procedures.
Policy Manual
3405-R Electronic Transaction of Funds 3405-R-2
Sample Resolution
For the authorization of Electronic Transactions under PA 738 of 2002,
MCL 124.301, the Board hereby recognizes that:
Electronic payment of public funds are required for some federally
mandated transactions involving public funds by electronic payment, debit,
or credit transfer processed through an automated clearing house, and
The Board deems that it is in the best interest of the District to make
certain District financial transactions by electronic payments as described
in PA 748 of 2002.
It is therefore resolved, that the Board authorizes the District to utilize
electronic transactions in compliance with the written procedures and internal
controls developed by the Superintendent.
Moved by:__________________________ Seconded by:_________________
Ayes: ___________________ Nays: _____________ Abstentions: __________
Resolution Adopted: _________________________________
Policy Manual
3410 Safeguarding of Monies and Equipment 3410
The Superintendent shall assure that administrative regulations are
established and carried out so that all monies and equipment within all of the
District’s facilities are safeguarded and accounted for in an efficient manner at all
times.
Policy Manual
3420 Monies in School Buildings 3420
Monies received and receipted must be safeguarded and deposited in
LISD bank accounts in a timely manner not to exceed one week from the date of
receipt of funds.
The District will not be responsible for non-District monies in school
buildings.
Policy Manual
3430 Bonded Employees 3430
The Board recognizes that prudent trusteeship of the resources of the
District dictate that employees responsible for the safekeeping of District monies
be bonded.
The District shall be indemnified against loss of money by bonding of
employees holding the positions and in the amounts determined by the Board.
All other employees to be bonded shall be covered under a blanket bond.
The Board shall bear the cost of bonding each employee required to be
bonded by this policy.
Policy Manual
3430-R Bonded Employees 3430-R
A surety bond for $500,000.00 is required for the Treasurer of the Board.
The Board may purchase a blanket bond for District employees.
Policy Manual
Policy Manual
3490 Inventories – Fixed and Controlled Assets 3490
An accounting will be made annually for property, real and personal,
owned by the District in accordance with law, governmental regulations, and
District rules.
accordance with law, governmental regulations, and the District’s needs.

LEGAL REF: Governmental Accounting Standards Board, Statement No. 34.
Policy Manual
3490-R Inventories – Fixed and Controlled Assets 3490-R
For the purpose of accountability of school-owned property, the
Superintendent shall develop an inventory record system. Annually, all fixed
assets records shall be updated showing deletions and additions of District-
owned property, estimated original cost, date of purchase, serial numbers (where
available) and location of each piece of property.
accordance with law, governmental regulations, and District needs. The fixed
asset accounting system shall maintain sufficient information to permit the
following:
A. The preparation of year-end financial statements in accordance
with law, governmental rules and generally accepted accounting
principles;
B. Adequate insurance coverage; and
C. Control and accountability.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for the development and
maintenance of the fixed asset accounting system. He/She shall develop
procedures to ensure compliance with all fixed asset accounting policies, law or
governmental regulation. Each building Principal shall be assigned fixed asset
responsibilities.
―Fixed assets‖ are defined as at least 80% of those tangible assets of the
District with a useful life in excess of one year and an initial cost equal to or
exceeding $5,000. In making this determination, the Superintendent generally
will use the recognized and accepted ―standard useful life table’ as published by
the Association of School Business Officials International Accounting, Auditing,
and Budgeting Committee, Subcommittee on GASB Statement No. 34
Implementation. Additionally, the services of a professional property appraisal
Policy Manual
3490-R Inventories – Fixed and Controlled Assets 3490-R-2
firm may be used to perform the asset inventory, to provide estimated historical
cost information, and to give an objective estimate of the asset’s useful life that
will generally be acceptable to auditors.
In determining what assets are to be accounted for in District inventories,
the Superintendent will consider the following information sources:
Original purchase records.
Bond documents.
Professional appraisal or other services, such as insurance

appraisals.
The total amount of the original debt issuance, where appropriate,
to help determine some asset’s historical cost.
Periodically, the Superintendent will review the estimated remaining life of
specific fixed assets or group of assets and adjust the remaining depreciable life
accordingly.
Some items may be identified by the Superintendent as ―controlled‖ assets
that, although they cost less than $500 and do not meet all fixed asset criteria,
will still be required to be recorded on the Inventory control systems at the
individual building sites.
Each program administrator has the responsibility of taking an inventory of
District-owned property in all buildings/facilities under his/her supervision. The
Superintendent will develop inventory forms and procedures. The program
administrator in that building will maintain one copy of each inventory taken and
one copy shall be filed in the Education Service Center.
Policy Manual
3500 Audits 3500
The accounting records, including internal accounts, of the District shall be
audited annually by an independent certified public accountant in accordance
with prescribed standards and legal requirements.
An Ad Hoc Board Audit Committee is formed each year to meet with the
Superintendent and the auditors prior to the annual audit and to discuss the
results after completion. The Committee makes recommendations regarding
these results, with the Superintendent’s and Treasurer’s advice, to the full Board.
The audit report shall be reviewed and accepted annually by the Board at a
public meeting. The management letter and recommendations of the auditor
shall be brought to the attention of the Board, along with recommendations of the
Superintendent as to the feasibility of implementing the recommendations. The
Superintendent shall be responsible for filing the audit reports with all appropriate
authorities as prescribed by law or regulation.
All District employees shall cooperate fully with the auditors.

Policy Manual
3550 Authorized Signatures (Cf. 1300) 3550
At the annual organizational meeting, the Board shall authorize the
signatures of those persons who may sign checks and make transfers upon the
various accounts of the District. Facsimile signatures may be used as authorized
by the Board.
Policy Manual
3570 Petty Cash Accounts 3570
Petty Cash
The Board recognizes the convenience afforded the day-by-day operating
of the schools by the establishment of one or more petty cash funds. The Board
shall require controls that will prevent abuse of such funds.
Each custodian of a petty cash fund shall insure that the funds in his/her
care shall be disbursed only for minor expenditures and not readily deferred. No
petty cash fund may be used to circumvent the purchasing procedures required
by law and the policies of the Board.
Policy Manual
3580 Payroll Procedures, Schedules and Deductions 3580
All employees shall be paid according to a specific schedule that shall be
determined annually by the Superintendent. All salaries, stipends, and payments
for job-related extra duties shall be paid from the payroll account through the
District’s business office.
Policy Manual
3580-R Payroll Procedures and Schedules 3580-R
Generally, no employee shall be paid in advance of services rendered,
except when the routine pay schedule requires an advance payment with the
approval of the Superintendent. Personnel receiving extra pay for extracurricular
activities that are on going throughout the school year may have the salary
prorated in equal amounts in each paycheck. Personnel receiving extra pay for
extra duty/extracurricular activities that are seasonable shall be paid in full at the
completion of the activity or on a pro-rated basis over the remaining pay periods.
Except for salary deductions for absences not covered by paid leave or
payroll deductions required by law or contract, all payroll deductions shall be
subject to the Superintendent’s approval.
Policy Manual
Policy Manual
3590 Tax Sheltered Annuity Programs 3590
The Board of Education authorizes the Superintendent to enter into
contracts on behalf of the Board with annuity companies to affect the purchase of
tax-deferred annuities for individual employees.
But new firms must obtain a minimum of ten (10) current LISD employees
as clients in order to be included on the approved TSA vendor list.
Policy Manual
3600 Reimbursement of Expenses (Cf. 1168, 5330) 3600
District personnel, or members of the Board, who incur expenses in
carrying out their authorized duties shall be reimbursed by the District to the
extent approved or provided in Board policies or duly negotiated agreements
upon submission of an approved voucher and supporting receipts. Such
expenses may be approved and incurred in line with budgetary allocations for the
specific type of expense.
seminars, or visits involving an overnight stay will be issued unless such travel
has been approved, in advance, by the Superintendent.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.321-330; 129.221 et. seq.; 129.241 et. seq.; 380.621a;
380.1217a; 380.1254
Policy Manual
3600-R Reimbursement of Expenses 3600-R
When official travel by personally owned vehicle has been authorized,
mileage payment shall be made at the rate currently governed by negotiated
agreements or established by the Superintendent.
Credit Card (Cf. 3610)
The Superintendent shall, with the exception noted below, be the only
employee issued a District credit card. This credit card shall only be used for the
prudent, legitimate operating expenses of the District. It is the responsibility of
the Superintendent to indicate on the credit card monthly statements the kind of
activity that is being charged. All usage shall be documented, by charge slips
and other means, and submitted to the business office on a routine basis.
For an LISD employee to request use of the LISD District credit card for
purchases that are not feasible through the Purchasing Rules and Regulations,
the following procedures shall apply:
A purchase order with appropriate approval and documentation is
presented to the Superintendent requesting use of District credit card.
Superintendent approves or denies the request.
If approved, the Superintendent, or his/her designee, shall process the
order and/or accompany the requestor when the order is placed and enter the
credit card information as applicable.
The Superintendent, or his/her designee, will be the only person(s) who
are authorized to enter the credit card information (number & expiration date) to
complete any transaction.
The only exception to the Superintendent being the sole holder of a
District credit card shall be the distribution of a limited number of gasoline credit
cards and fuel purchase cards owned by the District and provided to
transportation staff, as needed and approved by the Superintendent.
Policy Manual
These cards are to be used only when other reasonable options to purchase fuel
are not available, i.e., long distance and/or over night field trips, transportation
services located within a local District not near the LISD Transportation service
site. All purchases made on the gasoline credit cards and fuel purchase cards
will be documented with receipts that are submitted on a routine basis, with the
identity of the user, to the Superintendent for review before submission to the
school business officials for payment. Superintendent shall be provided a copy of

the monthly billing statements for each gasoline credit card and fuel purchase
card for approval before payment. Unauthorized use of credit cards may result in
disciplinary action.
Spouse Reimbursement
No expense incurred for spouses of employees shall be reimbursed by the
District or with District funds with the exception of spouses conducting official
school business and when both spouses are employees of the District.
Authorization for Travel/Conference and Field Trip Expenses
seminars, or visits involving an overnight stay will be issues unless such travel
has been pre-approved as an estimate and post-approved actual costs with
itemized receipts, by the Superintendent.25
The employee’s immediate supervisor must give prior approval for all
expenses for student field trips and conference attendance and approval of all
actual expenses prior to reimbursement. The Superintendent only, not any
designee, must prior approve any conference expenses when estimated to be in
excess of $1,500. The appropriate forms must be completed prior to departure.
25
As per Board policy, ―Superintendent‖ routinely includes designee, in this policy designees are explicitly
limited to the Assistant Superintendents, Supervisors, Executive Directors, Directors, Principals, and
Assistant Principals, consistent with approval limits referenced in the Business Office Procedures Manual.
Policy Manual
1. A Conference Request Form must be submitted prior to the conference; and a
request form approved by the supervisor shall constitute certification for
authorized travel.
4. Estimated expenses must be within appropriate budget allocations.
5. Staff expenses, as part of an approved student day field trip, must comply
with all of the parameters of the reimbursable conference and routine
expense limits of this Board policy. Expenses with itemized receipts should
be submitted on the employee Conference Request/Expense Voucher form.
Reimbursable Conference Expenses
Only the following expenses may be reimbursed:
9. Lodging (actual room cost);
10. Meals, but no alcoholic beverages;
11. Conference registration and materials fees;
12. Parking and tolls;
13. Common carrier transportation to and from the venue;
14. Use of private vehicle to and from the venue;
15. Postage, telephone and fax charge for business purposes; and
16. Charge for baggage service, reasonable tips.
Limitations on Conference and Routine Expense Reimbursements
Expense reimbursements for approved conference and other routine
expenses shall be limited as follows:
5. Lodging a maximum of $200 per night, not including taxes and fees. Any
exception must be approved in advance by the Superintendent and Board
President.
6. Meals: a maximum of $10 for breakfasts, $15 for lunches, and $25 for
dinners, not including tip.
Policy Manual
7. Tips: a maximum of 20% for waitress/waiter service at meals on the
receipt, over the above meal limits, except for service during which a table
is used for a lengthy meeting when a reasonable tip may be paid, $5 for
porter/bellhop service.
8. Telephone calls: business related telephone calls only, at actual costs
with receipt.
The Board of Education may wish to review annually or as appropriate the
limits on conference and routine expense reimbursement and consider

adjustments.
Service Club Guidelines
From the LISD Vision . . . ―LISD staff are involved in their communities
through humanitarianism and volunteering, demonstrating concern for our
neighbors.‖
The Lenawee Intermediate School District recognizes the importance of
staff participation on their communities in cultivating relationships that strengthen
the partnership between students, families, communities, and schools. The
Lenawee Intermediate School District encourages its employees to take part in
community service organizations.
The LISD may reimburse all personnel 100% of their Service Clubs dues,
not to exceed $200 per employee per year. The Superintendent must approve
membership in order for the employee to be eligible for reimbursement. Service
Clubs must be located in Lenawee County and be recognized as providing
service to the community. Religious and political clubs are excluded. It is the
Policy Manual
intent of the LISD to be represented in a wide range of organizations. Therefore,
membership in a particular service club may be encouraged.
Reimbursement will be made to the employee upon presentation of dues
statement(s) and completed Service Club Reimbursement form.
Prohibited Expense Reimbursements (not limited to conferences)
The reimbursement of employee expense is a privilege granted to
employees by the Board of Education. Reimbursement of expenses will be

made only for legitimate school business purposes. No public funds26 will be
spent for purchasing alcoholic beverages, jewelry, gifts, fees for golf, or any item
the purchase or possession of which is illegal. Reimbursement shall not be
made for any items included on the prohibited expense reimbursement list
(below).27
The Board of Education will seek restitution for any inappropriate charges
inadvertently reimbursed. Fraudulent or intentional infractions will subject the
employee to disciplinary action in accordance with policies and procedures of the
district relating to disciplinary action ad termination.
Prohibited expense reimbursements include, but are not limited to, the
following items:
Alcoholic beverages of any kind
Contributions for political campaigns or candidates
Controlled substances
Flowers
Food for routine staff meetings

26
―Public Funds‖ means funds generated from taxes levied under this act, state appropriations of state or
federal funds, or payments made to the intermediate school district for services by a constituent district or
any other person, but does not include voluntary contributions made for a specific purpose by an
intermediate school board member, an intermediate school district employee, another individual, or a
private entity.
27
For clarification, the district may on occasion legally purchase one or more of the items from this list of
prohibited expenses using its routine procurement system (requisition and purchase orders).
Policy Manual
Gifts, except for those recognizing years of service and special
recognitions honored by the District.
Long distance telephone calls (non-work related)
Money orders
Movies, newspapers, except for instruction
Plants
Purchases in which a school employee who participates in the purchase

process has a conflict of interest
Purchases over the specified limit, as applicable, for the job classification
Purchases requiring a contract and an authorized signature
Receiving additional cash with purchases
Recurring payments – the acquisition of goods or services where multiple,
repetitive, or installment payments are necessary to complete the
transaction
Splitting purchases to circumvent the limit. A split purchase occurs when
the individual cost of any single item, including shipping, exceeds the limit.
Conference registrations will be considered the total of the individual
registration fee. For example, if a conference is $100 and an employee
needs to register six people, six individual registrations on six different
transactions may be placed on a single purchase order.
Travel Club memberships
Travelers checks
Advances
Request for an advance to pay expenses at a conference shall be made at
the time application is made and shall be approved by the Superintendent.
Policy Manual
Estimated cost may be advanced. Immediately upon return, a financial
accounting, including documentation, shall be made to the business office and
Policy Manual
any unused funds returned. Advances on expenditures not documented shall be
re-paid to the District. Petty cash funds may not be used for cash advances.
Daily Travel
Local travel as authorized under these regulations is to be recorded on a
regular basis and submitted to the business office at the end of each month for
reimbursement. Documentation must include, date, destination, purpose of
travel, and number of miles for each trip.

Report to the Board
All travel expenses and conference reimbursements shall be reported to
the Board at their regular Board of Education meetings.
Policy Manual
3605 District Procurement Cards (Cf. 3600) 3605
The Superintendent shall be responsible for the issuance, accounting,
monitoring, retrieval, internal controls and generally overseeing the use of District
procurement cards for employees.
Issuance
District employees may be issued a District procurement card, which shall
be used solely for the purchase of goods and/or services needed for official
business of the District.28
Documentation
When an employee uses a District procurement card, documentation shall
be provided to the Superintendent within 30 calendar days - detailing the goods
or services purchased, the cost of such goods or services, the date of purchase,
and the purpose for which such goods or services were purchased.29
Lost Procurement Cards
All staff authorized to use a procurement card are responsible for the
protection and custody of District procurement card. If a District procurement
card is lost or stolen, the Superintendent shall be notified immediately.
Payment
The Superintendent shall approve all District procurement card invoices
prior to payment.
Misuse and Unauthorized Use
An employee who violates a provision of this policy may have his/her use
of that card revoked and be subject to disciplinary action as determined by the
Superintendent. If the Superintendent violates a provision of this policy, he/she
may have his/her use of that card revoked and may be subject to disciplinary
action as determined by the Board.
28
MCL 380.1254 (3) (―The Board of any school District shall not provide, allow, or obtain credit cards for,
issue credit cards to, or provide to a school Board member a debit card or similar instrument that pledges
payment of funds from a school District account except in compliance with law.‖)
29
MCL 380.1254 (3)
Policy Manual
3605 District Procurement Cards (Cf. 3600) 3605-2
Other Provisions
The chief financial officer shall establish a system of internal accounting
controls to monitor the use of procurement cards.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1254; 129.243
Policy Manual
3610 Purchasing Goods and Services 3610
The purchasing objective of the Board of Education shall be to provide
services, materials and supplies which offer District personnel the most effective
and efficient means to perform their tasks. The policy of the Board will be to
acquire these at a minimum possible cost, but taking into consideration the best
interest of the school District. The Superintendent shall serve as the purchasing
agent for the school system.
General Guidelines
10. In awarding purchase or contracts for services, the Superintendent

shall consider the following: (a) price: (b) quality of product; (c)
service, deliver suitability of product; (d) suitability of product; (e)
conformance to specifications; (f) past performance to the school
District; and (g) vendor reliability.
11. The Board directs that all purchases from all funds under its control
and responsibility be made after proper written document is secured to
support such purchases, excluding purchases of a minor or emergency
nature.
12. The District will have a requisition/purchase order system as a means
of budgetary control.
13. Vendor competition in purchasing shall be practiced whenever
possible.
14. Price Quotations: The Superintendent shall make available to the
Board the price quotations obtained from vendors, when applicable, for
supplies, materials, equipment, and services that do not exceed the
Revised School Code base amount. These copies are to be retained
by the Superintendent until the audit for a fiscal year has been formally
accepted by the Board.
Policy Manual
15. The vendor submitting the lowest competitive price quotation ordinarily
shall be awarded the contract. However, the Superintendent reserves
the right to accept or reject any price quotations based on the best
interest of the District and delegates this authority to those responsible
for purchases not coming before the Board.
16. Competitive Bids: The Superintendent shall make available to the
Board the competitive bids obtained from vendors for supplies,
materials, and equipment that exceed the Revised School Code base
amount. These copies are to be retained by the Superintendent until
the audit for a fiscal year has been formally accepted by the Board.
17. The lowest responsible bidder submitting a competitive price quotation
or bid ordinarily shall be awarded the contract. However, the Board
reserves the right to accept or reject any bid based on the best interest
of the District and delegates this authority to those responsible for
purchases not coming before the Board.
18. The Board shall purchase locally, provided goods and services of
equal quality are available at competitive prices, as well as full
compliance with any applicable bid specifications, laws, and is the
lowest responsible bidder, and in the best interest of the District.
Local purchases shall be divided among several local vendors when
appropriate. The Superintendent shall make all authorized purchases,
as he/she deems best after carefully weighing all matters.
Non-Negotiatory Purchases
Non-Negotiatory purchases can be made when there is only one supply
source, provided the amount does not exceed bidding requirement limitations.
Policy Manual
Informal Quotations
Informal quotations (verbal information of price on equal products or
services), secured in person or by telephone, may be used in obtaining the many
small purchases used by the school District.
Competitive Bids
No purchases shall be made for supplies, materials, and equipment
performed by other than the District’s employees in a single transaction costing
more than the statutory limit, unless competitive bids are obtained and the
purchase is approved by the Board.
The Superintendent is authorized to obtain third party competitive bids for
materials, supplies and equipment through cooperative purchasing programs.
Third party competitive bidding on behalf of the school District shall constitute a
competitive bid for purposes of Section 1274 of the Revised School Code.
Such bids shall be opened at a specific time and place as stated in the bid
advertisement or in the invitation to bid. Bids may be opened by the
Superintendent at the time and place stated, and analyzed and brought to the
Board at a regular or special meeting with recommendations as to which bids
should be accepted.
The Board shall have discretion in determining the responsibility of the
bidders and generally shall award the contract to the lowest bidder, provided
specifications are fully met. The Board may also consider available services and
delivery in determining the successful bidder. The Board may reject any or all
bids.
All bids received after the date and time specified shall be returned to the
bidder unopened. Changes in the amount or condition of the bid will not be
allowed once the bid has been received.
Policy Manual
Competitive Bids on Building Construction, Renovation, and Repairs
Prior to commencing construction of a new building, or additions to or
repair or renovation of an existing building costing more than the statutory limit,
the Board shall obtain competitive bids on all material and labor to be required to
complete the proposed construction, addition, repair, or renovations.
Repair work normally done by school District employees is exempted from
this bidding requirement.
The Board shall advertise for bids in accordance with the law.
There shall be a public opening of the bids received. The Board may
reject any or all bids, and shall re-advertise in the event all bids are rejected, in
the manner provided by law and this policy.
Voluntary alternates submitted by bidders shall not be considered in
determining low bids. However, such alternates may be negotiated after the
successful bidder has been determined.
Each bidder shall be required to file security with the Board in the amount
of 5% of the amount of the bid, conditioned to secure the school District from loss
or damage by reason of the withdrawal of the bid or by the failure of the bidder to
enter a contract for performance if the bid is accepted by the Board.
Emergency Purchases
Emergency purchases may be made without using the bidding process.
Such emergencies may arise as a result of an accident or other unforeseen
occurrence which could affect the life, health, welfare or safety of the school
District’s children or employees.
Purchasing Rules and Regulations
The Superintendent shall develop the necessary rules and regulations to
implement this policy, including requisition and approval procedures, verification
Policy Manual
of purchases, and verification that goods have been received in an acceptable
condition and services performed in an acceptable manner.
The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board realizes that installment
or lease purchases may commit future Boards to undesirable or untimely
financial obligations. Therefore, all intended installment or lease purchases shall
be brought to the Board as part of the proposed annual budget.
Purchasing From District Employees Prohibited

The Board shall not purchase equipment or supplies from an employee of
the District, nor from a member of a household or an employee, nor from any firm
in which an employee or member of his/her household holds a 10 percent or
greater financial interest.
Purchases through the District Prohibited
Board members and employees shall not make any purchase through the
District for personal use. Purchasing equipment and supplies by the District for
resale to employees is prohibited.
The Superintendent shall prepare an appropriate Business Procedures
and Operations Manual for use by the District in matters pertaining to this policy.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.321-330; 129.221 et. seq.; 129.241 et. seq.
Policy Manual
3620 Emergency Purchases (Cf. 2750, 3660) 3620
In the event of an emergency such as a power failure, severe cold
weather or other such natural disasters, the Superintendent shall have the
authority to purchase capital equipment needed to keep the schools of the
District open or to reopen the schools. The Board, at a special or regular
meeting as soon as possible after the purchase is made, shall approve any such
purchases.
Such purchases shall not be made to circumvent the purpose of the
competitive bid law.
Policy Manual
3730 Vendor Relations 3730
The Board shall not knowingly enter a contract with any supplier of goods
or services to the District under which any Board member or officer, employee or
agent of the District has any pecuniary or beneficial interest, direct or indirect,
unless the person has not solicited the contract or participated in the negotiations
leading up to the contract. This prohibition shall not prevent any person from
receiving royalties upon the sale of any textbook of which he/she is the author
and which has been properly approved for use in the District.
For the purpose of this policy, ―beneficial interest‖ shall be determined in
accordance with current law.
The acceptance of gifts to Board members and school personnel are
governed by the Revised School Code, which includes any gifts or favors from
vendors which might, in any way, influence their recommendations on the
eventual purchase of equipment, supplies, or services.
Purchasing personnel shall not extend any favors to vendors. Each order
shall be placed in accordance with the policies of the Board based on quality,
price, and delivery with past service a factor if all other considerations are equal.

Policy Manual
3730-R Vendor Relations 3730-R
These Vendor Relations Administrative Procedures are intended to
discourage the appearance that vendor gifts might be construed as influencing
Board members’ or school personnel’s recommendation on the eventual
purchase of equipment, supplies, or services. For any unsolicited gifts given to
the Lenawee Intermediate School District, the District shall as deemed
appropriate donate the gift to a local non-profit organization or charity on behalf
of the vendor. A letter will be sent to the vendor acknowledging the gift and its
subsequent donation to a local non-profit organization or charity.
Policy Manual
3750 Payment Procedures 3750
Payments submitted for Board review shall be in the form of a listing that
includes the vendor name, the number, and amount of the check, and the
description of the item.
Upon receipt of a request for payment by a District vendor, and upon
receipt of all goods or satisfactory completion of all services from said vendor,
the Superintendent may authorize payment to said vendor be made within 30
days.
Each bill or obligation of the Board must be fully itemized and verified
before a warrant can be drawn for its payment.

Policy Manual
3750-R Payment Procedures 3750-R
When an invoice is received, the Superintendent shall verify that a
voucher is properly submitted, that acceptable goods were received or
satisfactory services rendered, that the expenditure is included in the budget, that
funds are available for its payment, and that the amount of the invoice is correct.
Policy Manual
3800 Fund Raising and Student Activity Funds 3800
The Board recognizes the existence of many worthwhile community and
student activities that require the raising of funds either by the sale of
merchandise, tickets, or perhaps direct request for money. Because of the need
to safeguard students in the educational program, the Board limits participation of
students to those activities that have the Superintendent’s approval.
It is the responsibility of the Board to provide the necessary basic texts,
materials, supplies, equipment, uniforms, buildings and outdoor facilities to

conduct the approved programs of the District. Community and school fund
raising organizations may contribute to the enrichment of these basic programs
through the contribution of funds and/or items as long as those contributions
have been determined consistent with the District’s vision and approved by the
Superintendent through the appropriate building or program administrator.
If a fund raising project is conducted to sponsor a specific purchase,
activity or trip, the purchase or trip must be approved by the Assistant
Superintendent prior to initiation of the fund raising effort. This shall apply to
school related groups as well as to school organizations.
School Groups
The administration must approve all fund raising in advance. Cards,
letters, or other identifying literature shall be provided all students prior to sales in
the general community.
Fund raising activities should not commence until approval has been
granted. The purpose is not to limit the activities of these groups, but rather to:
4. Be assured that students are not being ―used‖ or their educational
program interrupted.
5. To assist with coordination of activities so that similar activities are not
in conflict with each other.
Policy Manual
3800 Fund Raising and Student Activity Funds 3800-2
6. To be assured of the appropriateness of the activity and that all fund
raising activities comply with local and/or state regulations.
The Board accepts liability for school sponsored fund raising activities
consistent with this policy.
Policy Manual
3800-R Fund Raising and Student Activity Fund 3800-R
The annual student activity report shall show opening and closing
balances of each fund. The report shall also show total amount of deposits and
an itemized list of expenditures.
The instructor/advisor for the student group conducting the fundraising,
shall, with support from the Business Office, establish a checking account and
system for receiving and disbursing checks. The student organization must
adopt procedures for handling money, with approval of the Business Office.
Each student activity fund shall have an employee in charge of said fund.
That employee of the fund shall be responsible for making a periodic report of the
student activity fund to the Superintendent.
The Board shall assume control of all inactive activity organization funds
and disburse those funds to the activity account selected or expend the funds as
directed by the Board in the best interests of students.
Policy Manual
3900 Disposal of Surplus Books, Equipment and Supplies 3900
Materials and equipment no longer needed by one service area of the
District should be made available for use by another service area generally in
keeping with the educational purposes for which they were originally purchased.
The Board of Education hereby authorizes the Superintendent to declare
unnecessary, used, or obsolete equipment and supplies. The Superintendent
may, within his/her broad discretion, attempt to recover the approximate market
value of such surplus equipment for the District, and is authorized to dispose of
such equipment in some other way if reasonable attempts fail to recover the
approximate market value, or if that value is of an incidental amount when
compared to the estimated cost of disposal.
In determining the proper manner in which to dispose of surplus
equipment or supplies, the following basic methods apply:
G. Trade-in credit for a similar item/replacement.
H. Sell to another school District, educational, non-profit, or commercial
organization (the value to be determined by the Board Treasurer).
I. Sell at public sale.
J. Sell by bid.
K. Donate to a school or non-profit organization.
L. Destroy or discard the item(s).
federal/state guidelines.

Policy Manual
3900-R Surplus Books, Equipment and Supplies 3900-R
Periodically, the administrator of each program shall supply the
Superintendent with a list of books, equipment, or other saleable items that may
be considered obsolete.
The Superintendent shall determine the means of disposition, and provide
notification of materials to be sold and the method of sale to the general public
and those parties, which in his/her estimation, would be interested in such items.
A public notice shall be circulated at least 5 days before the sale and the items
for sale described. Monies realized from such sales shall be credited to the
appropriate fund account.
Obsolete books, equipment, or supplies that cannot be sold may, at the
discretion of the Superintendent, be donated to charitable organizations or
discarded in an acceptable manner.
A record shall be maintained by the Superintendent of all properties
disposed of consistent with state and/or federal regulations.
Policy Manual
Policy Manual
3950 Surplus Land or Buildings 3950
The sale or disposal of District land or building shall require Board
authorization. The Board shall, with the recommendation of the Superintendent,
determine the method and procedure of disposal.

Policy Manual
3950-R Surplus Land or Buildings 3950-R
Whenever any land or buildings owned by the District are placed on the
market for sale, public notification (including listing with a real estate agent) shall
be made and all interested parties shall be given an equal opportunity for
purchase.
An appraisal of District owned property may be requested from at least
two independent appraisers. However, the Board may set a price that, in its
judgment, is fair and may reject any or all offers relative to such sale.
Before a sale is completed, the potential use of the property shall be

considered, particularly as it may affect the neighborhood in which it is located.
The sale of the property for public education use shall be given priority.
Money resulting from the sale of property shall be deposited in the general
fund of the District unless otherwise directed by the Board or unless there is a
bond issue outstanding on the facilities, in which case the receipts from the sale
shall be deposited in the debt retirement fund established for that building
project.
Policy Manual
Section 4000 - Business Management
TC-4000-1
4000—BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
4005 Employee Conflict of Interest - Purchases
4010 Buildings and Grounds Management
4012 Property Transfer
4015 Insurance Program
4050 Environmental Health and Safety - Employee Indemnification
Toxic Hazards and Asbestos
4055 Safety and Reporting Accidents
4070 Crisis Response Plans
4080 Emergency Closings
4250 Printing and Duplicating Service – Copyright
Employee Produced Material
Copyright Compliance and Computer Software Copyright
4300 Student Transportation Management
4320 District Owned Vehicles
4350 Student Transportation in Private Vehicles
4365 Special Use of Transportation Services
4450 Use of Private Vehicles for School Business
4460 Food Allergies
4470 Food Service Management
Guidelines for Food Service
Internal Staff
Events Sponsored by the Lenawee Intermediate School District
Events Hosted by the Lenawee Intermediate School District but
sponsored by another entity/provider
4500 Technology Code of Conduct
4601 Facilities Development Goals
4650 Planning—Long Range (Cf. 4601)
Site Acquisition
4730 Disposal of District Property
4770 Selection of an Architect
4800 Facility Development Specifications
4890 Supervision of Construction
4950 Board Inspection of New or Remodeled Facilities
Policy Manual
4005 Employee Conflict of Interest - Purchases 4005
Employees in a position to influence decisions on purchases shall not
have a personal financial interest either directly or indirectly in purchase for the
District, or benefit directly or indirectly from any financial transaction, unless that
interest has been fully disclosed and the person involved has removed
himself/herself from the decision-making process.
Purchases of, or use of District property, materials and manpower, by
employees, shall be accomplished in accordance with good business practices,
and within the framework of applicable laws, regulations, and Board policies.
The Superintendent and his/her Leadership Team and any other staff
deemed by the Superintendent to be in a position to influence the purchase of
any goods or services, shall periodically sign and file a conflict of interest
disclosure document.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.322-323; 380.1202
Policy Manual
4010 Buildings and Grounds Management 4010
The Board recognizes that the fixed assets of the District represent a
significant investment of the community and their maintenance is of prime
concern to the Board.
The Board directs the conduct of a continuous program of inspection,
maintenance, and rehabilitation for the preservation of all school buildings and
equipment. Wherever possible and feasible, maintenance shall be preventive.
The Superintendent shall develop and promulgate to the custodial staff or
contracted service such rules as may be necessary for the ongoing maintenance
and good order of the physical plant and for the expeditious repair of those
conditions that threaten the safety of the occupants or the integrity of the plant.
Said rules shall include the establishment of sound priorities among the
requests for repairs received from building administrators and program Directors.
Policy Manual
4010-R Buildings and Grounds Management 4010-R
The Superintendent shall develop a maintenance program that shall
include:
A. An ongoing program of facilities repair and conditioning.
B. The maintenance of a critical spare parts inventory.
C. An equipment replacement program.
D. A long-range program of building modernization.
The responsible administrator shall be responsible for the care and
upkeep of the building. Needs which cannot be handled by the building custodial
staff shall be immediately reported to the Director of Facilities and Maintenance.
It is the duty and responsibility of all District employees to safeguard and
protect all property owned and operated by the District. Students shall be
instructed to use school owned equipment in the proper way and shall be
encouraged to show respect for public and private property at all times.
The Superintendent will make annual recommendations to the Board for
approval of a priority list of maintenance projects to be carried out within funds so
allocated in the budget. Upon Board approval, the Superintendent shall proceed
to implement said projects within any specific dollar limitation imposed by the
Board.
Policy Manual
4012 Property Transfer 4012
The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education strongly
discourages the transfer of property from one local District to another, because
property transfers may cause disruption of financial stability of local school
Districts, taxing responsibilities, student populations, and geographical
boundaries. Therefore, the Board of Education encourages every attempt to
remedy the situation through options outlined in School Code and administrative
means.
In accordance with the School Code of 1976, State of Michigan (Sec.

380.951 through 380.976), all statutory provisions for conducting hearings on
petitions for transfer of property shall be meticulously followed. These provisions
include that:
1. The original petition must be signed by at least two-thirds of the involved
resident property owners or must be a resolution of the board of a school
District whose boundaries would be changed by the transfer.
2. The property must be contiguous to the receiving District.
3. The transfer must not involve more than ten percent (10%) of the latest
State Equalized Valuation of the losing District, unless approved by an
affirmative vote of a majority of the school electors of the district from
which the property is to be detached.
4. Involved parties will be informed of appeal rights and procedures.
In hearing any request for the transfer of property, the Lenawee ISD Board
of Education may seek answers to a number of questions including, but not
limited to, the following:
1. Does the transfer assist in the development of a safer and/or more
efficient transportation system?
2. Does the transfer enhance the educational welfare or meet the distinct
educational needs of the children involved?
Policy Manual
4012 Property Transfer 4012-2
3. Does the transfer have the approval of one or both of the constituent
school Boards?
4. Does the transfer eliminate geographical barriers to efficient constituent
school District operation?
5. Does the transfer eliminate geographical barriers causing inconvenience
to the petitioner?
6. Does the transfer assist in straightening out constituent school District
boundary lines or contribute to the compactness or logic of the

boundaries?
7. Does the transfer enhance the socio-economic interest of the petitioners
toward the receiving District?
8. Does the transfer provide a solution to a problem particular to an individual
case?
9. Does the transfer produce long-range solutions?
10. Does the transfer provide due consideration for certified health conditions
of students with special needs?
11. Does the transfer recognize the development potential for housing and
commercial property that could thereby affect the student population or tax
base?
12. Does the transfer create ―islands‖ of property?
13. Is either District involved in any court ordered desegregation case, or is
the property involved in any suit over assessment, inheritance, or taxes?
14. Have the involved school District officials attempted accommodating
parent/guardian wishes for the educational needs of any involved students
by schools of choice or waiver/release of state aid and enrollment on a
tuition basis?
Policy Manual
4012 Property Transfer 4012-3
The above questions are not listed in order of priority. In considering a request
for a transfer of property, the Lenawee ISD Board of Education shall:
1. Avoid evaluating the quality of educational programs of a constituent
school District.
2. Avoid considering statements made to prospective property buyers
regarding the location of the property in question in relation to school
Districts.
3. Avoid considering relative tax rates of the Districts involved.

4. Avoid granting requests made to enhance the saleability of the
home/property.
5. Avoid granting requests when there are no preschool or school-aged
children involved.
When issuing its decision, the Board of Education will state its reasons for
approving or denying the property transfer. After a decision is rendered, involved
parties shall be informed immediately of appeal procedures.
Approved: Adopted December 5, 2005; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007
LEGAL REF: MCL 380.951 - .976
Policy Manual
4012-R Property Transfer 4012-R
If a property transfer request involves two Intermediate School Districts,
either District may process the request. If an ISD other than the Lenawee ISD
handles the request, that District will follow its own administrative procedures.
The following procedures will be followed when the Lenawee ISD receives a
property transfer request.
1. Petitioners will be given a copy of the Board Policy On Property Transfers
(4012) and the "Request for Property Transfer" form (or "School District
Boundary Alteration Petition" if transfer involves 25 or more petitions).

2. Petitioners will be asked to submit a copy of their latest tax bill, with their
completed "Request for Property Transfer" form.
3. After the official written request form and tax bill have been received by
the Superintendent, an investigation of legal requirements will be
conducted. (See LISD Revised Policy on Property Transfer, page one,
paragraph two, items one through four.)
4. Two (2) maps of the property in question will be made: one from the most
recent plat book showing the distance from the property in question to the
appropriate schools in each District, and one of an enlarged version of the
immediate area.
5. Local school Districts (or any other Intermediate School District) involved
will be notified of the request and notified of the tentative date of the Board
(or joint ISD Boards) hearing.
6. Recommended action to set a hearing date will be included in the next
Board of Education meeting agenda, after all documents are received
(request form, tax bill, and maps will be included in the Board agenda).
7. The request for a property transfer will be reviewed to determine the
answers to the questions listed in the Board Policy On Property Transfer.
Policy Manual
4012-R Property Transfer 4012-R-2
8. After a hearing date has been set, official notice of the meeting, that
includes the property description, will be published in the legal notices of
the Daily Telegram at least ten (10) days before the date of the hearing.
9. Notice of the hearing, and the two maps will be sent to property owner(s)
who requested the transfer.
10. Notice of the hearing, the Board Policy (4012), the two maps, and a memo
requesting their Board of Education’s official position regarding the
transfer request will be sent to the Superintendents of the local school

Districts involved in the request.
11. The board agenda for the date of the hearing will include:
a. Hearing procedures
b. Notice of meeting
c. The completed property transfer request form
d. Maps
e. Policy (4012)
f. Answers to policy questions
g. Position statements from local school Districts
h. Board decision form (includes motion, reasons, vote, and effective
date)
i. A large Lenawee ISD map will be available at the Board meeting.
12. School Districts and property owners will be advised immediately that they
may appeal the Board’s decision, in writing to the State Board of
Education within 10 days following the hearing. (See "Appeal Format".)
13. If the LISD Board action is not appealed:
a. Denied requests - Letters will be sent to school Districts officially
informing them of Board action and rationale.
Policy Manual
b. Granted requests - Forms OS-4143 "Report of Transfer of Territory"
(or equivalent, including copies of maps) will be sent as follows:
1. One copy to each involved local school District
2. Two copies to State Department of Education Property
Transfer Unit
3. One copy to affected city assessors or township supervisor(s)
4. One copy to Michigan Secretary of State
5. One copy to any other involved Intermediate School District

6. One copy to Lenawee County Tax Roll Office
14. If the LISD Board action is appealed:
a. Written appeal must arrive at the Michigan Department of Education
within ten (10) days of hearing.
b. LISD will provide responses to MDE-supplied form to be used at the
hearing.
c. An LISD representative will attend MDE hearing when practical.
i. If the State Board of Education upholds the LISD
Board-granted transfer request, Form OS-4142 (or equivalent)
will be sent by LISD as in 13.b. above.
ii. If the State Board of Education reverses the LISD
Board-granted transfer request, the affected school Districts
and involved property owner(s) will be informed by MDE. No
further action will be taken by the LISD.
iii. If the State Board of Education upholds LISD Board-denied
transfer request, the affected school Districts and involved
property owner(s) will be informed by MDE. No further action
will be taken by the LISD.
Policy Manual
iv. If the State Board of Education reverses the LISD
Board-denied transfer request, Form OS-4143 will be sent by
the LISD as in 13.b. above.
15. The final appeal authority is the judiciary. The LISD may consult its legal
advisors for guidance should such an appeal occur.
Policy Manual
4015 Insurance Program 4015
The Board shall purchase with District funds the type and amount of
insurance necessary to protect the District property from major financial losses.
Insurance purchased shall include, but need not be limited to, the
following:
A. Fire and extended coverage on building contents.
B. Comprehensive bodily injury, property damage on automobiles,
buses, and trucks.
C. Boiler and machinery.

D. Honesty blanket bond.
E. Treasurer's bond.
F. Broad term money and securities.
G. Special coverage for equipment not ordinarily covered under a
standard policy.
H. Employee insurance coverage as specified in the master
agreement(s) or by Board action.
I. Worker's compensation coverage.
J. Open stock burglary.
K. Legal liability for Board members and employees.
Insurance for a given coverage shall be obtained at the lowest possible
cost, assuming that service and company reliability are satisfactory. The
Superintendent shall administer the insurance program.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1269; 380.1332; 691.1405-1409
Policy Manual
4050 Environmental Health and Safety - Employee Indemnification 4050
Toxic Hazards and Asbestos
The Board is concerned for the safety of students, staff, and the general
public and shall attempt to comply with all federal and state statutes and
regulations to protect them from hazards that may result from industrial accidents
beyond the control of District officials, from the presence of asbestos materials
used in previous construction, and from hazardous materials present in the
District.
The Superintendent shall appoint a District employee to serve as the

designated person who shall carry out the requirements of the Asbestos Hazard
Emergency Response Act (AHERA), the Michigan Occupational Safety and
Health Act, and the Michigan Right-To-Know Rules and Regulations.
The Superintendent may appoint a person(s) to develop and implement
the District's approved asbestos management plan and shall develop a specific
job description, which shall ensure proper compliance with federal and state laws
and the appropriate instruction and in-service of staff and students.
The Board shall, through either a separate contract, a sub clause to an
existing contract, or as a part of a negotiated master contract, defend, hold
harmless, and indemnify current and former District employees who have been
assigned the responsibilities related to the AHERA regulations from any and all
demands, claims, suits, actions, and proceedings brought against those
individuals as agents and/or employees of the Board, provided that any such
incidents arose while those individuals were acting within the scope of their
respective employment contracts and were not intentional, negligent, or criminal
acts.
The Board shall attempt to maintain a secure liability insurance to help
serve as a means of implementing this policy.
Policy Manual
4050 Environmental Health and Safety - Employee Indemnification 4050-2
Staff Communication Program for Hazardous Materials
A copy of the District's written communication program for hazardous
materials will be available in the main office of each school building for review by
affected employees.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.623(b); 380.1256(1) (2); 388.864; 408.1001 (Michigan
Occupational Safety and Health Act)
Policy Manual
4050-R Environmental Health and Safety - Employee Indemnification 4050-R
Informing Contractors
It is the responsibility of the designated individual in each building to
provide contractors and their employees with the following information:
1. Hazardous chemicals to which they may be exposed while in
school buildings.
2. Measures the employees may take to lessen the risks.
3. Measures the schools have taken to lessen the risks.
4. MSDS’s for all hazardous chemicals are on file in the main

office.
5. Procedures to follow if they are exposed.
Policy Manual
4055 Safety and Reporting Accidents 4055
The Board directs that all reasonable efforts be made to insure a safe
learning and working environment for the students and employees of the District.
To that end and to the end that legitimate employee claims for worker's
compensation are expedited, the Board requires that accidents be reported and
evaluated. Any accident that results in an injury, however slight, to a student, an
employee, or a visitor to the schools must be reported promptly and in writing to
the administration. Injured persons shall be referred immediately after first aid is
supplied to the building and program administrator who shall make arrangements
for such medical attention as may be appropriate.
Any employee of the District who suffers a job related injury must report
the injury and its circumstances to the building administrator or job supervisor, as
appropriate, as soon as possible following the occurrence of the injury. The
failure of an employee to comply with this mandate may result in disciplinary
action.
Policy Manual
4055-R Reporting Accidents 4055-R
The injured employee or visitor of the staff member responsible for an
injured student shall complete an accident report form that includes the date,
time and place of the incident; the names of persons involved, including any
witnesses; the nature of the injury to the extent that it is known; and a description
of all relevant circumstances. Accident report forms shall be available at each
building and with the District nurse.
Policy Manual
4070 Crisis Response Plans 4070
The Board of Education and administration of the Lenawee Intermediate
School District acknowledge the necessity to prepare Crisis Response Plans in
the event that a crisis should occur. Our students have a basic need for security
and safety. Any event that threatens that feeling of safety and security may be
considered a crisis.
It is the intent of the Board of Education that Crisis Response Plans be
developed and implemented
Policy Manual
4080 Emergency Closings (Cf. 4085) 4080
The Superintendent is empowered to close the Lenawee Intermediate
School District programs and services or dismiss them early in the event of
hazardous weather or other emergencies. While it may be prudent under certain
circumstances to excuse all students from attending programs, to delay the
opening hours, or to dismiss students early, the administration has the
responsibility to see that as much of the administrative, supervisory, and
operational activity is continued as may be possible.
In making the decision to close schools and cancel on-going sessions, the
fundamental concern will always be the safety and health of children. Additional
considerations will include (but are not limited to):
1. Weather conditions, both existing and predicted, that would render roads
unsafe for student travel;
2. Number of students affected by closing or cancellation;
3. Actual occurrence or imminent possibility of any emergency conditions
which would make the operation of school or programs difficult or
dangerous;
4. Inability of teaching personnel to report for duty, which might result in
inadequate supervision of students;
5. The unique characteristics of special education students and center-based
programs.
The Superintendent may consult with traffic and weather authorities, local
transportation supervisors, and school officials from constituent Districts about
pertinent conditions. The Superintendent shall weigh the available information
and take specific action.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.11 et seq.; 380.1284; AC Rule R340.1; R380.248
Policy Manual
4250 Printing and Duplicating Service - Copyright 4250
The Board shall make duplicating equipment available for administrative
and instructional use to the extent that is economically feasible and practical
according to the needs of the District.
The extent of production of instructional materials by clerical staff shall be
determined by the building Principal/program supervisor, who shall develop
guidelines for requesting such services.
The copyright laws of the United States make it illegal for anyone to
duplicate copyrighted materials without permission of the author. Severe

penalties are provided for unauthorized copying of all materials covered by the
act unless the copying falls within the bounds of the ―fair use.‖
The Board has certain proprietary right to publications, devices, and
instructional materials produced by District employees during their regular and
normal workdays while in the employment of the District. All items prepared by
District employees on District time, including data processing programs, shall
become the property of the District. The Board may elect to copyright or patent
such materials, devices or programs in the name of the District. All earnings or
profits from such original materials, devices, or programs shall become assets of
the District. The Superintendent shall inform staff, through regulations, of the
guidelines for use of copyright materials.
Copyright Compliance and Computer Software Copyright
The Board shall adhere to the provisions of the U.S. copyright laws
regarding the duplication of computer software programs. The Superintendent
shall develop appropriate procedures for staff to follow in this area.

LEGAL REF: 17 USCA §101 (Copyright Act of 1976)
Policy Manual
4250-R Printing and Duplicating Services - Copyright 4250-R
In accordance with Board policy 4250, the following regulations will be
observed to comply with the copyright laws of the United States.
Under the ―fair use‖ doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted
materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting,
teaching, scholarship or research. If duplicating or altering a product is to fall
within the bounds of fair use, these four standards must be met for any of the
purposes:
PURPOSE AND CHARACTER OF THE USE: The use must be for such
purposes as teaching or scholarship and must be non-profit. Fair use would
allow teachers acting independently to copy small portions of work for the
classroom but would not allow a school system or an institution to do so.
NATURE OF THE COPYRIGHTED WORK: Copying portions of a news
article may fall under fair use but not copying from a workbook designed for a
course of study.
AMOUNT AND SUBSTANTIALITY OF THE PORTION USED: Copying
the whole of a work cannot usually be considered fair use; copying a small
portion may be. At the same time, however, extracting a short sequence from a
16mm film or videotape may be far different from a short excerpt from a textbook,
because two or three minutes out of a 20-minute film might be the very essence
of that production and thus outside fair use. Under normal circumstances,
extracting small amounts out of an entire work would be fair use, but a
quantitative test alone does not suffice.
EFFECT OF THE USE UPON THE POTENTIAL MARKET FOR, OR
VALUE OF THE COPYRIGHTED WORK: If resulting economic loss to the
copyright holder can be shown, even making a single copy of certain materials is
an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the danger of greater
penalties.
Policy Manual
4250-R Printing and Duplicating Services - Copyright 4250-R-2
Prohibited Practice
A teacher may not make multiple copies of a work for classroom use if it
has already been copied for another class in the same institution; make multiple
copies of a short poem, article, story, or essay from the same author more than
once in a class term or make multiple copies from the same collective work or
periodical issue more than three times a term; make multiple copies of works
more than nine times in the same class term; make a copy of works to take the
place of an anthology; and may not make a copy of ―consumable‖ materials, such
as workbooks.
Permitted Practice
A teacher may make—for use in teaching or in preparation for teaching a
class—a single copy of the following: a chapter from a book; an article from a
periodical or newspaper; a short story, short essay or short poem (whether or not
from a collected work); a chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture from
a book, periodical or newspaper; may make (for classroom use only and not to
exceed one per student in a class) multiple copies of the following: a complete
poem (if it has fewer than 250 words and is printed on not more than two pages),
an excerpt from a longer poem (if the excerpt has fewer than 250 words), an
excerpt from a prose work (if the excerpt has fewer than 1,000 words or 10
percent of the work, whichever is less) and one chart, graph, diagram, cartoon or
picture per book or periodical.
Guidelines for Off-Air Recording of Broadcast
Programming for Education Purposes
A broadcast program may be recorded off-air simultaneously with
broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable re-transmission) and
retained for a period not to exceed the first 45 consecutive calendar days after
Policy Manual
date of recording. Upon conclusion of such retention period, all off-air recordings
must be erased or destroyed immediately.
Off-air recordings may be used once by individual teachers in the course
of relevant teaching activities and repeated once, only when instructional
reinforcement is necessary, in classrooms and similar places devoted to
instruction within a single building, cluster or campus, as well as in the homes of
students receiving formalized home instruction, during the first 10 consecutive
school days in the 45 day calendar day retention period. ―School days‖ are
school session days—not counting weekends, holidays, vacations, examination
periods, or other scheduled interruptions—within the 45-calendar day retention
period.
Off-air recordings may be made only at the request of, and use by,
individual teachers and may not be regularly recorded in anticipation of requests.
No broadcast program may be recorded off-air more than once at the request of
the same teacher, regardless of the number of times the program may be
broadcast.
A limited number of copies may be reproduced from each off-air recording
to meet the legitimate needs of teachers under these guidelines. Each such
additional copy shall be subject to all provisions governing the original
recordings.
After the first 10 consecutive school days, off-air recordings may be used
up to the end of the 45 calendar day retention period only for evaluation
purposes by the teacher, i.e., to determine whether to include the broadcast
program in the teaching curriculum. They may not be used for student exhibition
or any other non-evaluation purpose without authorization.
Off-air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded
programs may not be altered from their original content. Off-air recordings may
Policy Manual
not be physically or electronically combined or merged to constitute teaching
anthologies or compilations.
All copies of off-air recordings must include the copyright notice on the
broadcast programs as recorded.
Software
Software developed by District employees shall conform to the copyright
and patent provisions prescribed in Board policy. District employees shall
adhere to ethical practices when using commercially developed software for

developing individualized programs to meet the District's needs.
Software Royalties
Software marketed with private organizations or other educational
agencies may produce royalties in the form of financial remuneration, equipment
or other material or devices. The allocation and deposit of all royalties shall be
determined by the Superintendent.
The Superintendent shall maintain full use, rights, and privileges on all
software, manuals, devices, documents and programs and related materials
developed by staff during work periods for which they are compensated.
Computer Software Copyright
It shall be a violation of Board policy and the copyright laws of the U. S. to
use ―pirated‖ or otherwise illegally obtained computer software for use on District
owned equipment, whether for instructional, administrative, or any other purpose.
The use of District equipment to make unauthorized copies of District owned,
privately owned, or illegally obtained computer software is prohibited.
In an effort to discourage violations of copyright laws and to prevent illegal
uses of the District's computer system:
Policy Manual
(a) The proper use of computers will be taught through planned computer
training. Computer related instruction for students and staff will address the
ethical and practical problems caused by software piracy;
(b) District employees shall adhere to all provisions of the U.S. copyright laws,
which allow for the making of back-up copies of computer programs.
―. . . it is not an infringement of the owner of a copy of a computer program
to make or authorize the making of the copy or adaptation of that computer
program provided: that such a new copy of adaptation is created as an

essential step in the utilization of the computer program in conjunction with
the machine and that it is used in no other manner, or that such a new copy
or adaptation is for archival purposes only and that all archival copies are
destroyed in the event that continued possession of the computer program
should cease to be rightful.‖
(c) When software is being used on a disk sharing system, efforts will be made
to secure the software from copying;
(d) Illegal copies of copyrighted programs may not be made or used on District
equipment;
(e) The Superintendent may delegate to other individuals to sign license
agreements for software. Each school using the software should have a
copy of the signed software duplication agreement;
(f) No District employee will illegally access any database or electronic bulletin
board;
(g) No District employee will encourage or allow any student to illegally
duplicate computer software or access any database or electronic bulletin
board; and
Policy Manual
4300 Student Transportation Management 4300
(h) Each Principal/program supervisor is responsible for establishing practices,
which will enforce the Board’s policy at the school level. A copyright
warning may be placed on computer equipment.
The Board shall provide safe, economical transportation to the students of
the District eligible for transportation. The use of buses by the District shall
conform to state law. School bus routes shall be established by the
Superintendent.
Students must observe the rules and regulations adopted by the Board
governing student transportation. Students will also be subject to the school’s
behavior code while riding school buses. The Administration may suspend or
revoke the transportation privilege or entitlement of any student who violates any
rules or regulations adopted by the Board, subject to state and federal law.
All such rules shall be published in the student handbook or copies given
to students and parent(s)/guardian(s) at the beginning of the school year or at the
time of the student’s enrollment.
Bus drivers shall report any violation of said rules to the appropriate
administrator who shall take the necessary steps to discipline students according
to Board policy.
Student ride time on the District’s special education buses shall not
exceed ninety (90) minutes one way. The length of the ride time may be a factor
in making transportation service choice decisions between local District and ISD
special education buses.

LEGAL REF: MCL 257.1801; 380.1321-1322; 380.1333; 388.1010; R 340.1702;
R 340.281-282; Michigan Department of Education Transportation
Handbook (Bulletin 431)
Policy Manual
4300-R Student Transportation Management 4300-R
District transportation equipment shall be used only for the transportation
of students to and from school and school-sponsored activities. The equipment
may be used to furnish transportation to senior citizen groups and nonprofit
organization via contract when this does not conflict with school activities. Adults
may be permitted to ride school buses to school sponsored activities, with
authorization of the Director of Support Services.
Bus Routes
Careful consideration shall be given to such conditions as safety and

hazards, number and ages of students, type and condition of roads, safe and
convenient bus stops, economy of operation, and estimated time necessary to
cover the routes. Routes are to be planned to keep individual riding distance and
time to a practical minimum.
Student Behavior and Discipline
A. Student behavior problems shall be reported to the transportation
supervisor in writing by the driver as soon as possible after the incident
occurs.
B. In the event of a serious problem, the offending student will be suspended
immediately. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) may request a meeting with program
and transportation personnel relating to the student's bus behavior.
Bus Driver Responsibilities
Bus drivers shall have such duties and responsibilities as prescribed by
the Superintendent.
Policy Manual
4320 District Owned Vehicles 4320
District owned vehicles may be assigned to a designated employee who
shall then be responsible for the proper care, maintenance, and storage of the
vehicle either at a District-owned site or other site approved in writing by the
Superintendent.
Policy Manual
4350 Student Field Trips Transportation 4350
In scheduling transportation for field trips, the Superintendent may
approve the use of private, leased and other vehicles in situations in which
budget or schedule restrictions make it prohibitive or impractical to use school
buses. Prior written approval of the Superintendent is required.

LEGAL REF: MCL 257.57(c)
Policy Manual
4350-R Student Field Trips Transportation 4350-R
When private, leased or other vehicles are used for student transportation,
the following requirements shall be met:
1. Only an adult at least 21 years of age licensed driver shall be allowed to
drive the vehicle. The health and driving record of the driver shall also be
taken into consideration;
2. The vehicle shall be equipped with seatbelts and the number of passengers
limited to the number of seatbelts available. Seatbelts shall be used at all
times by all passengers when the vehicle is in operation;

3. The vehicle shall be generally in good condition, particularly as it pertains to
safety equipment such as brakes, horn, tires, lights, etc.;
4. Vehicle and driver shall be insured; and
5. No open-type vehicle, such as a pickup or truck, shall be used for
transporting students other than in the cab of the vehicle where proper seat
belts can be used.
Policy Manual
4365 Special Use of Transportation Services 4365
Transportation service equipment and personnel shall be used primarily to
transport to and from school during the day public school students eligible for
such transportation.
Transportation service equipment and personnel may be used secondarily
to provide transportation for field trips for curricular and extracurricular activities
that are part of the educational program.
Transportation equipment and personnel shall be used consistent with the
District’s vision, mission, beliefs and strategic intents. The Superintendent shall
be authorized to approve the use of buses for field trips for curricular and
extracurricular activities upon submission of requests from building
administrators, classroom teachers, or faculty sponsors of extracurricular
activities and for the District’s participation in community service activities. The
Superintendent retains the authority to make these commitments for community
service activities without delegation.
No fees shall be charged for transportation for field trips which are
mandatory or which are a part of the regular classroom or curricular program of
the schools.
Fees to cover expenses of non-mandatory and non-credit extracurricular
field trips may be charged according to rules promulgated by the State or as set
by the Board.
Only students enrolled in the District and chaperones authorized by the
school shall be allowed to ride buses on curricular or extracurricular field trips.
The Superintendent may authorize parent(s)/guardian(s) and/or other residents
of the community to ride buses to school sponsored activities. In all cases,
students’ needs shall come first.

LEGAL REF: MCL 257.682; 380.1332-1333
Policy Manual
4450 Use of Private Vehicles for School Business 4450
The Board of Education recognizes the need for some school employees
to use their own automobile for the conduct of regular school business. The use
of private vehicles for school business depends upon many factors, for example,
the configuration of work sites throughout the county, nature of the employee's
position, and assigned duties made part of the employee's job description. Travel
between the District's buildings is an everyday occurrence for many staff. The
Board of Education also recognizes that automobile use is not hazard-free and
that unfortunate accidents happen that imperil life-and-limb.

The risk of auto accident is part of the culture in which we live. The Board
of Education cannot guarantee that no harm will come to its employees traveling
on school business. The Board of Education assumes no liability in case of
accident when an employee is traveling in their automobile in the course of
school business. Employees are encouraged to use common sense and be
aware of dangerous travel conditions, and to postpone school business when
necessary due to those conditions, without fear of retribution.
Employees should use all available safety precautions, and obey the traffic
laws. The Superintendent reserves the right to recognize unusual circumstances
when the District should come to the assistance of an employee who has been in
an automobile accident.
Unless authorized in writing by an immediate supervisor, no school
employee should transport a student for school-related purposes in their private
automobile.
Policy Manual
4460 Food Allergies (Cf. 8453) 4460
The Superintendent shall direct LISD administrators, supervisors, and staff
to act affirmatively and work closely with students, parent(s)/guardian(s) and staff
to assure that the dietary needs of food-allergic students and staff members are
taken into consideration in LISD programs and buildings.
Approved: Policy adopted January 8, 2007
LEGAL REF: The Food Allergy & Anaphylaxis Network’s (FAAN) School Food
Allergy Program.
Policy Manual
4460-R Food Allergies (Cf. 8453) 4460-R
In order to help assure that the needs of food-allergic students and staff
are met in the district, the Superintendent shall designate persons to:
1. ANNUALLY NOTIFY STAFF OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO:
Notify the district of their food allergies
When requested and as appropriate provide written medical
documentation, instructions, and medication as directed by a
physician.
2. ANNUALLY NOTIFY PARENT(S)/GUARDIAN(S) OF THEIR

RESPONSIBILITY TO:
Notify the school of their student’s allergies.
Provide written medical documentation, instructions, and medication as
directed by a physician.
Work with the district to develop an Individual Health Plan (IHP) as
necessary, to accommodate the student’s needs throughout the school
day.
Replace medications after use or upon expiration.
When possible educate their student in the self-management of their
food allergy.
3. ASSURE THAT THE DISTRICT HAS TAKEN ALL NECESSARY STEPS TO:
Review the health records submitted by parent(s)/guardian(s), staff
and physicians.
Plan classroom and district activities/parties which reduce the
accidental exposure to food allergens of the identified student or staff.
Policy Manual
4460-R Food Allergies (Cf. 8453) 4460-R-2
Provide education for those who interact with the identified student
and/or staff member on a regular basis. The training should include:
knowledge of food allergy, signs and symptoms of an allergic reaction,
and emergency response to allergic reaction as directed by IHP.
Always be prepared to handle a reaction and ensure that a staff
member is available who can administer medications during the
school/work day regardless of time or location.
Work with the administrator in charge of transportation to provide

student specific training for the identified student.
Support and enforce no eating on school buses with exceptions made
only to accommodate special needs supported by physician
documentation.
Plan and discuss how to support identified students or staff during field
trips, community based instruction, and/or off campus school activities.
Follow State/District guidelines regarding sharing medical information
about the identified student or staff member.
4. INFORM PARENT(S)/GUARDIAN(S) AND DISTRICT STAFF THAT:
Classroom parties/special occasions require pre-planning by the
classroom teacher and parents to minimize the exposure to food
allergens to the identified student.
Teachers should avoid using food items such as candy, cookies, or
other snack items as a ―reward‖ for classroom behavior or
accomplishments. Reward items other than food should be considered
in such instances. However, an individual student
may have a formal written Individual Behavior Plan and/or annual
Individual Education Plan that may need to include a specific food as a
training reward or modifier.
Policy Manual
4470 Food Service Management 4470
The Lenawee Intermediate School District shall operate, contract for the
operation of, or otherwise support the provision of high quality food services for
students enrolled in its programs. School lunches shall be provided through
participation in the National School Lunch Program. A breakfast program shall
be supported in accordance with the law.
The Board shall review the prices set for school lunches annually and
revise when deemed necessary.
This policy also governs the provision of food at LISD events. The
Superintendent shall develop procedures consistent with relevant regulations and
prudent practices.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1272-1272d; 42 USC 1779(b); 7 CFR 210.11; 7 CFR
220.12
Policy Manual
4470-R Food Service Management 4470-R
Food Service Management
As required for participation in the National School Lunch Program, the
District establishes the following regulations:
1. That a ―Type A‖ (or equivalent) lunch may be made available for
students.
2. That free and reduced-price lunches be provided for students who
qualify.
3. That breakfast be provided for students as required by law.

Students shall also be permitted to bring their lunches from home and to
purchase milk, other beverages and incidental items. District operations at
residential programs (i.e. Boysville and Maurice Spear Campus) are exempt from
the general requirement that the Intermediate School District provide or contract
for the provision of school services. The Board shall be open to bid for services
at such sites as need arises.
Creative, efficient and effective food services management has the
potential to free more of the District’s resources for effective classroom
instruction. Food services management and/or consultation may be provided by
contract to its constituent local public school districts and other not-for-profit
organizations. Such contracts shall require Board of Education action before
becoming effective.
The Intermediate School District’s food services program may also include
a food catering operation. Priority shall be given for selection of this catering
operation by all units of the Lenawee Intermediate School District, including,
multi-District cooperatives for which the Lenawee Intermediate School District
operates as fiscal agent, when such services are needed. The catering
operation will be given first consideration, then other service providers may be
selected for the services. The Intermediate School District’s service shall refrain
Policy Manual
4470-R Food Service Management 4470-R-2
from catering requirements that include serving alcoholic beverages, or operating
a bar or refreshment service that includes alcoholic beverages.
Guidelines for Food Services
The following guidelines are to be followed for:
Determining if and when food should be made available
Standardizing and managing professional development activities that
require food services, and
Ensuring that resources for food are allocated correctly and managed
consistently across the Lenawee Intermediate School District.
The Superintendent reserves the right to make exception(s) for unusual
circumstances.
Internal Staff
Food may be provided for annual and semi-annual retreats and organized
training and professional development events when scheduled for three or
more hours.
Food may be provided for organized training and professional
development when employee attendance is required and extends a
minimum of three hours beyond the regularly scheduled work day.
Food will not be provided for internal meetings. Staff may volunteer to
furnish snacks by use of the vending machine or other means.
Due to the timing of LISD Board of Education meetings, a light snack tray
will be provided.
Events sponsored by the Lenawee Intermediate School District

Food can be provided for annual and semi-annual retreats, or organized
training or professional development, if the event is scheduled to begin by
8:00 a.m. and last a minimum of three hours.
Policy Manual
4470-R Food Service Management 4470-R-3
Food can be provided for organized training and professional development
for meetings that last five or more hours.
Food can be provided, including an afternoon snack, for organized training
and professional development that is a minimum of seven hours.
Food can be provided for organized training and professional development
that extends a minimum of three hours beyond the regularly scheduled
work day.
Food can be provided for meetings that are anticipated to extend a
minimum of two hours beyond the regularly scheduled work day.
When applicable, registration fees are applied to cover the cost of food
service for events sponsored by LISD.
Events hosted by the Lenawee Intermediate School District but sponsored
by another entity/provider
Coordination of food services may be provided.
Cost for food services must be included in registration fees and paid for by
the responsible party (provider).
Lenawee Intermediate School District funds will not be used to pay for
food service for events sponsored by another entity/provider.
In the event of extra food following the meal, LISD Professional
Development staff members will arrange with the onsite meeting/event contact
person what will happen with the extra food. In many cases, those paying for the
food take any extra food with them or make arrangements for the catering
service to donate the food to those in need when appropriate.
The above criteria can be wavied if registration fees cover the cost of food
for events sponsored by the Lenawee Intermediate School District.
Note: ―Guidelines for Food Services‖ was modeled after Washtenaw
Intermediate School District’s document titled, ―Guidelines for Food Services at
Washtenaw Intermediate School District.‖
Policy Manual
4500 Technology Code of Conduct 4500
The Lenawee Intermediate School District promotes and encourages the
use of a wide variety of technology in education. Its financial and human
resource investments in educational technologies for learners of all ages are
great. Likewise its use of technological innovation in school administration and
support is important to thousands of educators, administrators and support staff.
The Lenawee Intermediate School District aspires to be an educational
technology leader. Part of the burden of leadership is to recognize that certain
minimum standards in the use of the District’s educational technology are

necessary to ensure that everyone entitled to use these resources can take full
advantage of them. All persons, including staff and students of all ages, using
the District’s technology must have proper authorization for the specific legitimate
educational use intended, and must adhere to the Technology Code of Conduct
contained in this policy and related administrative procedures.
Approved: Adopted December 1, 2003; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007
LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601a, Public Act 289 of 1995, 380.627(2); 484.2307,
Public Act 216 of 1995, of the Michigan Telecommunications Act; The federal
Telecommunications Act of 1996.
Policy Manual
4500-R Technology Code of Conduct 4500-R
I. APPLICATION:
The Lenawee Intermediate School District’s telecommunications network is
intended for legitimate school business and educational purposes only. The
Technology Code of Conduct shall apply to all users of the Lenawee
Intermediate School District’s educational technology resources. Violation of the
Technology Code of Conduct may lead to disciplinary sanctions, depending on
the circumstances, and the severity and frequency of the infraction(s), including,
but not limited to: reprimand (verbal and/or written), seizure and confiscation of
personal property involved in the infraction, search, detention, suspension,
expulsion, future restrictions or limits on access to such technology, filing of
criminal charges, or termination of employment.
II. DEFINITIONS:
1. Educational Technology: in the context of the District’s Mission, any
method, material, process, equipment, etc. that is part of a system for
providing desired learning outcomes. Equipment includes but is not limited
to, computers, disk drives, printers, scanners, networks, video and audio
recorders, cameras, photocopiers, facsimile machines, telephones and
modems, and other related electronic resources.
2. User: any person that uses the District’s technology in learning or in the
support of the organization and its partners, including but not limited to,
Board of Education member, school executive, administrator, teacher,
assistant, bus driver, Secretary, employee, staff, students, contractor,
member, party to an access agreement, and invitee.
3. Code of Conduct: a set of policies, standards, rules, regulations, privileges
and responsibilities governing activities and related matters, and applied to
all users of the District’s educational technologies.
Policy Manual
4500-R Technology Code of Conduct 4500-R-2
4. Internet: an international network of computers and information systems,
usually accessed by remote users for the purpose of electronic
communications between users and/or devices. This term includes ―links‖
that connect users to computers and information systems all over the world.
5. Local Area Network: a local area network (LAN) is a configuration of more
than one personal computer, one or more file or application servers, and
related devices, including but no limited to, scanners, printers, modems,
cabling and connections, routers, hubs, repeaters, disk storage arrays, CD-
ROM drives, fax servers, and input devices, directly physically or
electronically connected together for the purpose of electronic
communications between users and/or devices.
6. Wide Area Network: more than one LAN, usually located in different places
(buildings, Districts, towns, counties, etc.), connected together
electronically, including but not limited to, via phone lines, dedicated cables,
fibre optics, microwave or other radio signals, etc., but not directly
physically connected together, for the purpose of electronic
communications between users and/or devices.
III. USER PRIVILEGES:
Lenawee Intermediate School District’s users have certain privileges when in
school and while using the District’s technology resources.
A. Access Privileges: A user’s privilege to access educational technology
resources may be restricted, suspended, or revoked for violation of this
Technology Code of Conduct and other related Board of Education
policies. Access may also be inhibited by certain actions, including but
not limited to routine maintenance, device availability, daily schedules,
Policy Manual
course requirements, safety concerns, and assignments and
reassignments.
B. Freedom of Speech: The First Amendment rights of citizens, under the
United States Constitution and its amendments, shall apply to users of
educational technology resources, except where limited for pedagogical
purposes or other legally recognized limitations (abuse, obscenity,
defamation, etc.).
C. Property Rights: Users have ownership rights over their own intellectual
property produced, created, or copied on the District’s educational
technology resources, unless the ―work-for-hire‖ doctrine applies to
employees and contractors (works prepared by an employee within the
scope of his or her employment, or a work specially ordered or
commissioned and expressly understood to be a work for hire), as
provided in the District’s Policy on Copyright Protection.
IV. USER RESPONSIBILITIES:
With privileges come responsibilities. Each user is held accountable for his/her
actions as regards use of educational technology resources. Awareness and
knowledge of the appropriate use of educational technology resources is
important in order to maintain high quality access.
A. Proper Authorization: To ensure that users may take full appropriate
advantage of the educational technologies available in the District, all
use of technology must have proper authorization. The source of
proper authorization will depend upon the user’s status in the District.
Students must have permission for the specific use from their teacher;
staff must have permission from their supervisor; administrators should
have permission from their supervisor, or such use must fit within their
Policy Manual
general job accountabilities (i.e. the Director of Technology, the
Coordinator of Education Technology, or the Director of the Instructional
Materials Center, and equivalent successor positions does not need the
Assistant Superintendent’s specific authorization to use a certain
educational technology within its intended scope of use, in the context
of an educational organization, when such use is contemplated in the
range of his/her job performance). The means for documenting proper
authorization shall be determined, depending upon the user’s status

and other circumstances, within the discretion of school officials
responsible for providing access to such educational technology to
users.
B. Type of Use: Use of the District’s educational and administrative
technology is limited to legitimate educational purposes which enhance
the school curriculum and/or school business operations and/or which
are consistent with the District’s mission statement. The following uses
are strictly prohibited and may subject the offender to restriction,
suspension or termination of educational technology privileges, and to
appropriate disciplinary sanctions, such conduct to include but not be
limited to:
unauthorized entry into a file, whether to use, read, change or for
any other purpose;
unauthorized transfer, deletion, or duplication of a file;
unauthorized use of another individual’s identification or password;
unauthorized access to telecommunications files or facilities;
use of computing facilities which interfere with the work of another
student, faculty member, or school official;
Policy Manual
use of computing facilities to draft, send, or receive inappropriate
communications including, but not limited to, communications
which are indecent, obscene, profane, vulgar, threatening,
defamatory or otherwise prohibited by law;
use of computing facilities, including telecommunications facilities,
to interfere with the operation of the ISD’s computer systems;
violation of copyright, trademark, trade secrets, or licensing
agreements;
use of computing facilities for the purchase, sale, and/or
advertisement of goods and services other than those directly
operated or offered by the Board of Education and the District.
C. User Initiative: Users are responsible for attending appropriate training
sessions in the use and care of educational technology and should
refrain from using any technology for which they have not received
training unless supervisor-approved self-teaching is necessary or
desired. Users may be required to make full or partial financial
restitution for any damages to educational technology or unauthorized
expenses incurred through the use of educational technology. Users
are encouraged to report security problems in a prompt fashion and to
the proper authorities.
D. Identification and Password Integrity: Users shall maintain the integrity
of their identification and passwords for using the District’s educational
technology. Only authorized individuals shall routinely have access to
user identification and passwords.
E. Computer Virus Protection: Users are expected to use the District’s
computer technology in a manner that minimizes the risk of computer
Policy Manual
virus infection. Proper use of authorized protective anti-viral software is
expected before any placement of executable files on the district’s
storage devices.
F. Non-School District Owned Educational Technology Resources: When
users utilize non-school District owned educational technology
resources in the course of their school business, instruction, research,
or other related activity, the user will be expected to abide by this policy
as if the educational technology resources were owned by the District.

For example, if a teacher brings a personal video camera to school to
be used in conjunction with course instruction, school officials would
expect that teacher to use the video camera in a manner consistent with
this policy. Software owned or possessed by a user shall not be
installed on the District’s computer hardware without the permission of
the program supervisor. Such software must be removed from the
computer upon the program supervisor’s request.
G. Respect for Others: It shall be each user’s responsibility to recognize
and honor the rights, including intellectual property and privacy rights, of
others in the use of educational technology resources.
H. Other Board Policies: Student users and parent(s)/guardian(s) of minor
students may be required to execute a ―Student Use And Parent
Participation Form‖ acknowledging receipt of this policy and
administrative procedures. Program administrators, in consultation with
instructional staff, shall determine when to use the form. The users
must adhere to other Board of Education policies in their use of
educational technology. These policies include but are not limited to:
anti-discrimination and sexual harassment policies intended to enhance
Policy Manual
equal educational opportunities to the diverse populations in our
community, the Student Code of Conduct, Community and Staff Use of
School Facilities, Drug-Free Workplace, the Code of Ethical Relationships,
Smoking on School Premises, Off-Air Taping, Budgeting System, Access to
Student Records, and other pertinent policies. Violations of such policies
may subject the user to appropriate disciplinary sanctions.
V. INSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
A. Contracts/User Agreements: The District shall make this policy

governing use of educational technology resources a provision in its
contracts concerning educational technology with other entities and
users whenever feasible.
B. Response to Inappropriate Materials: District officials shall take
measures to reduce the incidence of access to inappropriate materials
using the District’s educational technology resources, via the following
means:
catalog and block offensive providers;
maintain an extensive log of all user activities;
require user identification and passwords where possible;
provide restricted menus for users;
use non-graphical software; and
install security measures whenever feasible.
C. Other: Users are expected to receive the Technology Code of Conduct
from District employees responsible for providing access to such
technology. District employees are expected to know and abide by the
Technology Code of Conduct and to encourage users to become
familiar with it.
Policy Manual
The LISD’s telecommunications network is intended for legitimate
school business and educational purposes only. As a monitored
telecommunications network, no stated or implied guarantee is
made regarding the privacy of electronic mail (e-mail) or any other
telecommunications transmitted or received over this network..
Partnerships with other educational institutions, public and private
human services agencies, and other entities intending to use the
District’s technology resources to access and transmit electronic

data and for other related purposes shall be encouraged within the
limits of the District’s legal authority. Equitable financial support
from such partners, viewed in light of the contributions made by
constituent Districts, shall be considered in the development of
any such partnership. The Board of Education reserves the right
to approve agreements and contracts establishing technology
partnerships regardless of the amount of funds involved. The
President of the Board of Education shall be a signatory to such
agreements and contracts. Such agreements or contracts shall
include the following prohibitions on the use of access to the ISD’s
network: uses that infringe upon or compromise the legitimate
educational use of electronic information technologies; uses
prohibited by law; use for the purchase, sale, and/or
advertisement of goods, negotiable paper, or services; and uses
that jeopardize resource availability for students and employees.
Violations of these prohibitions shall be grounds for termination of
the agreements or contracts at the discretion of the Board of
Education.
Policy Manual
The Lenawee ISD makes no warranties of any kind, whether
expressed or implied, for the use of its educational technology,
including but not limited to the loss of data resulting from delays,
nondelivery, or any service interruption.
The Lenawee ISD is not responsible for any damages caused to a
user’s hardware or software incurred from downloading computer
viruses.
COMPUTER AND COMPUTER NETWORK SAFETY AND USE POLICY

1. In compliance with the federal Children's Internet Protection Act (47 USC
254 (h) and (l)), not later than June 30, 2002 there shall be instituted for
the School District's computers and computer network a technology
protection measure that protects against Internet (which, as used in this
policy, includes the World Wide Web) access by both adults and minors to
material which is: obscene; child pornography, or; harmful to minors.
A. The term "minors" means individuals under the age of eighteen (18)
years.
B. The term "child pornography" means any visual depiction, including
any photograph, film, video, picture, or computer or computer-
generated image or picture, whether made or produced by
electronic, mechanical, or other means, of sexually explicit conduct,
where: 1) the production of such visual depiction involves the use of
a minor engaging in sexually explicit conduct; 2) such visual
depiction is, or appears to be, of a minor engaging in sexually
explicit conduct; 3) such visual depiction has been created,
adapted, or modified to appear that an identifiable minor is
engaging in sexually explicit conduct; or 4) such visual depiction is
Policy Manual
advertised, promoted, presented, described, or distributed in such a
manner that conveys the impression that the material is or contains
a visual depiction of a minor engaging in sexually explicit conduct.
C. The term "materials harmful to minors" means any communication,
picture, image, graphic image file, article, recording, writing, or
other matter of any kind that: 1) taken as a whole and with respect
to minors, appeals to a prurient interest in nudity, sex, or excretion;
2) depicts, describes, or represents, in a patently offensive way with

respect to what is suitable for minors, an actual or simulated sexual
act or sexual contact, actual or simulated normal or perverted
sexual acts, or a lewd exhibition of the genitals; and 3) taken as a
whole, lacks serious literary, artistic, political or scientific value to
minors.
2. The activities of students on School District computers and computer
network shall be monitored by the teacher responsible for the class for
which the computer activity is being conducted, and/or by School District
personnel designated by the Superintendent of Schools.
3. No person shall use any school District computer, computer equipment, or
school District-provided Internet connection to access sexually explicit or
obscene material.
4. When using school District computers, computer equipment or Internet
connections for electronic mail, chat rooms, bulletin boards or any other
form of direct electronic communication, no student shall disclose any
personal information (including, but not limited to, names, addresses,
telephone numbers and photographs) about other students or school
District staff. Students shall be discouraged from disclosing personal
Policy Manual
information about themselves in electronic mail, chat rooms, bulletin
boards or any other form of direct electronic communication through the
Internet.
5. School District computers, computer equipment and Internet connections
shall not be used by any person to access another person's accounts,
files, data or information without authorization, or for any unlawful activity.
The interference with others' accounts, files, data, or information is
prohibited.
6. The school District reserves the right to monitor and review all use of its
computers, computer equipment, and computer network (including, but not
limited to, Internet activity and external/internal electronic mail, files and
data); no user of the School District's computers, computer equipment or
computer network shall have any expectation of privacy with respect to
use of the School District's computers, computer equipment or computer
network.
7. No person shall engage in any activity which is detrimental to the stability
or security of the school District's computers, computer equipment or
computer network, or use school District computers, computer equipment,
or computer network in any way which is detrimental to the stability or
security of others' computers, computer equipment or computer networks,
including, but not limited to, the intentional or negligent introduction of
viruses, or the vandalism or abuse of hardware or software.
8. No person shall use the school District's computers, computer equipment
or computer network in violation of copyright laws, including, but not
Policy Manual
limited to, the installing, downloading, copying or using of copyrighted
software without proper authority.
9. No person shall, in the course of using the school District's computers,
computer equipment or computer network, impersonate another person or
user; no person shall reveal a password of another person or user.
10. No person shall use the school District's computers, computer equipment
or computer network for commercial purposes.
11. Violation of this policy may result in disciplinary action, as well as

restriction, suspension or termination of access to the school District's
computers, computer equipment and/or computer network. In addition,
referral may be made to law enforcement authorities.
12. This policy shall not be instituted prior to the giving of reasonable public
notice and the holding of at least one (1) public hearing or meeting to
address the contents of this policy.
Policy Manual
STUDENT USE AGREEMENT AND PARENT(S)/GUARDIAN(S)

PARTICIPATION FORM (sch. yr.)
Instructions: Student and parent(s)/guardian(s) please read the statements, sign and
date the appropriate parts, and return to the Lenawee ISD teacher or other staff
member issuing the form.
USE AGREEMENT: As a user of the Lenawee Intermediate School District’s computer

educational technology, I hereby agree to comply with the Technology Code of Conduct,
and certify below that I have received a copy of the Policy.
I understand that the Lenawee Intermediate School District reserves and will exercise
the right to review, audit, intercept, access and disclose, as lawfully allowed, all matters
on the District’s e-mail systems at any time, with or without notice, and that such access
may occur during or after the regular school day.
Student’s Signature Date of Signature
School: ___________________________ Grade: _____________
PARENT(S)/GUARDIAN(S) PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT: As the parent(s)/

guardian(s) of the minor student signing above or parent(s)/guardian(s) of the adult
student, I grant permission for my son or daughter to access networked computer
systems, such as the Internet, and related technologies. I have read and discussed with
my son or daughter the District’s Technology Code of Conduct. I understand that the
individual users may be held liable for violations of the Technology Code of Conduct. I
understand that some materials on the Internet may be objectionable (i.e. pornography,
racially insensitive material, and information that may not coincide with my families
values and beliefs), but I accept full responsibility for guidance of my son or daughter on
the use of the Internet and the Technology Code of Conduct. I understand and agree
that the District assumes no responsibility for the student’s communications while using
the Internet or related technologies.
 Yes I give my permission for my son or daughter to access the networked computer
systems, including the Internet, in compliance with the Technology Code of Conduct.
 No I do not give my permission. Alternative methods to using the networked

computer systems, including the Internet, should be used with my son or daughter.
Parent/Guardian Signature Date of Signature
Policy Manual
4601 Facilities Development Goals 4601
As a guide for the design and development of its District building facilities,
the Board establishes these goals:
A. To integrate facilities planning with other aspects of planning in a
comprehensive manner to advance the District’s Vision.
B. To provide facilities that will foster the maximum educational achievement.
C. To base specifications for all District buildings on identifiable learner
needs.
D. To design for sufficient flexibility to permit program modification or the

implementation of new programs.
E. To design facilities as economically as feasible, provided that learner
needs are effectively and adequately met.
F. To design school buildings for maximum community use.
G. To involve the community, staff, available experts, to the extent
appropriate and the latest in related current developments and research in
building plans and specifications.
Policy Manual
4650 Site Acquisition 4650
The Superintendent shall be responsible for site acquisition negotiations.
Negotiations for site acquisition shall consider the following guidelines:
A. Purchase price may be based on an outside appraisal by an accredited
and licensed appraiser.
B. Discussion of possible school sites may be carried on in a closed session
of the Board, but all official actions must be taken in an open, public
meeting. Official Board action is required to execute a valid contract and a
record of that action must be a part of the minutes of the Board. The
process used in acquiring real property must be in accordance with law.
Any deviation from the strict requirements of the law may render the
transaction void.
Policy Manual
4730 Disposal of District Property 4730
The Board supports the concept of maximum utilization of furnishings,
equipment, and instructional materials. Utilization is deemed to mean
serviceable life expectancy provided the furnishings, equipment/instructional
materials are not obsolete and do not diminish or limit accomplishment of the
District vision.
The following methods for disposal apply:
A. Trade-in credit for a similar item/replacement.
B. Sell to another school District, educational, non-profit, or commercial

organization (the value to be determined by the Board Treasurer and
submitted to the Board for approval).
C. Sell at public sell.
D. Sell by bid.
E. Donate to a school or non-profit organization.
F. Destroy or discard the item(s).
Federal/State guidelines.
Policy Manual
4730-R Disposal of District Property 4730-R
The following procedures shall be used to establish that equipment is
surplus:
a) The staff using the equipment in question is encouraged to assess the
quality of their equipment on at least an annual basis, or more often as
appropriate and/or recommended by the manufacturer.
b) Staff shall be informed that once they have determined a piece of
equipment to be unnecessary, used-up (broken beyond repair), or
obsolete, they should communicate with their supervisor to seek

replacement of needed equipment or proper disposal.
c) Upon learning that a particular piece of equipment is considered by the
staff person using it to be unnecessary, used-up, or obsolete, the
supervisor must verify if that is indeed the case, and determine a further
course-of-action, including making the necessary revisions to the District’s
inventory system, removing inventory tags before disposal, etc., as
appropriate:
i) To reassign the custody of the equipment from one staff member to
another if it is in working condition;
ii) To directly dispose of that used-up piece of equipment, in an
environmentally appropriate fashion, if in the discretion of the
supervisor that equipment no longer has any functional utility, is beyond
reasonable repair, and is of negligible scrap value; or
iii) To inform the supervisor’s Assistant Superintendent that said
equipment is not needed in the programs and services he/she supervises,
asking the Assistant Superintendent to declare it as surplus.
d) After receiving a request from a supervisor to declare a certain piece of
equipment to be surplus, the Assistant Superintendent shall notify
members of the Leadership Team that the equipment is surplus, including
Policy Manual
4730-R Disposal of District Property 4730-R
e) an adequate description of the equipment, and ask Leadership Team
members to decide within 7 calendar days if the equipment can be used
elsewhere in the District.
f) Unless the Assistant Superintendent responds to a request to transfer
custody of the equipment elsewhere in the organization, he/she shall
determine if the item should be sold via special separate advertised public
―bid-sale‖ or be warehoused until the next district-wide auction/sale is
held. Items with an estimated value at or below $1,000.00 may be sold

outright without a bid-related process. All sales shall be ―as-is‖ and sale
instruments shall clearly indicate that (via this or similar language) “The
Buyer should beware, this is an as-is sales transaction. No warranties
expressed or implied, are provided by the seller pertaining to this sale.”

g) Equipment left over from the District-wide auction/sale shall be properly
disposed of, including, but not limited to: scrap, salvage, and throwing
away.
Policy Manual
4770 Selection of an Architect 4770
The Superintendent shall select the architect for school building projects.
A contract for architectural services shall be approved by the Board of Education.

LEGAL REF: MCL 388.851-855a
Policy Manual
4800 Facility Development Specifications 4800
The Superintendent shall assume the responsibility of working with staff to
determine specifications for all new or renovated construction.
Policy Manual
4890 Supervision of Construction (Cf. 4770) 4890
Supervision of construction projects shall be primarily the responsibility of
the architect and the Superintendent, or a staff administrator assigned by the
Superintendent as project Director, who shall be responsible to follow closely the
progress of the construction project and report periodically to the Board.
Policy Manual
4950 Board Inspection of New or Remodeled Facilities 4950
A building project shall be accepted by the Board only after all details are
complete and the architect and project Director have certified to the Board that
the project has been completed, along with a written approval by the architect for
occupancy certifying the approval of all state and local authorities where
required. The architect and representatives of the administrative staff shall
complete a preliminary inspection, after which the Board shall inspect the
building and give its formal approval and acceptance, based upon the
recommendation of the administration, and this clause is limited only to those

projects costing in excess of $100,000.00.
No new or renovated building or addition shall be occupied by students
until so authorized by those state and local authorities where approvals for
occupancy are required.
Final payments to contractors will be withheld until such a time as the
requirements of this policy have been met.
Policy Manual
Section 5000 - Personnel
TC-5000-1
5000—PERSONNEL
5010 Goals and Objectives
5020 Equal Employment Opportunity and Multiracial
Understanding
5030 Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure
5035 Discriminatory Harassment of Employees or Applicants
5040 Retaliation and Whistle Blowing
5160 Qualifications and Duties
5175 Criminal History and Background Checks
5180 Unauthorized Release of Information
5185 Social Security Number Confidentiality
5190 Staff Development Opportunities
5200 Staff Conduct
5203 Use of District Equipment, Supplies and Materials
5205 Possessing, Transporting or Transmitting Dangerous
Weapons
5210 Staff Complaints (Cf. 5030, 5040)
5220 Staff-Student Relations
5230 Conflict of Interest (Cf. 5695)
5235 Nepotism
5245 Political Activities
5250 Employee Use of Electronic Communication Devices
5300 Personnel Records
5310 HIPPA
5340 Staff Health and Safety
5345 Staff Smoking and Tobacco Products
5350 Drug-Free Workplace
5355 Employee Assistance Program
5357 Family and Medical Leave
5358 Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and
Alcohol and Drug Testing
5370 Communicable Diseases – Staff and Students
5410 Professional Staff Contracts
5430 Hiring and Terminating Employment of Staff
5500 Administrative Tenure
5520 Evaluation
5521 Compensation for Non-Union Staff
5540 Suspension and/or Dismissal of Professional Staff
5640 Non-School Employment/Outside Activities of Staff
5645 Consulting
5695 Ethics (Cf. 5230)
5710 Compensation Guides and Contracts
5725 Qualifications and Duties
5780 Non-Certified Staff Probation
5800 Evaluation of Non-Certified Staff
Policy Manual
TC-5000-2
5830 Suspension and Dismissal of Non-Certified Staff

At-Will Employees
5860 Reduction of Non-Certified Staff
5930 Leaves and Absences
5935 Military Leave
Policy Manual
5010 Goals and Objectives 5010
Since each child is the reason the Lenawee Intermediate School District
exists (District’s Vision) and since the Board desires to make this a good place
for people to work, the goals of the personnel policies set forth in this section are
to further the District’s Vision and to create the best possible educational climate
for the students of the District. To this end, these personnel policies are
designed to prevent misunderstanding by District personnel about their duties
and privileges.
Policy Manual
5020 Equal Employment Opportunity and Multiracial Understanding 5020
The Board shall be an equal opportunity employer. The objective of the
Board is to attract and retain individuals qualified and/or trainable for the
positions in the system by virtue of job-related standards of education, training,
experience, and personal qualifications.
The District recognizes that it is desirable to deepen the understanding of
the different cultures, races, and religions of its students, staff and communities,
and therefore, shall strive to create and maintain an atmosphere of mutual
understanding and respect among students, employees, and the public.

The Superintendent is responsible for ensuring compliance and continued
implementation of this policy.

LEGAL REF: 42 USCA 2000e-8, 2000e-12; 44 USCA 3501 et seq.; 42 USCA
12117 (The Equal Employment Opportunities Act); 29 USCA
§§627, 630 (Age Discrimination in Employment Act); 42 USCA
§1981 et seq. (Civil Rights Act); 28 FCR §4241; 28 CFR §42.405
(Title VI of the Civil Rights Act); 42 USCA §2000e, et seq. (Title VII
of the Civil Rights Act); 20 USCA §1681; 34 CFR §106.8; 24 CFR
§106.9 (Title IX of the Education Amendments); MCL 37.1101-1607
(Michigan Handicappers’ Civil Rights Act); 37.2101-2804 (Elliott-
Larsen Civil Rights Act); Michigan Constitution Article I, §2
Policy Manual
5030 Non-Discrimination and Complaint Procedure (Cf. 2450, 8015) 5030
It is the policy of the Board of Education that the District will not
discriminate against any person based on sex, race, color, national origin,
religion, height, weight, marital status, handicap, age, sexual orientation, or
disability. The District reaffirms its long-standing policy of compliance with all
applicable federal and state laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination
including, but not limited to, Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42
U.S.C. §§ 2000d. et seq.; and 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e, et seq.; Title IX of the
Educational Amendments of 1972, 20 U.S.C. §§ 1681, et seq.; Section 504 of the

Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. § 794; The Americans With Disabilities Act
of 1990, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1210, et seq.; the Handicappers’ Civil Rights Act, MCL §§
The Coordinator of Compliance, Monitoring, and School Safety

is appointed the Civil Rights Coordinator regarding complaints of
disability/handicap discrimination involving educational services, programs and
activities. The Coordinator of Compliance and Legal Services is appointed the
Civil Rights Coordinator regarding discrimination complaints made by students
(grades Pre-K through 12) and/or their parent(s)/guardian(s), and involving sex,
race, color, national origin, religion, height, weight, age, sexual orientation, or
marital status. The Executive Director of Staff Resources is appointed the Civil
Rights Coordinator regarding all other complaints of discrimination. In the event
the complaint is against the Superintendent, the President of the Board of
Education is appointed the Civil Rights Coordinator.
Inquiries or complaints by students and/or their parent(s)/guardian(s)
related to discrimination based on disability/handicap should be directed to:

4107 N. Adrian Highway
Adrian, MI 49221
(517) 265-1682
Policy Manual
Inquiries or complaints made by students and/or their
parent(s)/guardian(s) related to discrimination based on sex, race, color, national
origin, religion, height, weight, age, sexual orientation, or marital status should be
directed to:

Adrian, MI 49221
(517) 265-1682
In the event a complaint is against the Superintendent, the complaint
should be directed to:
The Vice-President of the Board of Education

Adrian, MI 49221
(517) 265-1627
All other inquiries related to discrimination should be directed to:

Adrian, MI 49221
(517) 265-1608
The Civil Rights Coordinators, as specified herein, are designated to
receive and resolve complaints from any person who believes that he/she may
have been discriminated against in violation of this policy. Any person who
believes he/she has been discriminated against in violation of this policy should
file a written complaint with the Civil Rights Coordinator within ten (10) calendar
days of the alleged violation. The Civil Rights Coordinator will take, then, the
following action: First, cause an investigation of the complaint to be commenced.
Second, arrange for a meeting to occur with the complainant, which may include
school District staff who are knowledgeable of the facts and circumstances of the
particular complaint or who have particular expertise that will assist in resolving
Policy Manual
the complaint. Third, complete the investigation of the complaint and provide, in
writing, a reply to the complainant.
If the Civil Rights Coordinator determines that a violation has occurred,
he/she shall propose a fair resolution of the complaint and deliver the
determination to the complainant and the Superintendent. In the event the
complaint is against the Superintendent, a copy of the determination shall be
delivered to the President of the Board of Education. The complainant may
appeal the Civil Rights Coordinator’s determination to the Superintendent, or, in

the case of a complaint against the Superintendent, to the President of the
Board, by so notifying the Superintendent or Board President in writing within the
(10) calendar days of the Civil Rights Coordinator’s determination. The
Superintendent or Board President may conduct additional investigation of the
facts and circumstances surrounding the complaint.
The Board President may elect to secure the services of an outside party
to investigate the facts and circumstances surrounding any complaint against the
Superintendent.
The Superintendent, or Board President in the case of a complaint against
the Superintendent, shall affirm or reverse the Civil Rights Coordinator’s decision
and, if warranted, implement the Civil Rights Coordinator’s proposed resolution
or a modification thereof. The Superintendent or Board President's decision shall
be final.
Upon completion of, or at any point in, the grievance process,
complainants have the right to file a complaint with the Office for Civil Rights, US
Department of Education, Washington, D.C. 20201. The complainant should first
be directed to the following address:
Policy Manual

Cleveland, OH 44114
(216) 522-4970 phone
(216) 522-2573 fax
Approved: Adopted February 2, 2004; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007

LEGAL REF: Included in Text
Policy Manual
5035 Discriminatory Harassment of Employees or Applicants 5035
Discriminatory harassment of District elected officials, employees, or
applicants for employment by Board of Education Members, District employees,
vendors, contractors or other doing business with the District, students,
parent(s)/guardian(s), invitees, volunteers or guests will not be tolerated.
Discriminatory harassment includes unwelcome sexual advances,
requests for sexual favors or other verbal or physical conduct relating to an
individuals’ sex, race, color, national origin, age, religion, height, sexual
orientation, weight, marital status or handicap/disability when:

Submission to such conduct or communication is made a term or condition,
either explicitly or implicitly, to obtain employment;
Submission to, or rejection of, such conduct or communication by an
employee/applicant is used as a factor in decisions affecting such
employee/applicant’s employment; or
Such conduct or communication has the purpose or effect of substantially
interfering with an employee’s employment, or creating an intimidating,
hostile, or offensive employment environment, or otherwise adversely
affects an employee’s employment opportunities.
Any employee or applicant who believes that he or she has suffered
harassment shall immediately report the incident(s) to:
Superintendent of Schools
Adrian, MI 49221
Phone: (517) 265-1628
Policy Manual
5035 Discriminatory Harassment of Employees or Applicants 5035-2
The District intends that an employee or applicant for employment,
reporting an incident of discriminatory harassment will not suffer any form of
reprisal.
In determining whether the alleged conduct constitutes discrimination or
harassment, the totality of the circumstances, the nature of the harassment and
the context in which the alleged incident(s) occurred will be investigated. The
Superintendent has the responsibility of investigating complaints of discriminatory
harassment of employees or applicants. In cases where the alleged harassment

involves a member of the Board of Education, the District will appoint outside
legal counsel to investigate the complaint. The results of an investigation and
any action taken thereon will be communicated to the complaining person.
In the event the complaint is against the Superintendent, the Vice-
President of the Board shall be automatically designated as the investigator for
such complaints. The Vice-President of the Board may, at his/her sole
discretion, elect to employ District legal counsel or other qualified, independent
investigators to assist him/her in the investigation. Results of the Vice-President’s
investigation will be turned over to the President of the Board.
The District considers discriminatory harassment on the basis of religion,
race, color, national origin, age, sex, height, weight, sexual orientation, marital
status, handicap or disability to be a major offense, which will result in
disciplinary action of the offender. Disciplinary action against a District employee
may include termination of employment. Disciplinary action against a student
may include expulsion. Disciplinary action against a Board of Education member
may range from Board of Education public censure to removal of the Board
Member from an officer position he/she may hold.
Policy Manual
5035 Discriminatory Harassment of Employees or Applicants 5035-3
Notification
Notice of this policy will be periodically circulated to all school buildings
and departments within the District, and incorporated in teacher, student and
parent/guardian handbooks. All new hires of the District will be required to
signify receipt of this policy and its related complaint procedure.
Training sessions on this policy and the prevention of sexual harassment
shall be held periodically for all Board members, administrators, teachers and
employees of the District. In addition, students will have available as part of their
curriculum and instructional program, sessions on this policy and the prevention
of student-to-student sexual harassment.
EXAMPLES OF SEXUAL HARASSMENT
Sexual harassment, may include, but is not limited to, the following:
Verbal harassment or abuse;
Pressure for sexual activity including unwelcome touching;
Repeated remarks with sexual or demeaning implications;
Sexual jokes, posters, cartoons, etc.; and/or
Suggesting or demanding sexual involvement, accompanied by implied or
explicit threats concerning one’s grades, safety, job, or performance of
public duties.
In addition, any form of retaliation against the complainant or witness is in
itself a form of sexual harassment.
LEGAL REF: MCL 37.2101 et seq., (Elliott-Larsen Civil Rights Act); 380.11a; 20
USCA §1681; 34 CFR §106.8; 34 CFR §106.9 (Title IX of the Education
Amendments)
Policy Manual
5035-R Discriminatory Harassment of Employees or Applicants 5035-R
Federal Title Programs
If any person believes the District or an employee of the District has
inadequately applied the principles and/or regulations of a federal Title program
or believe they have been discriminated against, that person may make a
complaint to the local Title coordinator at the following address:

Adrian, MI 49221
(517) 265-1628
The person who believes they have a valid basis for the complaint shall
discuss the matter informally and verbally with the local Title coordinator, who
shall investigate the complaint and answer the complaint within two business
days. (See procedure under 5030)
Policy Manual
5040 Retaliation and Whistle-Blowing 5040
Employees are expected to report suspected illegal activity to appropriate
District administrators, or the Board of Education. The Board of Education will
not tolerate any form of reprisal, retaliation or discrimination against:
Any employee, or applicant for employment, because he/she opposed
any practice that he/she reasonably believed to be made unlawful by
federal or state laws prohibiting employment discrimination on the
basis of sex, race, color, national origin, age, religion, height, sexual
orientation, weight, marital status, handicap or disability.

Any employee, or applicant for employment, because he/she filed a
charge, testified, assisted or participated, in any manner, in an
investigation, proceeding or hearing under federal or state laws
prohibiting employment discrimination on the basis of sex, race, color,
national origin, age, religion, height, sexual orientation, weight, marital
status, handicap or disability or because he/she reported a suspected
violation of such laws according to this policy.
Any employee or applicant because he/she reported, or was about to
report, a suspected violation of any federal, state or local law or
regulation to a public body (unless the employee knew that the report
was false) or because he/she was requested by a public body to
participate in an investigation, hearing or inquiry held by that public
body or a court.
An employee or applicant for employment who believes that he/she has
suffered reprisal, retaliation or discrimination in violation of this policy shall report
the incident(s) to the Director of Staff Resources. The Board of Education
assures that no employee or applicant for employment who makes such a report
will suffer any form of reprisal, retaliation or discrimination for making the report.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.361 - 369, ―The Whistleblowers' Protection Act.‖
Policy Manual
5160 Qualifications and Duties 5160
A job description for each classification of employees shall be developed
by the Superintendent. Such job description shall be on file in the central office
and not incorporated within the Board policy handbook.
Policy Manual
5175 Criminal History and Background Checks 5175
Criminal History Checks
Upon an offer of initial employment by the Board, all persons, in either
certified or support positions, and any volunteers working directly with students in
any capacity shall have undergone both a criminal history and records check
performed by the State Police and FBI. The results shall have been received
before the individual is employed unless, under the guidelines in current law, the
person may be employed prior to the results being received.
No later than July 1, 2008, the Board shall have requested both a criminal
history and records check through the State Police and the FBI for all individuals,
as of January 1, 2006, employed by the District or assigned to work under
contract regularly and continuously in any of the District’s schools.
Only those persons who have been offered a position or contract by the
Board and/or Superintendent must undergo a criminal history check, not all
applicants.
No individual shall be employed, in any capacity, who has been convicted
of a listed offense under the Michigan Sex Offenders Registration Act.30
30
A listed offense includes any of the following:
1) Accosting or soliciting a child for immoral purposes (MCL 750.145a-c);
2) Sodomy if the victim is an individual less than 18 years of age (MCL 750.158);
3) A third or subsequent violation of any combination of the following:
a. Being engaged in indecent or obscene conduct in a public place (MCL 750.167(1)(f))
b. Indecent exposure (MCL 750.335a)
c. A local ordinance of a municipality substantially corresponding to the above;
4) Except for a juvenile disposition or adjudication, gross indecency between males, females, or
between a male and female, if the victim was under 18 years of age (MCL 750.338-338b);
5) Kidnapping (MCL 750.349);
6) Kidnapping under age 14 (MCL 750.350);
7) Soliciting and accosting (MCL 750.448);
8) Pandering (MCL 750.455);
9) 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th degree criminal sexual assault, and second or subsequent offenses (MCL 520b-
e);
10) Assault with intent to commit criminal sexual assault (MCL 750.520g);
11) Sexually delinquent persons (MCL 750.10a);
12) The attempt or conspiracy to commit any of the above offenses;
13) Any other violation of a law of this state or a local ordinance of a municipality that by its nature
constitutes a sexual offense against an individual who is less than 18 years of age; and (Continued
next page)
14) Any offense substantially similar to the above offenses under a law of the United States, any state,
or any country or under tribal or military law.
Policy Manual
5175 Criminal History and Background Checks 5175-2
An individual shall not be employed, in any capacity, who has been convicted of
a felony, unless the Superintendent and the Board specifically approve the work
assignment in writing.
If the District obtains notice from an authoritative source that an individual
has been convicted of a listed offense, the individual shall not be employed, in
any capacity, or allowed to work under contract regularly and continuously in any
of the District’s schools.

If the District is notified or learns that a teacher employed with the district
has been convicted of a crime listed in MCL 380.1535a(1)-(2), the
Superintendent or Board President shall notify the superintendent of public
instruction within 15 days after learning of the conviction.31
31
MCL 380.1535a(1) includes a conviction for any felony and any of the following misdemeanors: 1)
criminal sexual conduct in the fourth degree or an attempt to commit criminal sexual conduct in the fourth
degree; 2) child abuse in the third or fourth degree, or any attempt to commit child abuse in the third or
fourth degree; 3) a misdemeanor involving cruelty, torture, or indecent exposure involving a child; 4) a
misdemeanor violation of Section 7410 of the Public Health Code (concerning distribution of marijuana to
minors near school property); 5) a violation of section 115, 141a, 145a, 335a, or 359 of the Michigan Penal
Code (concerning breaking and entering; consumption or possession of alcohol by minors, or controlled
substances at social gatherings; soliciting a child for immoral purposes; indecent exposure; and damage to
vacant buildings); or a misdemeanor violation of section 81, 81a, or 145d of the Michigan Penal Code
(including assault and battery; domestic assault; assault and infliction of serious injury; and using the
Internet to commit a crime against a minor); 6) a misdemeanor violation of Section 701 of the Michigan
Liquor Control Act (concerning the prohibition of liquor sales to minors); 7) any misdemeanor that is a
listed offense; and 8) a violation of a substantially similar law of another state, of a political subdivision of
this state or another state, or of the United States – as amended by 2005 PA 130.
MCL 380.1535a(2) includes the following offenses:
a) Criminal sexual conduct in any degree, assault with the intent to commit criminal sexual
conduct, or an attempt to commit criminal sexual conduct in any degree;
b) Felonious assault on a child31, child abuse in the first degree, or an attempt to commit child abuse
in the first degree;
c) Cruelty, torture, or indecent exposure involving a child;
d) A violation of section 7401(2)(a)(i), 7403(2)(a)(i), 7410, or 7416 of the Public Health Code
(concerning unlawful manufacture, delivery, or possession of controlled substances or controlled
substance analogues; distribution of marijuana to minors near school property; and recruiting or
inducing a minor to commit a felony);
e) A violation of section 83, 89, 91, 145a-c, 316-17, 350, 448, 455, or 529 of the Michigan Penal
Code (concerning assault with intent to commit murder or to steal while armed; attempt to
murder; consumption or possession of alcohol by minors, or controlled substances at social
gatherings; first and second degree murder; armed robbery; and using the Internet when
committing a crime against a minor);
f) A violation of section 158 of the Michigan Penal Code if the victim was an individual less than
18 years of age (concerning crimes against nature or sodomy);
Policy Manual
5175 Criminal History and Background Checks 5175-3
Criminal history and records checks shall be used for employment
purposes only. No Board member or employee shall disclose the report or its
content, except a felony conviction or a misdemeanor conviction involving sexual
or physical abuse, to any person other than those directly involved in evaluating
the applicant’s qualifications for employment.32
Background Checks - Employment History - Unprofessional Conduct
Upon an offer of initial employment by the Board, all persons shall have
undergone an unprofessional conduct background check. A staff person may be

hired prior to the results of the unprofessional conduct background check
following the guidelines in current law.
Approved: Adopted February 2, 2004, Revisions adopted January 8, 2007
LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1230a; 380.1230b; 380.1230c; 380.1535a(9)
g) Except for a juvenile disposition or adjudication, a violation of section 338, 338a, or 338b of the
Michigan Penal Code if the victim was an individual less than 18 years of age (concerning gross
indecency between males, females, and between males and females);
h) A violation of section 349 of the Michigan Penal Code if the victim was an individual less than
18 years of age (concerning kidnapping);
i) An offense committed by a person who was, at the time of the offense, a sexually delinquent
person – any person whose sexual behavior is characterized by repetitive or compulsive acts
which indicate a disregard of consequences or the recognized rights of others, or by the use of
force upon another person in attempting sex relations of either a heterosexual or homosexual
nature, or by the commission of sexual aggressions against children under the age of 16;
j) An attempt or conspiracy to commit an offense listed in (a) or (e-i);
k) A violation of a substantially similar law of another state, of a political subdivision of this state
or another state, or of the United States; Any crime listed in 1535(1), if the superintendent of
public instruction determines the public health, safety or welfare requires emergency action
based on the circumstances underlying the conviction.
32
Any person that violates this policy may be found guilty of a crime.
Policy Manual
5180 Unauthorized Release of Information 5180
Employees of the District may have ongoing opportunities to access
confidential information or records that are only available to the general public on
a limited review basis. Much of the information processed by District employees
is confidential, and law governs its release; for example, driver record and
vehicle registration information, confidential student records, criminal history
background check information, information obtained pursuant to Family
Independence Agency intervention, and professional misconduct background
checks.
It is the policy of the Board that employees are prohibited from divulging
information contained in the records and files of the District, except to other,
authorized, employees who may need such information in connection with their
duties and to authorized persons in accordance with law, District policies, and
administrative rules.
If an employee is approached to provide information inappropriately, the
employee must refuse to release the requested information unless authorized by
his/her supervisor or otherwise required to release the information under law or
court order. In all cases, the employee’s immediate supervisor shall be informed,
immediately, of any requests.
Any employee who inappropriately releases information, or uses
confidential information obtained in the course of his/her employment with the
District for personal reasons or private gain, will be disciplined in accordance with
Board policies, collective bargaining agreements, and District procedures.
Disciplinary action may include severe penalties, up to, and including, discharge.
The District shall apply the requirements set forth in this policy, equally, to
any data processing subcontractor employed. Data processing subcontractors
shall, as a condition of their contractual agreement with the District, be required
to adopt this, or a similar policy, regarding their own employees.
Policy Manual
5180 Unauthorized Release of Information 5180-2
The Superintendent shall promulgate appropriate administrative rules to help
assure the confidentiality of records and, particularly, those records obtained
through electronic means.

LEGAL REF: Federal Driver Privacy Protection Act of 1994 (18 USC 2721 et
seq.); MCL 257.208c - 208d; MCL 257.903; MCL 380.1230
Policy Manual
5180-R Unauthorized Release of Information 5180-R
Employee Competence
1. The District will take steps, through the interview, selection, assignment,
and hiring process, to see that any employee, or data processing
subcontractor employee, if any, who is authorized to access driver, vehicle
and related records, or who has access to information regarding criminal
background checks or unprofessional conduct checks and related records
will:
1.) Be adequately trained to access such records,
2.) Be competent to perform that task, and
3.) Conduct each record inquiry in accordance with the standards of
technical competency that are generally recognized in the data
service industry.
Security of Data
The District will implement the following security requirements whenever
and wherever records and/or information obtained through any means, electronic
or otherwise, is accessed, stored or disseminated:
1. Use software and hardware that is technologically adequate to prevent
unauthorized access to the information.
2. Establish operational programs to prohibit unauthorized inquiries from any
terminal or other access site.
3. Institute operational programs to detect unauthorized attempts to
penetrate the District’s system of electronic records.
4. Provide for the physical security of the District’s computer system, with
procedures and devices designed to protect against the theft of records
and information.
5. Secure from each employee (or Subcontractor employee) a signed and
approved System Access Request form (or other equivalent form) that
grants authority and permission to directly access driver, vehicle, criminal,
or related records.
Policy Manual
5185 Social Security Number Confidentiality (Cf. 5180) 5185
Pursuant to both state and federal law, it is the policy of this school District
to protect the confidentiality of social security numbers. No person shall
knowingly disclose, transfer, or unlawfully use the social security number of any
employee, student, or other individual.
The Superintendent shall establish rules and regulations to implement this
policy. The Superintendent shall ensure that:
1. The confidentiality of social security numbers is maintained to the extent
practicable;
2. The unlawful disclosure of social security numbers is prohibited;
3. Access to information or documents containing social security numbers is
limited; and
4. Documents containing social security numbers are disposed of properly.
This policy and its rules shall be published in the appropriate handbooks,
manuals, and other similar documents. The published document(s) may also be
made available electronically.
Persons who violate this policy, or the rules that implement it, may be
subject to disciplinary action up to and including suspension or expulsion for
students and termination for employees.

LEGAL REF: MCL 445.81 et seq.; 18 USC 1028; 5 USC 552a (The Privacy Act
of 1974)
Policy Manual
5185-R Social Security Number Confidentiality (Cf. 5180) 5185-R
Public Records
Where a social security number is contained within a document subject to
FOIA release, the social security number shall be redacted.
Information Collected
Social security numbers should only be collected where required by
federal or state law. If a unique personal identifier is needed, then a substitute
for the social security number shall be used such as a District-created student
identification number not using the social security number.

Whenever the District collects a social security number, the District shall
inform the individual of the purpose for the collection, the intended use, whether
the law requires the number to be provided, and the consequences of not
providing the number.
Public Display
Social security numbers shall not be placed on identification cards,
badges, time cards, employee rosters, bulletin boards, or any other materials or
documents seen by others widely.
Documents, materials, or computer screens that display social security
numbers or other sensitive information shall be kept out of public view at all
times.
Social security numbers shall not be required for a District employee,
student, or staff member to gain access to the Internet or network.
Mailed or Transmitted Documents
Documents containing social security numbers shall only be sent where
permitted by state law.33
33
A social security number may be included in a mailed document where: 1) It is sent as part of an
application or enrollment process initiated by the individual. 2) It is sent to establish, confirm the status of,
service, amend, or terminate an account, contract, employee, or health insurance benefit - or to confirm the
accuracy of a social security number of an individual who has a account, contract, policy, or employee or
health insurance benefit. 3) It is contained in a public record and is mailed in compliance with the freedom
of information act. 4) It is a copy of a vital record, which was recorded according to law, and is mailed to a
Policy Manual
5185-R Social Security Number Confidentiality 5185-R-2
Documents containing social security numbers, that are sent through the mail,
shall not reveal the number through the envelope window or otherwise be visible
from outside the envelope or package.
Social security numbers shall not be sent through email unless the
connection is secure or the number is encrypted.
No individual shall be required to send his or her social security number
through email unless the connection is secure or the number is encrypted.
Telephonic Communications
District employees shall not disclose any social security number over the
telephone or leave a voice mail message disclosing any social security number.
If a social security number must be faxed, the Fax message shall be
accompanied by a transmittal sheet, which includes the District's name, a
―Confidential Notice‖ stating that the information included is intended to be
privileged and confidential, and that it is only intended for the use of the individual
or entity named on the transmittal sheet.34
Access to Social Security Numbers
Only those persons authorized by the Superintendent shall have access to
social security numbers or other sensitive information. Under no circumstances
will any student have access to social security number information for either
students or staff unless they are a paid employee of the District.
Storage and Disposal
All documents or files that contain social security numbers or other
sensitive material shall be stored in a physically secure manner.
Social security numbers shall not be stored on computers or other
electronic devices that are not secured against unauthorized access.
person entitled to receive that record. 5) It is mailed by, or at the request of, an individual whose social
security number appears in the document or information or his or her parent or legal guardian.
34
Cf. 4260
Policy Manual
5185-R Social Security Number Confidentiality 5185-R-3
Documents or other materials that contain social security numbers or
other sensitive information shall not be thrown away in the trash; they shall be
discarded or destroyed only in a manner that protects their confidentiality, such
as shredding.
When erasing social security numbers or sensitive information from
computers, it shall be ensured that the information is erased completely.
The Superintendent shall establish regular intervals when unneeded
sensitive information is disposed of properly.

Improper Disclosures
Any individual who suspects that an improper disclosure of a social
security number has been made shall inform the Superintendent.
If the Superintendent suspects that an improper disclosure has been
made, he/she shall contact the appropriate authorities.
Policy Availability
All current and future District employees shall be given a copy of the
above rules. The District Privacy Policy shall be published in an employee
handbook, procedural manual, or another similar document, that may be made
available electronically.
Accountability
Any person who fails to comply with the District’s Privacy Policy shall be
subject to appropriate discipline as determined by the Superintendent.
The Executive Director of Staff Resources shall be responsible for the
administration of these regulations and any trainings that may be required or
advisable.
Policy Manual
5190 Staff Development Opportunities 5190
As a student-centered learning organization, the LISD continually adopts
new learnings and anticipates future conditions. All members of the staff should
continue to grow and learn while employed at the District. Through providing
learning opportunities for local educators the District promotes quality learning for
everyone in Lenawee County. Representatives of all staff and the administration
will work cooperatively to promote and establish programs and activities which
support growth and learning.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1254; 380.1525; 380.1526; 388.1695
Policy Manual
5200 Staff Conduct 5200
All staff members have the responsibility to become familiar with, and
abide by, the laws of the state of Michigan as they affect their work, the policies
of the Board, and the administrative regulations designed to implement them. All
staff members shall be expected to carry out their assigned duties, support and
enforce Board policies and administrative regulations, submit required reports,
protect District property, oversee students, and contribute to the education and
development of the District's students.
All employees will be provided with an explanation of both their

responsibilities and their rights under law in terms of the actions they may take to
maintain order, discipline, and an appropriate educational environment. Training
will be provided that defines approved actions, and informs employees that they
may be liable for harm when they engage in criminal, grossly negligent or
reckless conduct, or act with flagrant indifference to the rights and safety of
another person who suffers harm as a result. The Superintendent will develop
rules that prescribe the circumstances under which the District administration
and/or parent(s)/guardian(s) are to be notified of actions taken, any written
documentation of actions taken that is necessary, and other appropriate
procedures including staff training.
Staff Appearance
Staff dress and grooming must not disrupt the educational process,
interfere with the maintenance of a positive teaching/learning climate, or
compromise reasonable standards of health, safety, and decency.

LEGAL REF: NCLB
Policy Manual
5203 Use of District Equipment, Supplies and Materials (Cf. 9250) 5203
Permission must be gained from the appropriate supervisor before any
District equipment, supplies or materials may be removed from District grounds.
The supervisor may authorize staff members to utilize District-owned
equipment, supplies and materials provided that use is in the best interests of the
District. Staff using District equipment, supplies, materials and software shall be
in compliance with all copyright laws. Staff members authorized to use District
equipment assigned to them for use off school grounds (such as, but not limited
to, laptop computers, cellular telephones, printers or the like) shall assume
responsibility for said equipment. Unless specifically authorized otherwise, all
such equipment issued to teachers or administrators shall be returned to the
District at the end of their annual work year.
In no case shall employees be authorized to borrow, remove or utilize
District equipment, materials or supplies in connection with any outside
employment or any other personal interest beyond incidental tolerance.
Violations of this policy will result in disciplinary action up to and including
discharge and/or the filing of criminal charges.35
Recognized bargaining units may use District equipment as provided for in the
current negotiated master contract.

LEGAL REF: MCL 19.141; MCL 750.362
35
MCL 19.141 Care, preservation, and protection of state buildings and property. The Department of
Education, among others named in the act, may prescribe rules and regulations for the care, preservation,
and protection of buildings and property dedicated and appropriated to the public use and the control and
conduct of those coming upon the property. The act authorizes those having control over property and
buildings to file a misdemeanor complaint against those who misuse the property. MCL 750.362 - Larceny
by conversion. Any person to whom any money, goods or other property, which may be the subject of
larceny, shall have been delivered, who shall embezzle or fraudulently convert to his own use, or shall
secrete with the intent to embezzle, or fraudulently use such goods, money or other property, or any part
thereof, shall be deemed by so doing to have committed the crime of larceny and shall be punished as
provided under the Michigan Penal Code. (Underlining added.)
Policy Manual
5205 Possessing, Transporting or Transmitting Dangerous Weapons 5205
No person shall possess, transport or transmit a dangerous weapon on
District property, property used by the District for a school-related purpose, or in
a motor vehicle used for a District-related purpose unless: (a) Prior permission
has been granted by the Superintendent; (b) The person in an on-duty law
enforcement officer or, if off duty, the officer is otherwise required by the law
enforcement agency to carry a weapon or; (c) or as otherwise allowed by law.36
A dangerous weapon is defined in the law. Pursuant to federal law, the
term firearm includes, but is not limited to, any weapon designed to expel a
projectile by the action of an explosive, the frame or receiver of any such
weapon, a muffler or silencer for such a weapon, or destructive device.37 Any
person, including a student, who violates this Policy, will be reported to law
enforcement authorities. Employees who violate this policy will be severely
disciplined, up to and including discharge.
The Board policy prohibiting students from possessing dangerous
weapons is contained in the Student Code of Conduct. The Board, pursuant to
state law, shall expel students who violate the weapons laws and rules unless
one of the statutory exceptions is established.38 To comply with federal law, any
such exception shall be reduced to writing.
LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1311; 750.237a; 18 USCA 921; 20 USCA 7151 (No Child
Left Behind Act)
36
28.425o. added Premises on which carrying concealed weapon prohibited; violation. Sec. 5o. (1) An
individual licensed under this act to carry a concealed pistol, or who is exempt from licensure under section
12a(f), shall not carry a concealed pistol on the premises of any of the following: (a) A school or school
property except that a parent or legal guardian of a student of the school is not precluded from carrying a
concealed pistol while in a vehicle on school property, if he or she is dropping the student off at the school
or picking up the child from the school. As used in this section, ―school‖ and ―school property‖ mean those
terms as defined in section 237a of the Michigan penal code, 1931 PA 328, MCL 750.237a.
37
Pursuant to federal law, the term destructive device means: any explosive, incendiary, or poison gas:
bomb, grenade, rocket having a propellant charge of more than four ounces, missile having an explosive or
incendiary charge of more than one-quarter ounce, mine, or device similar to any or the devices described
in the preceding clauses.
38
To establish a statutory exception, state law requires clear and convincing evidence that: 1) The object or
instrument possessed by the pupil was not possessed by the pupil for use as a weapon, or for direct or
indirect delivery to another person for use as a weapon, or 2) the weapon was not knowingly possessed by
the pupil, or 3) the pupil did not know or have reason to know that the object or instrument possessed by
the pupil constituted a dangerous weapon, or 4) the weapon was possessed by the pupil at the suggestion,
request, or direction of, or with the express permission of, school or police authorities.
Policy Manual
5210 Staff Complaints and Grievances (Cf. 5030, 5040) 5210
The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education recognizes
the need to provide for orderly resolution of any grievance arising from an alleged
violation or inappropriate application of District policies or administrative
procedures. Any non-union school employee shall have the right of access to the
following grievance procedures adopted by this District. (Master contract
employees should refer to applicable language in their master agreement.)
The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board believes that maintaining
a high level of staff morale is important for the smooth operation of the
organization. Therefore, all LISD employees are strongly encouraged to keep
lines of communication open between themselves and their supervisors and
subordinates.
However, in the event of an alleged violation, misinterpretation, or
inappropriate application of District policies or administrative rules or procedures
that directly affect the employee, the complaint or request shall be processed
thorough the administrative rules established by the Superintendent.
Policy Manual
5210-R Staff Complaints and Grievances (Cf. 5030, 5040) 5210-R
In the event of a staff complaint or grievance concerning Board of
Education policies or administrative rules or procedures, the following steps will
be taken:
Informal - Step I - Supervisor:
The employee shall discuss the grievance with his/her immediate
supervisor within three days of the alleged occurrence. If no satisfactory
resolution is obtained within three days, the employee shall write an account of
the grievance on the LISD Grievance Form. This written account shall include:
a. A summary of the facts giving rise to the alleged occurrence.
b. The date of the alleged occurrence.
c. The specific LISD policy or administrative procedure violated, if pertinent.
d. The specific relief requested by the grievant.
e. The signature of the grievant.
f. If the grievant is not satisfied with the decision made at any level, he/she
must state in writing why the disposition by the supervisor at the previous
level was unsatisfactory. This written-statement must be attached to the
grievance form.
The immediate supervisor shall provide a copy of the grievance form upon
request.
Formal - Step II - Supervisor:
A copy of the written grievance form shall be filed with the employee's
immediate supervisor within three days after receiving notification of his/her
supervisor's decision. Within five days after receiving the written grievance form,
the employee's immediate supervisor shall arrange a meeting with the grievant if
necessary (see Step I). Within five days following that meeting, the immediate
supervisor shall render his/her decision in writing, giving a copy to the grievant.
Policy Manual
5210-R Staff Complaints and Grievances (Cf. 5030, 5040) 5210-R-2
Step III - Assistant Superintendent:
If no decision is rendered or the decision is unsatisfactory to the grievant,
he/she may file a copy of the written grievance with the supervisor directly above
the grievant’s immediate supervisor within three days after the immediate
supervisor's written response has been received or should have been received.
Within five days after receiving the written grievance form, the supervisor
shall arrange a meeting with the grievant. Within five days following that meeting,
the supervisor shall render his/her decision in writing, giving a copy to the
grievant.
The grievance may proceed to the Assistant Superintendent through the
establish levels of supervision.
Step IV - Superintendent:
If no decision is rendered by the Assistant Superintendent, or the decision
is unsatisfactory to the grievant, he/she may file a copy of the written grievance
with the Superintendent within three days after the Assistant Superintendent's
written response has been received or should have been received.
Within five days after receiving the written grievance form, the
Superintendent shall arrange a meeting with the grievant. Within five days
following that meeting, the Superintendent shall render his/her decision in writing,
giving a copy to the grievant. The grievance may proceed to the Superintendent
through the established levels of supervision.
Step V - Board of Education:
If no decision is rendered or if the decision of the Superintendent is
unsatisfactory to the grievant, the grievant may appeal to the Board of Education
by filing the written grievance form with the Superintendent not less than five
days prior to the next regularly scheduled Board meeting.
Policy Manual
5210-R Staff Complaints and Grievances (Cf. 5030, 5040) 5210-R-3
The Board shall allow the employee an opportunity to be heard at the
meeting. Within one month from the hearing of the grievance, the Board shall
render its decision in writing.
The decision of the Board is final.
The term "days" as used herein shall mean any days in which the District
is in operation.
The contents of an employee's evaluation shall not be grievable under this
procedure.
Time elements in the grievance steps may be shortened or extended upon
mutual agreement between the parties.
A written grievance not substantially in accordance with the above
requirements may-be rejected as improper.
Should the grievant fail to meet the timelines' specified, the grievance shall
be automatically dropped and deemed settled as per the last supervisor's
response.
The Board guarantees that there shall be no reprisals by the Board or any
LISD employee against a staff member who uses this grievance procedure.
These procedures will in no way negate existing negotiated contracts with
groups or individuals or supersede applicable laws or regulations.
Policy Manual
5220 Staff-Student Relations 5220
All District employees are expected to maintain relationships with students
that are conducive to an effective educational environment. The District’s Vision
provides: ―Each student is the reason the LISD exists. The dignity and well-being
of each student is our impassioned dream.‖ All District employees are
responsible for the regulation of student conduct consistent with this Vision.
Threats to Students
Any District employee who threatens to inflict, inflicts, or causes to be
inflicted, deliberate physical pain by any means to any student, may be

disciplined according to provisions which may be found in the current negotiated
master contract or as prescribed by the Board.
Student Supervision and Welfare
Teachers and other direct service providers, because of their proximity to
students, are frequently confronted with situations which, if handled incorrectly,
could result in liability to the District and personal liability to the staff members.
To minimize that possibility, it is the responsibility of the Superintendent to
prepare regulations to insure maintenance of the following standards:
A. Each staff member must maintain a standard of care for supervision, control
and protection of students commensurate with assigned duties and
responsibilities.
B. Each staff member must provide proper safety instruction in assigned
curriculum/area.
C. Each staff member must immediately report to the Supervisor; an accident
or a safety hazard he/she detects.
D. Each staff member must not send students on any personal errands.
E. A staff member must not transport students in a personal vehicle without the
prior approval of the Supervisor.
Policy Manual
5220 Staff-Student Relations 5220-2
F. A student shall not be required or allowed to perform work or services that
may be detrimental to his/her health.
Pursuant to the laws of the state, each teacher and other ―mandatory
reporter‖ must report to the proper authorities, immediately, any reasonable sign
of suspected child abuse, child sex abuse or drug abuse.
Employees found to be in violation of this policy by the Board may be
subject to disciplinary action.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1312; 722.621 et seq.
Policy Manual
5230 Conflict of Interest 5230
District employees are prohibited from engaging in activities which may be
construed as a conflict of interest and detract from the effective performance of
their duties. No employee shall attempt, during the school day or on school
property, to sell or endeavor to influence any employee or student to buy any
product, article, instrument, service or other such item, which would directly or
indirectly benefit said school employee.
In any 1 month period, any Intermediate School District employee shall not
accept from a person who does business or seeks to do business of any kind
with the Intermediate School District any money, goods, or services with a value
39
in excess of $44.00 if the employee does not provide goods or services of
equal value in exchange. This subsection does not apply to a gift or reward
already prohibited under section 1805.40
Employees shall not serve privately for profit, those students whom they
are assigned to serve publicly in the same capacity.
Any District employee shall report alleged violations of the conflict of
interest policy to the Superintendent. The Superintendent shall make an initial
investigation to determine whether said policy has been violated.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.321 – 323; MCL 380.634
39
Adjusted annually via CPI. The Board of Education deliberately extends this statutory requirement listed
below to be an ethical standard for all employees. As established at MCL 380.634(4):
40
See also, policy 1155, Board Member could be included in ―school officer‖ term below:
Sec. 1805.
(1) A superintendent of public instruction, intermediate superintendent, school officer, superintendent,
principal, or teacher of schools shall not act as agent for an author, publisher, or seller of schoolbooks or
school apparatus, or receive a gift or reward for his or her influence in recommending the purchase or use
of a schoolbook, apparatus, or furniture in this state.
Policy Manual
5230-R Conflict of Interest 5230-R
Annually, the Superintendent and any other District employee deemed by
the Superintendent to be in a position to influence the purchase of any goods or
services shall sign and file the "Conflict of Interest Disclosure Form" shown
below.
CONFLICT OF INTEREST DISCLOSURE FORM
APPROPRIATE EMPLOYEES
Employees in a position to influence decisions on purchases or contracts
shall not have a personal financial interest either directly or indirectly in any
contract or purchase of the District or benefit directly or indirectly from any
financial transaction or contract of the District unless that interest has been fully
disclosed and the person involved has removed himself from the decision-
making process.
Purchases of or use of District property, materials and manpower by
employees shall be accomplished in accordance with good business practices
and within the framework of applicable laws and regulations.
The Superintendent, and any other District employee deemed by the
Superintendent to be in a position to influence the purchase of any goods or
services, shall sign and file the following information:
For purposes of this document, the following definitions are used:
―DISTRICT‖: Lenawee Intermediate School District
―SUPPLIER‖: any person, partnership, trust, corporation, or other business
entity that supplies materials, equipment, real estate or services to the District.
Policy Manual
5230-R Conflict of Interest 5230-R-2
―FINANCIAL INTEREST‖: means any stock, bond, or other debt, obligation,
option or right to purchase stock, share in profits, investment, partnership
interest, or other interest of any nature. Ownership in securities in a corporation
shall not be considered to constitute a FINANCIAL INTEREST therein for this
purpose provided all the following conditions are met: (1) the securities are
traded on a national securities exchange, or regularly reported in over-the-
counter quotations in the financial press, (2) the securities owned by you and to
your knowledge or belief, owned by your near relatives do not exceed 1% of the
outstanding securities of such corporation of the same class, and (3) the market
value of the securities of such corporation so owned does not exceed 50% of
your gross annual income.
―NEAR RELATIVE‖: means your spouse and children, the parent(s)/guardian(s),
sisters and brothers of yourself and your spouse, and the spouses of your
brothers and sisters. It is not necessary to interrogate the members of your
family. It is sufficient to give the facts as you know them or believe them to be.
Complete honesty and candor is required of all employees asked to
submit this form. Section 2 or Public Act 317, 1968 (MCL 15.321 - 323) makes it
a misdemeanor for any public servant to: "…..directly or indirectly solicit any
contract between the public entity of which he/she is an officer or employee and
(a) him/herself; (b) any firm (meaning a co-partnership or other unincorporated
association) of which he/she is a partner, member or employee; (c) any private
corporation in which he/she is a stockholder owning more than 1% of the total
outstanding stock of any class where such stock is not listed on a stock
exchange or stock with a present total market value in excess of $25,000.00
where stock is listed on a stock exchange or of which he/she is a Director, officer,
or employee; or (d) any trust of which he/she is a beneficiary or trustee; nor shall
he/she take any part in the negotiations for such a contract or the renegotiations
Policy Manual
thereof or amendment thereto or in the approval thereof; nor shall he/she
represent either party in the transaction; except as provided in section 3.
Should you have inadvertently omitted a company in your statement and at a
later time there is a transaction involving that company to come before the Board,
you have a clear obligation to make your interest in that company known. If after
the statement is signed you acquire an interest in a company doing business with
the Board, that interest should be made public at or before such time as a
transaction involving that company comes before the Board."

Failure to reveal a conflict of interest as outlined in this policy and in the law is
subject to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.
1. At any time since January 1, , have you, or to your knowledge and belief
has any NEAR RELATIVE of yours had any direct of indirect FINANCIAL
INTEREST in any SUPPLIER of the District?
Yes _____ No_____
If the answer is "yes", attach a statement giving full details.
2. At any time since January 1, , have you or any member of your household
had a direct or indirect ownership of any business in which your ownership in
such business exceeds 10% of the business' capital or the income from which
represents more than 10% of your gross income?
Yes _____ No ______
3. At any time, since January 1, , have you been a Director, officer, sole
proprietor, partner, agent, representative, employee, or the paid consultant or
advisor to, or the recipient of any fee or commission from any business
enterprise other than your principle employer?
Yes ______ No _______
Policy Manual
It is important to the District that you make accurate and complete
answers to the above questions. It is not satisfactory to answer questions "same
as last report", instead, any questions that cannot be answered "yes" or 'no"
should be completed in whatever detail is necessary wither elsewhere on this
form or by attachment.
Please sign and date below.
I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, the answers I have given
and the statements attached are true and correct.
Legal Signature
Please Type or Print Name
Date _________________________
Policy Manual
5235 Nepotism 5235
The Board discourages the employment of relatives. School officials must
conduct employment practices that do not give the appearance of, or result in
favoritism of related persons. Such discouraged practices result in harm to the
integrity of the District.
No District employee shall be placed in a position in which he/she would
be in a direct supervisory relationship with a member of his/her immediate family
as of the date this policy is adopted, without the approval of the Superintendent.
Members of the immediate family shall be defined as father, mother,

brother, sister, son, daughter, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, sister-in-law, or
brother-in-law and, for purposes of supervision, husband and wife.

Policy Manual
5245 Political Activities 5245
Staff members who intend to become candidates for elected or appointed
political office must notify the Superintendent no less than five days prior to the
date on which the declaration of candidacy is filed or before the acceptance of an
appointment to discuss the compatibility of the office regarding continued
employment with the District.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.401-407
Policy Manual
5250 Employee Use of Electronic Communications Devices 5250
The Board recognizes that employees may carry electronic
communications devices either District-issued or personally owned and hereby
adopts this policy.
District-Issued Communications Devices
The District may elect to issue certain communications devices to
employees in order to increase the efficiency of District operations. Issuance and
use of District equipment shall be subject to rules promulgated by the
Superintendent.
Personally Owned Communications Devices
Employees may carry and use personally owned cellular telephones or
pagers/beepers on school property subject to rules and regulations promulgated
by the Superintendent.
Approved: April 12, 2004
Policy Manual
5250-R Employee Use of Electronic Communications Devices 5250-R
While employees are allowed to possess and carry electronic
communications devices on school property, such possession and use are
subject to the following administrative rules:
District-Issued Communications Devices
Communication devices issued by the District may include, for example,
cellular telephones, walkie-talkies, personal digital assistants (PDA’s) or laptop
computers with ―beaming capabilities,‖ citizens band radios, either installed in
vehicles or hand-held, and pagers/beepers.

Employees in receipt of District-issued equipment shall be held
responsible for the safekeeping of the equipment and exercise reasonable efforts
to see that the equipment is not lost, stolen, or damaged. Reckless or
irresponsible use of District equipment, resulting in loss or damage may result in
the employee having to reimburse the District for any associated costs of
replacement or repair.
Any such devices issued shall be with the expectation that they are to be
used for District-related business purposes and are not intended for personal use
except for incidental personal use and in emergencies involving employee health
or safety.
District-issued equipment shall be used in a manner that does not disrupt
instruction and should not be used during school-sponsored programs, meetings,
in-services, or other events where there exists a reasonable expectation of quiet
attentiveness unless there is a reason of personal health or safety involved.
Any District-issued equipment is to be surrendered back to the District
immediately upon request.
Policy Manual
5250-R Employee Use of Electronic Communications Devices 5250-R-2
Personally Owned Electronic Communications Devices
Employees may possess and carry cellular telephones, pagers/beepers,
and PDA’s or laptops with ―beaming capabilities‖ during the school day on school
property.
Personally owned hand-held citizens band radios, portable police
scanners, and long or short-range walkie-talkies should not be used or carried by
employees on school property during the school day unless by specific
permission of their immediate supervisor based on a personal health or safety

need.
Cellular telephones and pagers/beepers should not be used during the
employee’s normal duty times to send or receive messages of a personal nature,
but such use is allowable during normal break times, lunch times, and
preparation times. Use of cellular telephones or audible pagers/beepers should
be curtailed during instructional time or at school-sponsored programs, meetings,
in-services, parent/guardian conferences, or any other time when there would be
a reasonable expectation of quiet attentiveness.
Any employee violating the above rules may be subject to disciplinary
action.
Policy Manual
5300 Personnel Records 5300
An official personnel file shall be maintained by the District for each
employee. This file is the property of the District not the employee. Personnel
files kept by the District concerning employees shall be kept in a secured location
and under the custodianship of the appropriate supervisor. Personnel records of
employees who have left the District shall be similarly kept either as a complete
file or by other means, but in an inactive file, for not less than seven years. A
permanent record of the employee's years of work, assignments and salary/wage
paid shall be kept in perpetuity.

No complaint, letter of reprimand, or evaluation may be placed in a
personnel file unless the employee has had the opportunity to review the
material. A copy provided to the employee shall be sufficient for providing this
opportunity to review.
A separate medical file shall be maintained as required by law. This file
shall be retained for a minimum of the duration of employment plus thirty years.
General Access to Personnel Files
Access to an employee's personnel file may be given to the following
persons without the consent of the employee: the Superintendent and
administrators specifically designated by the Superintendent or a Board member
if it relates to his/her duties or responsibilities as a Board member.
No other person may have access to an employee's personnel file except
under the following circumstances:
A. When an employee gives written consent to the release of his/her records.
The written consent must specify the records to be released and to whom
they are to be released.
B. When subpoenaed or under court order.
C. When required under state law.
Policy Manual
5300 Personnel Records 5300-2
The Director of Staff Resources shall notify the employee when a request
to access records has been made. Such notice may be provided before or after
the access has been granted.
Employee's Access to His/Her File
An employee may have access to his/her personnel file at all reasonable
times, i.e., during regular office hours. The Director of Staff Resources will be
given notice prior to such review and must be present during such review.
Records Management
The Director of Staff Resources shall have the overall responsibility for
maintaining and preserving the confidentiality of the personnel files. The Director
of Staff Resources has the responsibility for granting or denying access to
records on the basis of these responsibilities.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.231 et seq.; 423.501-512
Policy Manual
5310 HIPAA 5310
Health Care Flexible Spending Account Plan
I. General Statement of Policy

The Lenawee Intermediate School District is the sponsor of a Health Care
Flexible Spending Account Plan (the ―Plan‖). Certain employees of the District’s
business office may have access to the individually identifiable health information
of Plan participants for administrative functions of the plan.
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) and its
implementing regulations restrict the Plans ability to use and disclose protected
health information (PHI):
Protected Health Information. Protected health information means
information that is created or received by the Plan and relates to the past,
present, or future physical or mental health or condition of a participant; the
provision of health care to a participant; or the past, present, or future payment
for the provision of health care to a participant; and that identifies the participant
or for which there is a reasonable basis to believe the information can be used to
identify the participant. Protected health information includes information of
persons living or deceased.
It is the District’s policy to comply fully with HIPAA’s requirements. To that
end, the District hereby designates itself as a Hybrid Entity, within the meaning of
HIPAA.
Hybrid entity. Under HIPAA, ―Hybrid Entity‖ means a single legal entity: (1)
that is a Covered Entity; (2) whose business activities include both covered and
non-covered functions; and (3) that designates its health care components.
All members of the District workforce who have access to PHI must
comply with this Privacy Policy and Procedures. For purposes of this Policy and
Procedures, the health care components of the District with access to PHI
include:
Policy Manual
5310 HIPAA 5310-2
District Payroll Department
District Staff Resources Department
For purposes of this policy, the workforce members in the department
referenced above may also be referred to herein as the ―Plan’s Operational
Structure.‖
No third party rights (including but not limited to rights of Plan participants,
beneficiaries, covered dependents, or business associates) are intended to be
created by this Policy and Procedures.

The District reserves the right to amend or change this policy and
procedures at any time (and even retroactively) without notice. To the extent this
policy and procedures establishes requirements and obligations above and
beyond those required by HIPAA, the policy and procedures shall be aspirational
and shall not be binding upon the District. This policy and procedures do not
address requirements under other federal laws or state laws.
II. Purpose
This policy is established to comply with the regulatory provisions
promulgated under HIPAA, and to provide guidance for the Plan’s Operational
Structure.
III. Policy
It is the policy of the District that reasonable steps shall be taken to
safeguard PHI in connection with the Plan subject to the regulations, standards,
implementation specifications or other requirements of HIPAA. In that regard, the
Plan shall take reasonable steps to (1) protect health information in its
possession, so as to assure the privacy and confidentiality of the information, in
whatever form, whether written, oral or electronic; and (2) meet or exceed the
standards for protecting health information set forth in the HIPAA rules to the
extent that the same are applicable to the Plan. The Plan shall comply with
Policy Manual
5310 HIPAA 5310-3
HIPAA regulations with respect to safeguarding the privacy and confidentiality of
health information in its possession. The Director of the Staff Resources
Department shall direct District staff in the establishment of procedures and
standards and in implementing this policy for compliance with the HIPAA rules.
IV. Individual Rights and Notice.
Consistent with the provisions of HIPAA, the Plan shall assure the rights of
individuals, including the rights to:
Access their health information;

Receive a written, meaningful notice regarding the ways in which
their health information is used and disclosed;
Request restrictions to the use and disclosure of their PHI;
Request corrections or amendments to their health information;
Receive an accounting of the disclosures made of their health
information;
File complaints regarding the Plan’s use or disclosure of health
information; and
Be free from retaliation for filing complaints.
V. Minimum Necessary Standard.
The Plan shall restrict its uses and disclosures of and requests for PHI to
the ―minimum necessary‖ to accomplish the purpose of the use or disclosure.
The terms ―use‖ and ―disclosure‖ are defined as follows:
Use. The sharing, utilization, examination, or analysis of individually
identifiable health information by any person working for or within the Plan’s
operational structure, or by a Business Associate (defined below) of the Plan.
Disclosure. For information that is PHI, disclosure means any release,
transfer, provision of access to, or divulging in any other manner of individually
Policy Manual
5310 HIPAA 5310-4
identifiable health information to persons not employed or working within the
Plan’s operational structure.
Members of the Plan Operational Structure shall have access to PHI only
to the extent minimally necessary for them to perform their functions on behalf of
the Plan.
VI. Training.
District employees who are part of the Plan’s Operational Structure shall
receive training enabling them to understand and fulfill their duties and
obligations with respect to privacy and confidentiality of health information in their
possession. Initial training shall be completed no later than April 14, 2004, and
persons hired after April 14, 2004 shall receive appropriate training as soon as
possible after hire. All training shall be documented in each workforce member’s
personnel file. Training shall be on-going as required by developments under
HIPAA occur.
VII. Reporting Violations; Compliance.
Employees shall report violations of the HIPAA regulations, or the
District’s HIPAA policies, to their supervisor or to the Privacy Officer. There shall
be no retaliation against any employee who reports a violation.
VIII. Privacy Officer.
The Director of Staff Resources is hereby designated as the District’s
Privacy Officer and the contact person for participants and beneficiaries under
the Plan.
IX. Business Associates.
The Plan shall implement the Business Associate standards established
under HIPAA. Employees may disclose PHI to the Plan’s business associates
and allow the Plan’s business associates to create or receive PHI on its behalf.
However, prior to doing so, the Plan must first obtain assurances from the
Policy Manual
5310 HIPAA 5310-5
business associate that it will appropriately safeguard the information. Before
sharing PHI with outside consultants or contractors who meet the definition of a
―business associate,‖ employees must contact the Privacy Officer and verify that
a business associate contract is in place. Disclosures must be consistent with the
terms of the business associate contract.
For purposes of this policy, a “Business Associate” is an entity or person
who:
Performs or assists in performing a Plan function or activity involving the

use and disclosure of PHI (including claims processing or administration,
data analysis, underwriting, etc.); or
Provides legal, accounting, actuarial, consulting, data aggregation,
management, accreditation, or financial services, where the performance
of such services involves giving the service provider access to PHI.
X. Technical and Physical Safeguards

The Plan Operational Structure shall establish appropriate technical and
physical safeguards to prevent PHI from intentionally or unintentionally being
used or disclosed in violation of HIPAA’s requirements. Technical safeguards
may include methods for preventing unauthorized access to electronically stored
health information. Physical safeguards may include locking doors and file
cabinets.
XI. Privacy Notice

The Privacy Officer shall develop and maintain a notice of the Plan’s
privacy practices. The privacy notice will inform participants that the District office
will have access to PHI in connection with its plan administrative functions. The
privacy notice will also provide a description of the Plan’s complaint procedures,
the name and telephone number of the contact person for further information,
and the date of the notice. The notice of privacy practices will be individually
Policy Manual
5310 HIPAA 5310-6
delivered to all participants. The Plan will also provide notice of availability of the
privacy notice at least as often as is required by the HIPAA rules. If a change in
law impacts the privacy notice, it shall promptly be revised and made available to
participants. Any such change shall only be effective with respect to PHI created
or received after the effective date of the revised notice.
XII. Documentation Requirement

It is the policy of the District that the members of the Plan’s Operational
Structure will document all actions (including authorizations, requests for

information, sanctions, and complaints) relating to individuals’ privacy rights.
While documentation may be maintained in either written or electronic form, it
shall be maintained for a period of at least six years from the date of creation or
last effect, whichever is later.
XIII. Manual of Policies and Procedures

A manual of policies and procedures will be established and maintained to
implement this policy. This policy and the manual of policies and procedures may
be changed as necessary or appropriate to comply with changes in the law,
standards, requirements and implementation specifications (including changes
and modifications in the HIPAA regulations). Any changes in policies or
procedures will be promptly documented.
If a change in law impacts the privacy notice the privacy policy and
procedures will promptly be revised and made available to participants. Such
change is effective only with respect to PHI created or received after the effective
date of the notice.
XIV. Plan Document

If the Plan may disclose any PHI to the District, as the Plan Sponsor, other
than Summary Health Information, or enrollment and disenrollment information
regarding Plan participants, then the Plan document shall be amended to include
Policy Manual
5310 HIPAA 5310-7
provisions to describe the limitations and the permitted and required uses and
disclosures of PHI by the Plan.
XV. Complaints
The Privacy Officer shall be the Plan’s contact person for purposes of
receiving complaints. The Privacy Officer shall develop a process for individuals
to submit complaints about the Plan’s Privacy policy and procedures and for
handling such complaints in a manner that is consistent with the HIPAA rules.
XVI. Sanctions for Violations of Privacy Policy

Sanctions for using or disclosing PHI in violation of this policy will be
imposed in accordance with applicable law, collective bargaining agreements
and the District’s personnel policies, up to and including termination.
XVII. No Intimidating or Retaliatory Acts; No Waiver of HIPAA Privacy

No employee may intimidate, threaten, coerce, discriminate against, or
take other retaliatory action against individuals for exercising their rights, filing a
complaint, participating in an investigation, or opposing any improper practice
under HIPAA.
No individual shall be required to waive his or her privacy rights under
HIPAA as a condition of eligibility, enrollment or payment of benefits under the
Plan.
Approved: May 3, 2004
Policy Manual
5340 Staff Health and Safety (Cf. 5370) 5340
The Board shall promote staff health, safety, and protection during
working hours.

LEGAL REF: Michigan Constitution Article VIII, §3; MCL 380.1247b; 408.1001-
1094 (Michigan Occupational Safety and Health Act)
Policy Manual
5345 Staff Smoking and Tobacco Products (Cf. 8230, 9300) 5345
District employees shall not smoke or use tobacco products in any
building or on school grounds at any time.
District employees shall not smoke or use tobacco products at any time
when they are involved with students or when supervising student activities
whether on or off school property.

Policy Manual
5350 Drug-Free Workplace 5350
The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education is
concerned about the health and productivity of its employees, and the education
and welfare of its students. Criminal drug abuse in the workplace cannot be
tolerated. Accordingly, the Board of Education hereby establishes a policy to
maintain a drug-free workplace. The Superintendent is directed to make a good
faith effort to maintain a drug-free workplace in the Lenawee Intermediate School
District's buildings, programs, and activities. Other Board of Education policies
support the voluntary referral of employees to community agencies for assistance

with substance abuse and mental health problems (see policy 5355 - Employee
Assistance Program). Illegal student activities are governed under the Board of
Education Policy on Student Conduct (policy 8100).
The unlawful possession, use (including being under the influence of),
distribution, dispensation, and/or manufacture of controlled substances, as
defined by state and federal law, by District employees on District grounds, in
District buildings and/or in connection with any sponsored activity, is prohibited.
As a condition of employment, the employee will:
1. Abide by the terms of this policy; and,
2. Notify the Superintendent of his/her conviction for violating a criminal drug
statute occurring in the workplace within five days after such conviction.
Within thirty days of receiving notice of a criminal drug statute conviction
of an employee for a violation occurring in the workplace, the Superintendent
shall:
1. Take appropriate disciplinary action against said employee, up to and
including termination of employment; and/or,
2. The employee may be required to satisfactorily participate in a drug
assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the Board.
Policy Manual
5350 Drug-Free Workplace 5350-2
The Superintendent shall notify the appropriate federal grant-making
District within ten days after receiving notice of a workplace related drug
conviction of an employee in a federally funded position. District employees who
request assistance for drug counseling and/or rehabilitation shall direct their
request to the Superintendent or Director of Staff Resources.
The Superintendent shall develop a drug-free awareness program for
District employees. Annually, the Board of Education may allocate funds to
support the drug-free awareness program. The District's drug-free awareness

programs shall include the following information:
1. The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace;
2. The District's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace;
3. Available drug counseling, rehabilitation and employee assistance
programs; and,
4. The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse
violations.
In developing the drug-free awareness program, the Superintendent may
utilize the services and assistance of the District's insurance carrier, local or
county health departments, local or regional medical health center or other
substance abuse agencies.
This policy shall be published in the District's faculty and staff handbooks.
Approved: Adopted February 2, 2004, Revisions adopted January 8, 2007
LEGAL REF: 49 CFR 382.601 (Anti-Substance Abuse Act); "Controlled

substances" as defined in Schedules I through V of Section 202 of the Controlled
Substances Act (21 USC Sec. 812)
Policy Manual
5350-R Drug-Free Workplace 5350-R
Draft Certification Drug Free Workplace
A. The Lenawee Intermediate School District ("Grantee") hereby certifies
that it will provide a drug-free workplace by:
(a) Publishing a statement notifying employees that the unlawful
manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession or use of a
controlled substance is prohibited in the Grantee's workplace and
specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for
violation of such prohibition;

(b) Establishing a drug-free awareness program to inform employees
about:
1. The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace;
2. The Grantee's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace;
3. Any available drug counseling, rehabilitation and employee
assistance programs; and
4. The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug
abuse violations occurring in the workplace.
(c) Making it a requirement that each employee to be engaged in the
performance of the grant be given a copy of the statement
required by paragraph (a);
(d) Notifying the employee in the statement required by paragraph (a)
that, as a condition of employment under the grant, the employee
will:
1. Abide by the terms of the statement; and
2. Notify the employer of any criminal drug statute conviction
for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five
(5) days after such conviction.
Policy Manual
5350-R Drug-Free Workplace 5350-R-2
(e) Notifying the District within ten days after receiving notice under
subparagraph (d) (2) from an employee or otherwise receiving
actual notice of such conviction;
(f) Taking one of the following actions within thirty (30) days of
receiving notice under subparagraph (d) (2), with respect to any
employee who is so convicted:
1. Taking appropriate personnel action against such an
employee, up to and including termination; or
2. Requiring such employee to participate satisfactorily in a
drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved
for such purposes by a Federal, State or local health, law
enforcement or other appropriate District.
(g) Making a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free
workplace through implementation of paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d),
(e) and (f).
B. The performance of work done in connection with the specific federal
grants of which the Lenawee Intermediate School District is currently a
grantee will be performed within any LISD program site.
Policy Manual
5355 Employee Assistance Program 5355
The Lenawee Intermediate School District recognizes that an employee's
personal problems can affect his/her job. Alcoholism, drug abuse, physical or
mental illness; financial, marital, or family distress; legal problems, etc., can all
contribute to an employee's declining work performance.
The Board believes that each employee should be offered the opportunity
to seek appropriate assistance in solving personal problems. Through the
Employee Assistance Program (E.A.P.), a confidential referral system designed
to assist employers and employees, any LISD staff member can seek diagnosis
or treatment before substandard work performance jeopardizes his/her job.
E.A.P. services are designed to help working people and their families with their
personal problems through referral to other community treatment agencies.
The E.A.P. referral service is available as part of the Lenawee ISD
personnel program. E.A.P. services are also available to the spouse and family
of any Lenawee ISD employee on a self-referral basis.
This policy should not be interpreted as a waiver of the Board's and the
administration's right to take disciplinary action against an employee. It does not
limit the employee's right to the grievance procedure described in Board Policy
5210 "Staff Complaints,‖ or the master contract.
Information about E.A.P. services can be obtained through the LISD Staff
Resources, 4107 N. Adrian Highway, Adrian, Michigan, (517) 265-1608.
Policy Manual
5357 Family and Medical Leave 5357
The Board shall comply with the 1993 Family and Medical Leave Act.
Employees with at least 1,250 hours of work and 12 months are entitled to
unpaid leave of up to 12 weeks in any one year period for the birth/adoption of a
child or for serious personal or family health reasons.
Leaves may be continuous or intermittent with the agreement of the
employee and the Superintendent. Benefits shall continue during the leave upon
payment of appropriate contributions.
Upon conclusion of the leave, the employee shall be returned to the same
position or an equivalent position. If the employee does not return as scheduled,
termination from the position may result.
The Superintendent reserves all rights to require proper documentation of
all leaves under the Act and this policy.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1230; 380.1539(b)
Policy Manual
5358 Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and 5358
The Superintendent shall be responsible for implementing an alcohol and
drug-testing program for school employees performing safety-sensitive functions.
The Board may enter into partnership agreements with other Agencies to comply
with federal law.
The purposes of the testing program are 1) to preserve the safety and
wellbeing of students; 2) to help prevent accidents and injuries resulting from the
misuse of alcohol and controlled substances by employees performing safety-
sensitive functions; and 3) to comply with federal law.
Employees performing safety-sensitive functions are prohibited from any
alcohol use, which could affect on-the-job performance. Such use includes: use
of alcohol on the job; alcohol use during the four hours before driving; having
prohibited concentrations of alcohol in his/her system; and alcohol use during
eight hours following an accident.
Employees shall not report for duty or remain on duty which requires the
performance of safety-sensitive functions when the employee uses any
controlled substances except when such use is pursuant to the instructions of a
physician who has advised the employee that the controlled substance does not
adversely affect his/her ability to safely operate a motor vehicle.
Such alcohol and drug testing shall be performed on employees
performing safety-sensitive functions for: pre-employment (drugs only), pre-duty,
reasonable suspicion, random, post-accident, return-to-duty, and follow-up
alcohol and drug testing pursuant to procedures set out in the federal regulations.
An employee covered by the federal regulations may not refuse to take a
required test. See also the District’s Policy on a Drug-free Workplace.

LEGAL REF: 49 CFR §40.1 (Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act)
Policy Manual
5358-R Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and 5358-R
Contracts to Implement Policy
The Superintendent shall submit, for Board of Education approval,
contracts with the following entities/individuals for the services outlined herein:
Certified laboratory to provide:
a) Testing of all first and second test urine samples.
b) Clear and consistent communication with the District's designated
Medical Review Officer (MRO), who shall be employed by an
independent contractor, regarding all appropriate matters.
c) Methodology and procedures for conducting random tests for alcohol
and controlled substances.
d) Preparation and submission of all required reports to the District, the
MRO, and to federal and state agencies.
Agencies/persons to:
a) Conduct the alcohol breathalyzer tests.
b) Supervise urine specimen collection.
c) Perform Medical Review Officer (MRO) duties.
d) Conduct training for covered employees and supervisors.
Each aforementioned contract is incorporated into this policy by reference,
and will be reviewed on a periodic basis
Standards of Conduct
All employees, including those who perform safety-sensitive functions, are
expected to comply with the Board of Education Policy on A Drug-Free
Workplace and standards for keeping a drug free school contained in the Policy
on Student Conduct, which, in part, strictly prohibit the possession, use,
distribution or being under the influence of illicit drugs and alcohol by all
employees on school premises or as part of any school business, activity or
function.
Policy Manual
5358-R Employees Performing Safety-Sensitive Functions and 5358-R-2
In addition, a covered employee shall not report to duty or remain on duty
requiring the performance of a safety-sensitive function:
1. While having an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater as indicated by
alcohol breath test;
2. Within four hours after using alcohol;
3. While possessing alcohol or any controlled substances;
4. While using or under the influence (in any degree) of alcohol or any
controlled substances;
5. While using an over-the-counter medication which impairs her or his ability
to safely perform her or his duties or while using a controlled substance
pursuant to a prescription from a licensed medical practitioner unless the
licensed medical practitioner has advised the employee in writing that the
substance does not adversely affect the individual's ability to safely perform
her or his duties;
6. If the employee tests positive for controlled substances; or
7. If the employee refuses to submit to, comply with, or obstructs required
alcohol or controlled substances testing.
Compliance with the standards of conduct as well as with the alcohol and
controlled substances testing procedures in this policy is mandatory and
shall not be construed to be voluntary. Disciplinary sanctions, up to and
including termination of employment, shall be imposed on a covered
employee who violates these standards of conduct or who fails to submit to
and/or comply with the alcohol and controlled substances testing
procedures. Disciplinary sanctions against employees shall be in
accordance with the prescribed procedural and substantive requirements of
applicable statute(s), District policies, administrative procedures, collective
bargaining agreements, and/or individual contracts.
Policy Manual

Failure to comply with testing procedures includes, but is not limited
to:
1. Refusing to take a test;
2. Refusing or failing (without valid medical explanation) to provide a
specimen;
3. Refusing to sign a test consent form;
4. Refusing to refrain from ingesting alcohol or controlled substances after an
accident or when requested to be tested on a reasonable suspicion basis;
5. Engaging in evasive testing actions intended to obstruct or compromise
the validity of the test results, including but not limited to switching or
adulterating test samples; and/or
6. Refusing to remain readily available for post-accident testing.
Authorized Use of Prescription and Over-the-Counter Medication
Covered employees using prescription or over-the-counter medication are
responsible for being aware of any potential effects such medications may have
on their ability to safely perform their duties. A covered employee shall not report
for duty or remain on duty requiring the performance of a safety-sensitive
function while using a prescription or over-the-counter medication which impairs
the individual's ability to safely perform her/his duties or when the employee uses
a controlled substance pursuant to a prescription from a licensed medical
practitioner unless the licensed medical practitioner has advised the employee
that the substance does not adversely affect the individual's ability to perform
her/his duties. Upon request of the program supervisor, the covered employee
shall provide a written opinion as to whether the medication will adversely affect
the individual's ability to safely perform her/his duties. This written opinion must
Policy Manual
be from a licensed medical practitioner who is familiar with the employee's
medical history and assigned duties.

The Lenawee Intermediate School District reserves its right to obtain
an independent medical opinion to determine if the medication produces
hazardous effects to impede the employee's ability to safely perform his/her
duties.
If such a determination is made, the employee's duties may be temporarily
subject to restriction or reassignment, as appropriate, during the period of
medication. The Lenawee Intermediate School District or the contractor, as
appropriate, if required, shall pay the cost of such independent medical
opinion or examination.
A covered employee who uses a controlled substance (except
methadone) pursuant to a prescription from a licensed medical practitioner
must provide appropriate verification to the Medical Review Officer upon
determination of the employee's positive test for controlled substances.
This verification shall be provided to the Medical Review Officer in a
confidential manner.
Consequences for Violating Standards of Conduct
Following a determination that a covered employee has violated one or
more of the standards of conduct relative to alcohol and controlled substances,
the covered employee shall be:
1. Immediately removed from any duty, without pay, which involves the
performance of safety-sensitive function;
2. Subject to further disciplinary action, up to and including discharge, in
accordance with the prescribed procedural and substantive requirements
Policy Manual
of applicable statute(s), District policies, administrative procedures,
collective bargaining agreements, and/or individual contracts.;

3. Advised of available resources (including the Employee Assistance
Program) for evaluating and resolving problems associated with the
misuse of alcohol and use of controlled substances;
a) This shall include the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
substance abuse professionals and counseling and treatment
programs;
b) This shall include referral to a substance abuse professional for
evaluation;
c) Provision of this information to the employee does not obligate the
District to pay for any evaluation, counseling, treatment, or other
professional services which the employee might obtain.
4. Returned to duty involving the performance of a safety-sensitive function
only if the employee's conduct does not result in discharge and if the
employee submits a negative test result in compliance with the Omnibus
Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991 and its promulgated
regulations;
5. Required to undergo return-to-duty testing as well as unannounced
follow-up tests after the employee's return to duty as determined by the
substance abuse professional and in compliance with the Omnibus
Policy Manual
regulations. Subsequent positive tests will result in further disciplinary
action, including the employee's discharge.
Voluntary Requests for Alcohol or Substance Abuse counseling treatment
Any covered employee who voluntarily requests alcohol or substance
abuse counseling or treatment through the Lenawee Intermediate School District
before being requested to be tested shall be referred to a substance abuse
Policy Manual
professional to determine what assistance, if any, the employee needs in
resolving problems associated with alcohol misuse and/or controlled substances
use. The covered employee will not be disciplined as a result or consequence of
self referral but must:
1. Immediately be removed from all duties involving the performance of a
safety-sensitive function until a licensed medical practitioner who is
familiar with the employee's medical history and assigned duties provides
a written opinion that the employee's condition does not adversely affect
the individual's ability to safely perform her/his duties. The Board of
Education reserves the right to obtain an independent medical opinion to
determine if the employee can safely perform assigned duties;
2. Immediately cease alcohol misuse and/or controlled substances use;
3. Consent to unannounced testing in compliance with the Omnibus
regulations;
4 Comply with all other conditions of the alcohol or substance abuse
counseling or treatment program.
Referral, Evaluation and Treatment
Through the District's Employee Assistance Program (see policy 5355),
covered employees will be provided with an opportunity for evaluation and
treatment. The availability of such services (substance abuse referral, evaluation
and treatment), however, does not obligate the Lenawee Intermediate School
District to provide or pay for rehabilitation, treatment, or other professional
services.
Testing for Alcohol and Controlled Substances
Covered employees will be required to submit to testing for alcohol and/or
Policy Manual
controlled substances. All alcohol and/or controlled substances testing will follow
the protocols and requirements mandated by the Omnibus Transportation
Employee Testing Act of 1991 and its promulgated regulations.
The Lenawee Intermediate School District shall provide for or arrange for
the provision of such testing services as are required in this policy. Reasonable
efforts will be made to secure testing in a timely manner; however, the District will
not guarantee that no loss of time, wages, or benefits will occur while timely
testing is sought.
1. Pre-employment/Pre-duty testing: Prior to employment or prior to the first
time an employee performs a safety-sensitive function, the employee shall
receive from a medical review officer a controlled substances test result
verified as negative. If a pre-employment controlled substances test is
positive, the applicant will not be hired. This testing is not required if it is
determined that:
a) The covered employee has participated in a testing program that
satisfies the requirements of the Omnibus Transportation Employee
Testing Act of 1991 and its promulgated regulations within the previous
30 days; and
b) While participating in that program, the covered employee was tested
within the past six months (from the date of application for
employment) or participated in random controlled substances testing
program for the previous 12 months (from the date of application for
employment); and
c) No prior employer has knowledge or records of a violation of the
Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991 and its
promulgated regulations or the controlled substances use rule of
Policy Manual
another Department of Transportation District within the previous six
months.
2. Post-accident testing: As soon as practicable following an accident, but no
later than 8 hours (alcohol test) or 32 hours (controlled substances test),
testing is conducted on each involved covered employee if the accident
involved loss of human life or a citation was issued to the covered
employee for a moving traffic violation arising from the accident. The
Lenawee Intermediate School District will provide all involved covered
employees with necessary post-accident information, procedures and
instructions, prior to the employee performing a safety-sensitive function.
A covered employee who is subject to post-accident testing shall remain
readily available for such testing or shall be deemed to have refused to
submit to testing. Both Drug and Alcohol test are required and test must
be administered within 2 hours or documentation required.
3. Return-to-duty testing: Any time after engaging in prohibited conduct
relative to alcohol and/or controlled substances, a covered employee shall
undergo appropriate testing, with an alcohol test result of less than 0.02 or
(as is applicable) a verified negative result for controlled substances prior
to returning to duty that requires the performance of a safety-sensitive
function. Any employee who has violated the prohibited drug standards,
after being evaluated by a substance abuse professional and prior to
returning to safety sensitive functions, must submit to a DOT Five Panel
Drug Test and the test results must be negative.
4. Follow-up testing: A covered employee identified by a substance abuse
professional as needing assistance associated with alcohol misuse and/or
use of controlled substances, and who has returned to duty involving the
Policy Manual
performance of a safety-sensitive function, is subject to unannounced
testing (consisting of at least six tests) over the first 12 months following
his/her return to duty, as directed by a substance abuse professional.
Follow-up testing may be extended for up to sixty (60) months following
the employee's return to duty.
5. Reasonable suspicion testing: A covered employee shall undergo testing
as a result of reasonable suspicion that the employee has violated the
standards of conduct relative to alcohol and/or controlled substances
based on specific, contemporaneous, articulable observations concerning
the appearance, behavior, speech or body odors of the covered employee
while, just before, or just after performing a safety-sensitive function. The
observations may include indications of the chronic and withdrawal effects
of controlled substances. The required observations for reasonable
suspicion testing shall be made by an individual trained in accordance with
the requirements of the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of
1991 and its promulgated regulations.
a) Alcohol: Reasonable suspicion alcohol testing is authorized only if
the observations are made during, just before, or just after
performing a safety sensitive function. The employee should be
transported to the collection site. The supervisor or person who
makes the reasonable suspicion determination shall not conduct
the test on the employee. If a reasonable suspicion alcohol test is
not administered within two hours following the determination, the
supervisor shall file a written report stating the reasons the alcohol
test was not administered. No alcohol test shall be performed after
eight hours of the determination.
Policy Manual
b) Controlled Substances: A written record of the observations leading
to a controlled substances reasonable suspicion test must be made
and signed-by the supervisor or person who made the
observations. The employee shall be transported to the collection
site. Test should be performed within two hours of observation. This
record must be made within 24 hours of the observed behavior or
before the results of the test are released, whichever is earlier.
6. Random testing: Each year, random testing will be used at the rate of at
least 25% (alcohol) and 50% (controlled substances) of the average
number of active covered employees subject to testing.
a) Covered employees shall be selected for testing through use of a
scientifically valid method provided by the Lenawee Intermediate
School District's testing contractor and each covered employee
shall have an equal chance of being tested each time selections
are made.
b) Random testing dates shall be unannounced and distributed
throughout the calendar year.
c) Each covered employee selected for random testing shall be
relieved of any job responsibilities as soon as possible and shall
proceed to the test site immediately.
Recordkeeping
Pursuant to the procedures articulated by the Omnibus Transportation
Employee Testing Act of 1991 and its promulgated regulations, the Lenawee
Intermediate School District or its designee will maintain all records related to the
testing program in a secure location with access restricted to members of the
District's Management Team, including:
Policy Manual
1. Records of negative controlled substances tests and alcohol tests of less
than 0.02 alcohol concentrations must be maintained for at least one (1)
year.
2. Records relating to training and the alcohol and controlled substances
collection process must be maintained for two (2) years.
3. Equipment calibration documents, employee evaluations and referrals,
documentation of refusals to take required tests, records of positive tests,
and records indicating an alcohol level of 0.02 or greater must be kept for
five years.
4. An annual summary of the results of the Lenawee Intermediate School
District's testing program will be submitted to the U.S. Department of
Transportation by the date specified in law of each year.
Training
On an annual basis, all covered employees will receive educational
materials that explain the requirements of the alcohol and controlled substances
testing rules, as well as the Board of Education's policy and procedures with
respect to meeting those requirements. Each covered employee shall be
required to sign a statement verifying receipt of the educational materials. The
Lenawee Intermediate School District shall maintain the original of the signed
statement. Those materials, minimally, will include the following information:

1. The identity of the designated person to answer employee questions
about the materials;
2. The categories of employees who are subject to the alcohol and controlled
substances testing rules;
3. Sufficient information about the safety-sensitive functions performed by
those employees to make clear what period of the work day the employee
is required to be in compliance with the rules;
Policy Manual
4. Specific information about prohibited conduct;
5. The circumstances under which a covered employee will be tested for
alcohol and/or controlled substances;
6. The procedures that will be used to test for the presence of alcohol and
controlled substances, protect the employee and the integrity of the testing
process, safeguard the validity of the test results, and ensure that those
results are attribute to the correct employee;
7. The requirement that a covered employee will submit to alcohol and
controlled substances tests administered according to this policy;
8. An explanation of what constitutes a refusal to submit to an alcohol or
controlled substances test and the attendant consequences;
9. The consequences for covered employees found to have violated the
standards of conduct, including the requirement that the employee be
removed immediately from safety sensitive functions and the procedures
for such removal;
10. The consequences for covered employees found to have an alcohol
concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04;
11. Information concerning the effects of alcohol and controlled substances
use on an individual's health, work, and personal life; signs and symptoms
of an alcohol or a controlled substances problem; and available methods
of intervening when an alcohol or a controlled substances problem is
suspected, including confrontation, referral to any employee assistance
program and/or referral to supervisory personnel;
12. Information concerning additional Board of Education policies regarding
the use or possession of alcohol or controlled substances, including any
consequences for a covered employee found to have a specified alcohol
or controlled substances level.
Policy Manual
In addition to training for covered employees, the Lenawee Intermediate
School District will ensure that education and training programs for supervisors
will minimally include:
1. At least sixty (60) minutes of training on alcohol misuse;
2. At least an additional sixty (60) minutes for training on controlled
substances;
3. The physical, behavioral, speech, and performance indicators of probable
alcohol misuse and use of controlled substances.
Confidentiality (Cf. 5180)
Except as expressly authorized by law or federal regulation, neither the
Lenawee Intermediate School District nor any person/entity contracting with it for
alcohol and/or controlled substances testing, shall not release information
regarding an employee's test results without the employee's written consent. The
Medical Review Officer will communicate all information to the designated
officials of the Lenawee Intermediate School District as required by the Omnibus
Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991 and its promulgated regulations.
As part of the hiring process, the District shall obtain written consent from
all applicants seeking employment involving safety-sensitive functions, for the
disclosure of: alcohol tests resulting in concentrations of 0.04 or greater; positive
controlled substances tests; and refusals to be tested from the applicant's
previous employer(s) within the preceding two (2) years. The District shall
maintain a written confidential record of previous employers so contacted.

Definitions
For purposes of this policy and any administrative regulations associated
with this policy, the following definitions shall apply:
Alcohol: means the intoxicating agent in beverage alcohol, ethyl alcohol or other
low molecular weight alcohols including methyl and isopropyl alcohol.
Policy Manual
Alcohol Use: means the consumption or ingestion of any beverage, mixture or
preparation (including medication) containing alcohol.
Controlled Substance: means any illegal drug and any drug that is being used
illegally (e.g., a prescription drug that was not legally obtained or not used for its
intended purposes or in its prescribed quantity).
Covered Employee: means any employee (including a substitute) of the District
or of the entity with whom the District contracts for transportation services who
operates or maintains a commercial motor vehicle in interstate or intrastate
commerce and is subject to the commercial driver's license requirements. For
purposes of this policy, all references to "employee" include individuals who are
employed by the Board of Education, as well as individuals who are employed by
an entity which is an agent or contractor of the District.
Illegal Drug: means any drug or substance, the possession or use of which is
unlawful pursuant to federal, state and local statute, regulation and/or ordinance.
Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991: means the Omnibus
Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991, as signed into law on October 28,
1991, and its promulgated regulations, and as may be amended from time to
time or may be superseded or replaced by legislation having a substantially
comparable purpose.
Safely-Sensitive Function: means all tasks associated with the operation or
maintenance of school vehicles. An individual is "performing a safety-sensitive
function" when doing these tasks, when ready to perform them; or, when
immediately available to perform them. Safety-sensitive functions include all
on-duty functions performed from the time a covered employee begins work or is
required to be ready to work until he/she is relieved from work and all
responsibility for performing work. It includes driving; waiting to be dispatched;
Policy Manual
inspecting and servicing equipment; supervising, performing or assisting in
loading and unloading; repairing or obtaining and waiting for help with a disabled
vehicle; performing driver requirements relating to accidents; and performing any
other work for the Lenawee Intermediate School District or paid work for any
other entity.
While on Duty: means the time from which the covered employee begins to work
or is required to be in readiness for work until the time the covered employee is
relieved from work and all responsibility for performing work.
Implementation and Compliance
Implementation of this policy will be effective January 1, 1996. Compliance
with this policy is mandatory.
Policy Manual
LENAWEE INTERMEDIATE SCHOOL DISTRICT

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CONSENT TO TEST ALCOHOL AND
CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES TESTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES FOR
SAFETY-SENSITIVE EMPLOYEES
EMPLOYEE NAME: ________________________________________________

The Lenawee Intermediate School District of Adrian, Michigan, is
committed to the safety of pupils, employees, and to the public, and it adheres to
the requirements of the Drug-Free and Communities Act, the Drug-Free
Workplace Act, and the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act. Please
carefully read and check-off the following statements, as applicable: I
acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Lenawee Intermediate School
District Board of Education Policies listed below: Drug-Free Workplace;
Employee Assistance Program; and, Alcohol and Controlled Substances Testing
Policy for Safety-Sensitive Employees. I acknowledge that I have participated in
training required by the Lenawee Intermediate School District's Alcohol and
Controlled Substances Testing Policy for Safety-Sensitive Employees, and have
received educational materials which explain the requirements of the testing
program, as well as the District's policy and procedures. I consent to testing for
alcohol and controlled substances pursuant to the Lenawee Intermediate School
District's Alcohol and Controlled Substances Testing Policy for Safety-Sensitive
Employees and understand that such consent is a condition of my employment. I
understand that my violation of any of the above referenced policies may result in
disciplinary action, up to and including discharge, as may be consistent with
applicable employment agreements and practices. I understand that my
continued employment may be contingent upon the results of my alcohol and
controlled substances tests pursuant to the District's Alcohol and Controlled
Substances Testing Policy for Safety-Sensitive Employees.
Employee Signature: ______________________________ Date: __________
Witness Signature: ________________________________ Date: __________
Policy Manual
5370 Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff (Cf. 5370) 5370
A student or staff member with or carrying a communicable and/or chronic
infectious disease has all rights, privileges, and services provided by law and the
district’s policies.1
An individual communicable disease that is considered to be a serious
concern to the school community and/or to the afflicted individual will be
reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The student’s/staff member’s 1) current
status of communicable disease, 2) current health condition, 3) ability to
communicate, 4) ability to perform self care routines, 5) ability to follow
directions/instructions, 6) manage own behavior, and 7) typical educational/work
setting will all be considered as part of the case-by-case review. Some case-by-
case reviews may require consultation with the Lenawee County Health
Department medical staff and/or a formal review panel called a Communicable
Disease Review Panel (CDRP).
A CDRP would not routinely be convened for a student or staff infected
with HIV, HBV or other Bloodborne pathogens unless it is determined by the
Superintendent that additional consultation and/or guidance is needed from the
Lenawee County Health Department and/or the students/staff’s physician.
―Universal Precautions‖ is a method of practicing infection control that
treats all human blood and other potentially infectious materials as capable of
transmitting HIV, HBV and other Bloodborne pathogens. All LISD staff must
utilize work practices using Universal Precautions to control the likelihood of
exposure to Bloodborne pathogens.
1
A student with a contagious disease is probably a ―handicapped individual‖ under Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act (29 U.S.C. § 794(a). See Thomas v Atascadero Unified School district, 662 F. Supp.376
(C.D. Cal 1986) (a child with Aids was a ―handicapped person‖ under Section 504.
Students with contagious diseases may also qualify for special education under the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act (20. U.S.C. § 1400 et seq.)
Decisions to place a student in a class outside regular classes due to infectious disease must be based on
medical evaluations indicating a need to protect the health and safety of others. Community High School
district 155 v Denz, 463 N.E.2nd 998 (2nd Dist. 1984).
Cases involving contagious diseases are highly fact-specific. Generally, the appropriate treatment of a
student depends on the severity of the disease and the risk of infecting others, but in all cases, legal counsel
should be consulted.
Policy Manual
5370 Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff (Cf. 5370) 5370 - 2
In order to minimize the spread of contagious diseases among students
and staff, the district will cooperate with the Lenawee County Health Department
to enforce adherence to the Michigan Public Health Code for the prevention,
control, and containment of communicable diseases.
A decision to close schools due to communicable disease outbreaks shall
be made by the Superintendent after consultation with the Lenawee County
Health Department medical staff.
LEGAL REF: MCL 333.5111; 333.5131; Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act of 1974, MDE Bulletin, September 23, 1999
Policy Manual
5370-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 5370-R
A student or staff member with a communicable and/or chronic infectious

disease has all rights, privileges, and services provided by law and the district’s
policies.1
All persons involved in these regulations are required to treat all
proceedings, information, deliberations, and documents in compliance with the
provisions of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), the
Freedom of Information Act, and the Employees Right to Know Act.
Information regarding an afflicted individual and individual communicable
disease that is considered to be a serious concern to the school community will
be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
A. All reportable communicable diseases will be referred to the Lenawee
County Health Department in accordance with Michigan statutory and
administrative guidelines.
B. The decision to close schools due to communicable disease outbreaks is at

the discretion of the Superintendent. Consultation for the Superintendent on
such decisions is available from the Lenawee County Health Department.
C. Mandatory screening for communicable diseases as a condition of attending

school or as a condition for employment shall not be required.
D. An LISD Program Supervisor will not permit a student to enter school who is
out of compliance with the required immunization schedule, unless waived
for a student that is homeless or the family completes the State approved
waiver process. School personnel shall cooperate and assist in completing
and coordinating all immunization dates, waivers, and exclusions, including
the necessary Immunization Assessment forms, to provide for preventable
communicable disease control. 41
1
A student with a contagious disease is probably a ―handicapped individual‖ under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act (29
U.S.C. § 794(a). See Thomas v Atascadero Unified School district, 662 F. Supp.376 (C.D. Cal 1986) (a child with Aids was a
―handicapped person‖ under Section 504. Students with contagious diseases may also qualify for special education under
the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20. U.S.C. § 1400 et seq.) Decisions to place a student in a class outside
regular classes due to infectious disease must be based on medical evaluations indicating a need to protect the health and
nd nd
safety of others. Community High School district 155 v Denz, 463 N.E.2 998 (2 Dist. 1984). Cases involving contagious
diseases are highly fact-specific. Generally, the appropriate treatment of a student depends on the severity of the disease
and the risk of infecting others, but in all cases, legal counsel should be consulted.
41
See Board Policy 8480 and LEGAL REF: MCL 333.9208, 333.9209, 333.9215, et seq.; 380.1177
Policy Manual
5370-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 5370-R-2
Examples of Some Current Communicable Diseases:
The identification of communicable diseases is updated on an ongoing basis

by the medical community. It should be expected that any list of
communicable diseases will need periodic updating and editing in order to
align with current medical information and/or intervention. A sample list of
current communicable diseases that are serious in nature includes, but is
not limited to:
1. HBV (Hepatitis)
2. Vancomyacin-resistant Enterococci.
3. Escherichia Coli (E. Coli)
4. Methicillin Resistant Staphloccocus Aerus (MRSA)
5. HIV
6. Tuberculosis infection (both latent and active)
7. Bacterial meningitis
8. Other diseases that may be included by the Health Department that

may present potentially serious health problems for those who are
exposed to the disease and/or the disease carrier.
E. When to Use the District’s Communicable Disease Review Panel (CDRP)

Communicable diseases considered a serious concern to the community
and/or the afflicted individual need to be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
The student’s or staff member’s 1) current status of communicable disease,
2) current health condition, 3) ability to communicate, 4) ability to perform
self care routines, 5) ability to follow directions/instructions, 6) ability to
manage own behavior, and 7) typical education or work setting will all be
considered as part of the case-by-case review.
By the request of the Superintendent some of these case-by-case reviews

may require specific consultation with the Lenawee County Health
Policy Manual
Department medical staff and/or the use of the district’s formal

Communicable Disease Review Panel (CDRP) review panel.
The district’s CDRP may not routinely be convened for a student or staff
infected with HIV, HBV or other Bloodborne pathogens unless it is
determined by the Superintendent that additional consultation and/or
guidance is needed from the Lenawee County Health Department and/or
the students/staff’s physician.
F. The Superintendent will inform the Board when a CDRP is formed to review
the unique situation involving a person with a communicable disease in the
district. The Board shall be notified initially that the CDRP is meeting and of
the recommendation of the CDRP when a recommendation is made
concerning the person with a communicable disease.
The Purpose and Membership of the District’s CDRP
A. Purpose: The CDRP shall serve as a resource to the Superintendent for

specific communicable disease instruction, protocol, procedures, and to
make recommendations concerning:
1. A specific serious communicable disease case
2. Epidemic control regarding any communicable disease occurrence
B. CDRP Membership
The CDRP shall have a membership that will be limited to the following
representatives:
1. The Superintendent’s designee who will serve as the CDRP chairperson
2. A physician who is treating the individual and/or a physician with

expertise in the related disease.
3. A physician from the Lenawee County Health Department
Policy Manual
4. The parent/guardian (if this involves an individual student case) or the

staff person affected (or his/her representative) or the affected student
who is 18 years of age or older (or his/her representative). It would be
permissible for both parents/guardians to attend or for a person to
bring a representative as long as it is with the understanding that they
only have one vote.
5. The school nurse (if such a staff person is available.)
Operational Guidelines for the District’s CDRP
A. The Superintendent within three (3) business days upon his/her notification
of the existence or suspicion of an affected student or staff communicable
disease status shall consult with the LISD school nurse and/or a physician
from the Lenawee County Health Department and then determine if the
district’s CDRP is needed.
If it is determined to use the district’s CDRP, then within two (2) business
days of that decision the Superintendent informs in writing the affected staff
person, parent/guardian of an affected student or an affected student who is
18 years of age or older,1) of that decision and 2) if the affected person may
or may not attend work/school or any school sponsored activity until the
CDRP’s recommendation and Superintendent’s consideration of the
CDRP’s recommendation have been received and determined. A possible
alternative delivery of school programs/services shall be made available to
the affected student during this process.
The Superintendent shall request an Interagency Release of Information be

completed by the affected staff person, the parent/guardian of the affected
student or an affected student who is 18 years of age or older. A copy of
this board policy shall be provided to the affected person or his/her
representative.
B. With the completed Interagency Release of Information, the CDRP shall

have access to any relevant material or testimony concerning the affected
Policy Manual
individual as it relates to the communicability of the disease. The
student’s/staff member’s 1) current status of communicable disease, 2)
current health condition, 3) ability to communicate, 4) ability to perform self
care routines, 5) ability to follow directions/instructions, 6) manage own
behavior, and 7) typical education or work setting will all be considered as
part of the case-by-case review. The CDRP shall consider existing federal,
state, and local guidelines and have the authority to consult any experts, as
they deem necessary.
C. The CDRP shall make a written recommendation to the Superintendent as

to whether the affected person should continue to be or be involved in the
public school setting or service.
D. The CDRP’s recommendation for an individual student will include

information about the student’s behavior, skills, neurological development,
and the physical condition of the child, educational setting, and the risks and
benefits to both the affected student and others in the educational setting.
The CDRP’s recommendation for an affected staff will consider:
1. The physical/psychological status of the school staff;
2. The expected type of interaction with others in the school setting; and
3. The impact on both the affected school staff and others in that setting.
E. When the CDRP recommendation is to allow the person to continue or to

begin in the public school setting or service, the CDRP shall make a
detailed written recommendation to the Superintendent regarding
precautions that should be considered within the school environment.
F. If the recommendation is to exclude the person from the public school

setting or service, the CDRP shall make a written statement as to the
conditions under which they would reconsider their recommendation of
denial.
G. The CDRP shall make a recommendation regarding when to review the

case and the timeline for such a review.
Policy Manual
CDRP Case Review Process
A. The Superintendent shall obtain a ―release of information‖ from the

parent/guardian, affected staff person, or student who is 18 years of age or
older so that the CDRP may review the needed information.
B. The Superintendent shall obtain the name of the physician treating the
affected person and shall request that the physician be a part of the CDRP.
The affected staff, student, or parent/guardian may choose to make this
request of the physician to attend the CDRP.
C. The Superintendent shall call, within five (5) business days, a meeting of the
CDRP, at which time the case shall be reviewed. The affected staff person,
parent/guardian of an affected student, or an affected student 18 years of
age or older will have an opportunity to present written reports and verbal
testimony to the CDRP.
D. When the CDRP’s recommendation is unanimous, the CDRP chairperson

shall, within three (3) business days of the recommendation, inform in
writing of that recommendation to the Superintendent, and the affected staff
person, parents/guardian of an affected student, or an affected student who
is 18 years of age or older.
E. When the CDRP’s recommendation is not unanimous, the CDRP

chairperson shall within two (2) business days of the conclusion of the
CDRP meeting, provide the Superintendent with a written summary of each
CDRP member’s position. The Superintendent shall after receipt of the
CDRP’s summaries within three (3) business days 1) make his/her final
determination and 2) send a written copy of the Superintendent’s decision to
the affected staff person, parent/guardian of an affected student, or the
affected student who is 18 years of age or older; the LISD Board and the
CDRP members.
F. If the affected person/student’s parent or guardian does not accept the

decision of the CDRP and/or Superintendent, such persons may file, within
Policy Manual
five (5) business days, a written request to the LISD Board asking it to hear
their appeal. The LISD Board shall establish a date for such a hearing
within three (3) business days upon receipt of said appeal and the LISD
Board level hearing shall be held no later than 25 business days upon
receipt of said appeal.
Upon the conclusion of the hearing, the LISD Board shall render its decision
within five (5) business days and send copies of their decision to the
affected staff member, the parents/guardian of the affected student or to an
affected student 18 years of age or older.
G. If the recommendation of the CDRP is not unanimous and if a majority of

the members of the CDRP does not agree with the decision of the
Superintendent, they may appeal the Superintendent’s decision on their
own behalf to the LISD Board. All timelines for such an appeal will be the
same as outlined in the appeal process in paragraph F above.
H. If the student is a special education student, a copy of the CDRP’s

recommendation shall be sent to the LISD Director of Special Education.
The LISD Director of Special Education shall then convene an Individualized
Education Program Team (IEPT) within five (5) business days of the receipt
of the CDRP report. The IEPT shall consider the recommendation of the
CDRP in determining the program and services. If the parent or guardian
requests a hearing because of the IEPT recommendation, a placement of
the student in the interim will consider the recommendation of the CDRP.
I. All persons involved in these procedures will be required to treat all

proceedings, deliberations, and documents in compliance with the
J. Any LISD employee found to have violated the confidentiality of any
proceedings connected with policy 5370, or the 5370R regulations, will be
subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.
Policy Manual
Communicable Diseases Checklist
All persons involved in these procedures will be required to treat all proceedings,
deliberation, and documents in compliance with the provisions of the Family
Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), the Freedom of Information Act, and
the Employees Right to Know Act.
Confirm suspicion of a communicable disease serious in nature:
HBV (Hepatitis)
AVancomyacin-resistant Enterococci
Escherichia Coli (E. Coli)
Methicillin Resistant Staphloccocus Aerus (MRSA)
HIV
Tuberculosis infection (both latent and active)
Bacterial meningitis
Other like diseases that may be included by the Health Department that may
present potentially serious health problems for those who are exposed to the
disease and/or the disease carrier.
Special Education Student? General Education Student? Staff Person?
Inform Superintendent immediately.
If applicable, Superintendent contacts the Lenawee County Health Department
(Susan Dice, Health Educator - 264-5209), and consults with the county health
department physician (Mike Kight, Health Officer - 264-5205) within 24 hours.
If applicable, Superintendent, at their discretion makes the decision to close schools
due to communicable disease outbreaks.
Superintendent informs in writing affected staff person/student that they may or may
not attend work/school or any school sponsored activity until the Communicable
Disease Review Panel’s (C.D.R.P) or Superintendent’s written recommendations are
received.
Enclosure: Interagency Release of Information form and copy of Policy 8510.
Possible alternative delivery of school programs shall be made to available to the
affected student.
Superintendent informs LISD Board of Education when a Communicable Disease
Review Panel (C.D.R.P.) is formed. Membership is limited to:
The Superintendent’s designee who will serve as chairperson
Physician with expertise in the related disease or physician treating the individual
Physician from the Lenawee County Health Department
School Nurse (if such a staff person is available)
Staff person affected (or his/her representative), or
Parent/guardian (if individual student case), or
Affected student at 18 years of age or older (or his/her representative)
It would be permissible for both parents/guardians to attend or for a person to bring a
representative as long as it is with the understanding that they only have one vote.
Policy Manual
Superintendent shall obtain the name of the physician treating the affected person
and shall request the physician be part of the C.D.R.P.
The parent/guardian or affected person shall provide the district with a signed
Release of Information Form so that the C.D.R.P. may review the needed
information.
The Superintendent shall call a meeting within five business days to review the case.
If C.D.R.P. recommendation is unanimous:
Within three business days inform in writing that decision to the affected staff person,
or parent/guardian of an affected student, or an affected student 18 years or older.
Continue school/work with precautions
Exclude from school with conditions needed to reconsider
Recommendations as to the need to review the case on a periodic
basis and the timelines for such review.
If the C.D.R.P. recommedation is not unanimous:

Superintendent receives summary of each member’s position within three
days.
Superintendent makes the final determination within three business days of
receipt C.D.R.P summaries.
The Superintendent’s decision will be sent to:
Affected person, or parent/guardian of affected student, or an affected

student 18 years of age or older
Board
C.D.R.P.
If Special Education Student
Copy of the C.D.R.P.’s decision sent to the LISD Director of Special Education.
IEPT (Individualized Education Program Team) convened by LISD Assistant
Superintendent of Instruction within five business days of receipt of report.
IEPT Team shall consider the recommendation of the C.D.R.P. in determining
programs/services
If parent/guardian of student requests a hearing, a placement of the student in the
interim will be based on the recommendation of the C.D.R.P.
Policy Manual
Interagency Release of Information
To: _____________________________ Re: _____________________________

(Agency to release information) (Client’s name)
______________________________ ______________________________
(Agency’s address) (SS# or birth date)
_______________________________ ______________________________
(Client’s address
______________________________
I, _______________________, authorize release of the following specific information:

________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________to:
_________________________________________(agency to receive information) located
at:____________________________________________________________
and ________________________________of that agency for the specific purpose of:
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
This release will be valid only until __________________________ (date up to a year
hence) or until its purpose has been met, whichever occurs first. I understand that only
the requested information will be made available, and it will be used only for the purpose
stated and will be treated confidentiality.
This consent is subject to revocation at any time except to the extent that action
authorized by it has been already taken.
_______________________________ _________________________________
(Date signed) (Client’s Signature)
_________________________________
Parents or Legal Guardian’s signature
(Check one if applicable)
Note: Persons or agencies receiving information released by this form may not further
release it without the informed written consent of the client.
_________________________ ________________________________
(Date) (Request Worker’s signature)
Policy Manual
Sample Letter
(Date)
(Name & address)
Dear name),
(Introductory paragraph. Include status of attending work/school or possible

alternative delivery of school programs available.)
This letter is to inform you that based on information the Lenawee Intermediate
School District (LISD) received with regards to your health condition, and
accordance with LISD board policy 5370—Communicable Diseases—Students
and Staff (copy enclosed), you and/or your representative are requested to
attend a meeting of the LISD Communicable Disease Review Panel (CDRP) on:
(date)
(time)
(location)
(address)
The purpose of the Communicable Disease Review Panel is to review your

medical and health condition and determine what, if any, special precautions will
be needed. This panel will consist of (list titles and names). You are welcome to
invite your parents and/or other representatives, as well as your physician.
We ask that you complete the enclosed ―Interagency Release of

Information‖ form and bring a signed copy with you to this meeting. You
will also have the opportunity at the meeting to provide written reports and/or oral
testimony.
Please contact Alan Burg at 517-265-1610 if you have any questions or need
additional information.
Sincerely,
Steve Krusich, Superintendent
Enclosure: LISD Policy 5370

Interagency Release of Information Form
Policy Manual
5410 Professional Staff Contracts (Cf. 2400) 5410
The employment of professional staff shall be secured through written
contracts. The Superintendent is authorized to sign employment contracts on
behalf of the Board.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1224; 380.1231
Policy Manual
5430 Hiring and Terminating Employment of Staff (Cf. 5020) 5430
The Board of Education shall hire for employment or terminate the
employment of the Superintendent and, upon written recommendation of the
Superintendent shall hire for employment or terminate the employment of any
Assistant Superintendents. Once the Board through the budget adoption process
has approved staffing levels, the Board delegates to the Superintendent the
authority to recruit, screen, select, offer, and hire for the employment of all staff
members to fill the positions approved in the budget, and to sign employment
contracts on the Board’s behalf. The Superintendent is given the authority to

terminate the employment of all other employees, and accept staff resignations
on behalf of the Board of Education. The Superintendent shall report each hiring,
any terminations and resignations at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the
Board.
Any non-union staff member desiring to resign from his/her position with
the District shall submit a written resignation to the Superintendent at least
twenty working days prior to the effective date of the resignation. Failure to give
at least twenty working days notice will void any potential benefits that might
accrue to the employee following separation from the District.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601(a) (1) (d), MCL 380.1229 and MCL 380.1231
Policy Manual
5500 Administrative Staff Tenure 5500
Administrative Tenure
Administrators shall be employed without tenure in their position, but will
retain tenure status in their teaching position.

Policy Manual
5520 Evaluation 5520
The Board delegates to the Superintendent the function of establishing
and implementing a program of personnel evaluation.
It is the purpose of the program of personnel evaluation to:
A. Continuously strive for furtherance of the District’s Vision for the
improvement of the total instructional program.
B. Stress the importance of personal improvement of staff so that
each student may be provided a quality education.
C. Insure the continuous improvement of administrative and

supervisory services provided to staff.
D. Establish a process of continuous and systematic personnel
evaluation.
The personnel evaluation program shall aim at the early
identification of specific areas in which the individual staff member
needs help so that appropriate assistance can be provided.
Availability of Evaluation Documents
Copies of all District personnel evaluations shall be available to the Board,
Superintendent, evaluating administrator, or supervisor under whose direct
supervision the teacher will work and others authorized by law.

LEGAL REF: MCL 38.71 et seq.; 15.268
Policy Manual
5521 Compensation for Non-Union Staff 5521
The Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education recognizes
that a clearly defined compensation policy can provide stability, integrity and
credibility to the compensation practices of the District. The Board also views its
compensation program as an important component in the development of the
organization as a whole.
The Board perceives compensation as a component of an employment
exchange between the District and its employees and takes the position that the
objectives of its compensation program should further the goals of the

organization as well as of the individuals within it. The overall goal of the
program is the attainment of maximum organizational effectiveness achieved in a
climate where the District's mission and expectations of its employees are
communicated, and where contributions of employees are rewarded equitably.
Therefore, the Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education
recognizes the following standards as being essential to the District's
compensation program:
1. The standard of Internal Equity:
Employees are compensated similarly for similar jobs within the
organization.
2. The standard of External Equity:
Employees are compensated similarly for similar jobs in comparable
organizations.
3. The standard of Control:
The compensation program will operate efficiently within the budgetary
constraints of the District.
Policy Manual
5521 Compensation for Non-Union Staff 5521-2
4. The standard of Security:
The compensation program will attempt to protect employees from the risks
and other contingencies of life via provision for disability, retirement, due
process, etc.
5. The standard of Incentive:
The compensation program will encourage employees to be productive and
contributing members of the organization.
6. The standard of Acceptability:
The compensation program should be perceived by employees as being
fair, reasonable, and manageable.
Policy Manual
5521-R Compensation for Non-Union Staff 5521-R
In meeting the six (6) standards identified in the Board policy, the following
procedures will be used.
STANDARD #1 - INTERNAL EQUITY
To ensure that employees are compensated similarly for similar jobs, a
point-factoring system has been selected which will compare all non-union
positions on a methodical and objective basis. The Superintendent shall appoint
representatives of the Intermediate School District staff to a ―Classification
Committee‖ for the purpose of regularly administering the point-factoring system

and developing related recommendations for his/her approval. The Classification
Committee shall be responsible for making recommendations to the
Superintendent on the classification of new positions, reclassification of existing
positions, and shall consider, upon request of an employee or his/her supervisor,
a review of an employee’s position classification and make a recommendation to
the Superintendent concerning such review. Ultimately, the Board of Education
must approve position classifications and reclassifications, upon the
Superintendent’s recommendation and request for board action. The point-
factoring system will use a combination of factors:
SALARIED STAFF HOURLY STAFF

1. Knowledge Required Education
2. Specialized Knowledge Work Experience
3. Work Experience Complexity of Duties
4. Supervision Exercised Supervision Necessary
5. Amount and Nature of Human Effect of Errors
Contact
6. Independence of Action Contact with Others
7. Creative Thinking and Decision Environmental Factors
Making
8. Responsibility and Impact (for supervisory jobs only): Type of
Supervision
9. Extent of Supervision
Policy Manual
5521-R Compensation for Non-Union Staff 5521-R-2
These positions will be assigned a level called "degree" for each factor,
with each degree having predetermined number of points. The total points for
each factor is the point score for that position. Positions are organized in
classification groupings of similar positions. Compensation ranges are
established for each classification grouping. Placement within that range will
depend on relevant years of experience, internal equity comparisons,
qualifications, and employee performance.
An employee or his/her supervisor may request a review of the

classification of a position, in writing, to the Director of Staff Resources, before
March 1 of the current school year. Reviews may be requested for any legitimate
reason, but should be based upon a significant change in the job description or
duties for that position. The Director of Staff Resources shall provide information
regarding the documentation required to an employee expressing a request for
review. Employees will be encouraged to seek written endorsement from their
immediate supervisor of the request for a classification review. The Director of
Staff Resources shall prepare materials relevant for the review of the position’s
classification for the Classification Committee’s deliberation. The Classification
Committee will consider the review request at one or more meetings, and may
act to make a recommendation to the Superintendent for approval of changes to
the classification, denial of requested changes, table the request for
consideration at a later specified time, or request additional information. The
Director of Staff Resources shall inform the employee of the Classification
Committee’s recommendation to the Superintendent in a timely manner. The
employee and/or his/her supervisor may appeal the Classification Committee’s
recommendation to the Superintendent. If dissatisfied with the Superintendent’s
decision on appeal, the employee may appear before the Board of Education for
Policy Manual
an appeal of the Superintendent’s decision. The Board of Education may act
upon the appeal in accordance with its policies and procedures.
Position reclassifications usually take effect the first day of the next fiscal
year, unless otherwise indicated by action of the Board of Education.
STANDARD #2 - EXTERNAL EQUITY
To ensure that employees are compensated similarly for similar jobs in
comparable organizations, a comparison of jobs and compensation will be made.
Each Lenawee Intermediate School District position will be compared to similar

positions in at least four other appropriate organizations. Specific position (job)
responsibilities will be compared. Attempts will be made to find positions with
similar responsibilities in similar organizations. For example, the Supervisor for
Young Children’s Services will be a position supervising the same programs with
approximately the same number of staff and students in a comparable setting.
STANDARD #3 - CONTROL
To ensure that the compensation program will operate efficiently within the
budgetary constraints of the district, proposed budgets for all three divisions
including best estimates of income and expenditures will be presented to the
Board of Education. Possible compensation adjustment costs and the effect on
the budgets will be reviewed by a Board committee and/or total Board prior to
setting compensation levels for the fiscal year. Compensation adjustments will
not be made that will put the budgets in an unacceptable fund equity projection.
STANDARD #4 - SECURITY
To ensure that employees will be reasonably protected from the risks and
contingencies of life in our society, the compensation program will make
provisions for employee retirement, disability, illness, accidents and
unemployment.
Policy Manual
- Full time employees will be part of the Michigan Public School
Employee Retirement System when legally allowed;
- Employees will be provided the opportunity to have disability and
health insurance;
- Employees will be provided with paid sick leave days;
- Employees will be eligible for unemployment payments when legally
allowed;
- Employees will be covered by the Michigan Workers' Compensation

system when legally allowed;
- Employees, at the Superintendent’s discretion and Board of Education’
approval, may from time-to-time cover specialized employees with
special liability insurance and/or indemnification policies for certain
work related items; and
- Employees will be covered by a general liability policy covering them
for work performed as a Lenawee Intermediate School District
employee.
Where ever practicable, and as allowed by law, employees will be allowed
to have certain payroll deductions such as tax sheltered annuities, credit union
and other optional medical insurance deductions allowed by the insurance
carrier.
STANDARD #5 - INCENTIVE
To encourage employees to be productive and contributing members of the
organization, the compensation program may include, at the Superintendent’s
discretion, opportunities to recognize exceptional performance through the
rewarding of bonus pay awards. Satisfactory or better performance may be
recognized through the awarding of pay improvements in concert with the
Standards of External Equity and Control.
Policy Manual
Non-accumulative bonuses may be implemented on a non-recurring basis
and will be paid during the fiscal year. The payment of a bonus will be separate
and distinct from the employee's base annual salary and will not be considered in
the calculation of staff benefits and future salary increases, except as required by
law.
STANDARD #6 - ACCEPTABILITY
To ensure that the standard of acceptability as part of the Board policy on
compensation is fair and reasonable, the following shall occur:

A. An Employee Representative Committee (ERC) will meet regularly to
discuss issues and concerns in order to open avenues for communication.
The Committee is composed of representatives from the following employee
groups: Leadership Team, teacher assistants from the Vocational-Technical
Center; maintenance/ custodial services; the Director of Staff Resources;
salaried and hourly staff from across the service areas, and others as
deemed necessary by the Committee or Superintendent. Representatives
are volunteers and are asked to serve a three-year term on the Committee.
Employee Representative Committee members will communicate regularly
with their employee peers to give and receive feedback on information
pertinent to the Committee’s work. Committee members will be encouraged
to communicate with their peers regarding Committee business within
reason during their regularly scheduled work day, so long as such efforts do
not diminish the employee’s effectiveness on the job.
B. Non-union employee(s), acting on his/her own behalf, may appeal their
compensation by:
1. The first step for appeal shall be a written statement from the non-
union employee to his/her divisional Assistant Superintendent and the
Policy Manual
Director of Staff Resources for a decision. If the decision is not
satisfactory, then the employee may:
2. Write an appeal to the Superintendent and if the Superintendent's
decision is not satisfactory, then the employee may:
3. Write an appeal to the Board of Education.
C. If a non-union position is being studied for change in the organizational
structure, the Superintendent or his/her designee will communicate this
information to the employee in the division where changes are being
considered.
Policy Manual
5540 Suspension and/or Dismissal of Staff 5540
The Superintendent may impose discipline, up to and including discharge,
upon any staff member, with the exception of discipline which only the Board of
Education has the non-delegated authority to impose under Michigan law (i.e.,
discharge or demotion of tenured staff pursuant to the Michigan Teachers Tenure
Act and discharge or non-renewal of a non-tenured administrator). The
Superintendent may proceed with charges filed with the Board to dismiss or
demote any tenured teacher in accordance with the Michigan Teachers Tenure
Act. All discipline imposed upon a staff member shall be consistent with the
provisions of the applicable current Master Contract, if any, or individual
employment contract, if any.
Any action pertaining to the non-renewal of the contract of an
administrator who does not have tenure in his/her position, including action for
non-renewal of the Superintendent’s contract, shall be consistent with the
pertinent provisions of Section 1229 of the Revised School Code (MCL
380.1229) and any provisions of the individual employment contract. The
Superintendent is authorized by the Board to suspend from active duty any staff
against whom formal charges are anticipated being filed or have already been
filed, until a decision is rendered.
Employee Convictions
Unless the Board in its discretion determines otherwise, the following
provisions pertaining to compensation or salary continuation shall be followed in
the event of a conviction:
Policy Manual
5540 Suspension and/or Dismissal of Staff 5540-2
If an employee other than a tenured teacher is suspended, compensation
or salary shall continue if the suspension is a nondisciplinary suspension
with pay pending completion of an investigation.
If an employee other than a tenured teacher is suspended, compensation
or salary shall continue during the suspension unless the Superintendent
discontinues compensation and salary after any due process right to
which the employee may be entitled to is satisfied.
If a tenured teacher is suspended pursuant to the Michigan Teachers
Tenure Act, the teacher’s salary shall continue during the suspension,
subject to the following exceptions:
o If the teacher is convicted of a felony that is not a listed offense or
of a misdemeanor that is a listed offense, the Board may
discontinue the teacher’s salary effective the date of the conviction.
o If the teacher is convicted of a felony that is a listed offense, the
Board shall discontinue the teacher’s salary effective upon the date
of conviction.
An employee who holds a teaching certificate that is valid in this State who
has entered a plea of guilt or no contest to, or who is the subject of a
finding or guilt by a judge or jury, of a crime listed in MCL 380.1535a(2),
that person’s compensation shall be discontinued during any suspension
until the Superintendent of Public Instruction has made a final
determination of whether to suspend or revoke the person’s teaching
certificate.
Policy Manual
An employee who holds State Board approval that is valid in this State
who has entered a plea of guilt or no contest to, or who is the subject of a
finding of guilt by a judge or jury, of a crime listed in MCL 380.1539b, that
person’s compensation shall be discontinued during any suspension until
the Superintendent of Public Instruction has made a final determination of
whether to suspend or revoke the person’s teaching certificate.
Under the above provisions pertaining to MCL 180.1535a and MCL
380.1539b, all discontinued wages shall be held in an escrow account
until the Superintendent of Public Instruction makes a final determination
of whether to suspend or revoke the teaching certificate or State Board
approval. If the teaching certificate or State Board approval is suspended
or revoked, all wages will be forfeited. If the teaching certificate or State
Board approval is not suspended or revoked, the individual shall be made
whole for lost compensation without interest. Should the individual’s
conviction be reversed on appeal, that individual shall be treated in a
manner consistent with applicable law.
Reporting Crimes and Convictions
All District employees shall disclose criminal charges or convictions to the
Superintendent as prescribed by law.
Failure to report being charged or convicted of a crime may result in
dismissal.
Policy Manual
The Superintendent will promulgate appropriate administrative rules
regarding the procedures to be followed in the event of any complaints or
criminal charges being filed against members of the professional staff.
Teacher Convictions
Generally, if a teacher is suspended, the teacher’s salary shall
continue during the suspension.
However, if a teacher is suspended and
 The teacher is convicted of a felony that is not a listed offense or a
misdemeanor that is a listed offense, upon the Board’s discretion,
the teacher’s salary may be discontinued upon the date of
conviction.42
 The teacher is convicted of a felony that is a listed offense, the
Board shall discontinue the teacher’s salary upon the date of
conviction. 13
42
A listed offense includes any of the following:
1) Accosting or soliciting a child for immoral purposes (MCL 750.145a-c);
2) Sodomy if the victim is an individual less than 18 years of age (MCL 750.158);
3) A third or subsequent violation of any combination of the following:
a. Being engaged in indecent or obscene conduct in a public place (MCL 750.167(1)(f))
b. Indecent exposure (MCL 750.335a)
c. A local ordinance of a municipality substantially corresponding to the above;
4) Except for a juvenile disposition or adjudication, gross indecency between males, females, or
between a male and female, if the victim was under 18 years of age (MCL 750.338-338b);
5) Kidnapping (MCL 750.349);
6) Kidnapping under age 14 (MCL 750.350);
7) Soliciting and accosting (MCL 750.448);
8) Pandering (MCL 750.455);
9) 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th degree criminal sexual assault, and second or subsequent offenses (MCL 520b-
e);
10) Assault with intent to commit criminal sexual assault (MCL 750.520g);
11) Sexually delinquent persons (MCL 750.10a);
12) The attempt or conspiracy to commit any of the above offenses;
13) Any other violation of a law of this state or a local ordinance of a municipality that by its nature
constitutes a sexual offense against an individual who is less than 18 years of age; and (Continued
next page)
14) Any offense substantially similar to the above offenses under a law of the United States, any state,
or any country or under tribal or military law.
Policy Manual
5540 Suspension and/or Dismissal of Professional Staff 5540-5
 The teacher pleads guilty, no contest, or is convicted of a crime
listed in MCL 380.1535a(2), the Board shall discontinue the
teacher’s salary.43
Under such circumstances, all discontinued wages shall be held in
an escrow account until the Superintendent of Public Instruction
makes a final determination of whether or not to suspend or revoke
the individual’s teaching certificate. If the individual’s teaching
certificate is suspended or revoked, all wages will be forfeited. If

the individual’s teaching certificate is not suspended or revoked, the
individual shall be paid all withheld wages without interest. Should
43
MCL 380.1535a(2) includes the following offenses:
a) Criminal sexual conduct in any degree, assault with the intent to commit criminal sexual conduct,
or an attempt to commit criminal sexual conduct in any degree;
b) Felonious assault on a child43, child abuse in the first degree, or an attempt to commit child abuse
in the first degree;
c) Cruelty, torture, or indecent exposure involving a child;
d) A violation of section 7401(2)(a)(i), 7403(2)(a)(i), 7410, or 7416 of the Public Health Code
(concerning unlawful manufacture, delivery, or possession of controlled substances or controlled
substance analogues; distribution of marijuana to minors near school property; and recruiting or
inducing a minor to commit a felony);
e) A violation of section 83, 89, 91, 145a-c, 316-17, 350, 448, 455, or 529 of the Michigan Penal
Code (concerning assault with intent to commit murder or to steal while armed; attempt to murder;
consumption or possession of alcohol by minors, or controlled substances at social gatherings;
first and second degree murder; armed robbery; and using the Internet when committing a crime
against a minor);
f) A violation of section 158 of the Michigan Penal Code if the victim was an individual less than 18
years of age (concerning crimes against nature or sodomy);
g) Except for a juvenile disposition or adjudication, a violation of section 338, 338a, or 338b of the
Michigan Penal Code if the victim was an individual less than 18 years of age (concerning gross
indecency between males, females, and between males and females);
h) A violation of section 349 of the Michigan Penal Code if the victim was an individual less than 18
years of age (concerning kidnapping);
i) An offense committed by a person who was, at the time of the offense, a sexually delinquent
person – any person whose sexual behavior is characterized by repetitive or compulsive acts which
indicate a disregard of consequences or the recognized rights of others, or by the use of force upon
another person in attempting sex relations of either a heterosexual or homosexual nature, or by the
commission of sexual aggressions against children under the age of 16;
j) An attempt or conspiracy to commit an offense listed in (a) or (e-i);
k) A violation of a substantially similar law of another state, of a political subdivision of this state or
another state, or of the United States; Any crime listed in 1535(1), if the superintendent of public
instruction determines the public health, safety or welfare requires emergency action based on the
circumstances underlying the conviction.
Policy Manual
5540 Suspension and/or Dismissal of Professional Staff 5540-6
a person’s conviction be reversed on appeal, that person shall be
treated in a manner consistent with applicable law.
Reporting Crimes and Convictions
All District employees shall disclose criminal charges or convictions to the
Superintendent as prescribed by law.
Failure to report being charged or convicted of a crime may result in
dismissal.
The Superintendent will promulgate appropriate administrative rules

regarding the procedures to be followed in the event of any complaints or
criminal charges being filed against members of the professional staff.
Approved: Adopted April 12, 2004; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007
LEGAL REF: MCL 38.71-121; 380.1229; 380.1230d; 380.1535a; 380.1539b
Policy Manual
Policy Manual
5640 Non-School Employment/Outside Activities of Staff 5640
Non-School Employment
Employees shall not engage in outside employment which, by its
character (nature or duration), will impair the effectiveness of their instructional
service, adversely affect their occupational status, detrimentally effect the
District, raises a question of conflict of interest or requires or implies the use of
any District facilities or equipment.
Outside Activities of Staff
The Board directs the Superintendent to promulgate the following

guidelines so that staff members may avoid situations in which their personal
interests, activities and associations may conflict with the interests of the District.
A. Staff members should not give school time to an outside activity without
valid reason to be excused from assigned duties.
B. Staff members shall not use school property or work time to solicit or
accept customers for private enterprises without written administrative
permission.
C. Staff members shall not campaign on school property on behalf of any
political issue or candidate for local, state or national office.
D. Staff members may not accept fees for tutoring when such tutoring is
conducted during the normal work day.
E. Staff members may not accept fees for remedial tutoring of students
currently enrolled in one or more of their classes/caseloads.
If non-school activities threaten a staff member’s effectiveness within the
District, the Board reserves the right to evaluate the impact of such activity upon
the staff member’s responsibility to the students and to the Board.

Policy Manual
5645 Consulting 5645
Employees may be excused from routine duties by the Superintendent to
perform technical or instructional services as consultants to other non-
educational agencies, government agencies or private industry. Requests for
approval to serve as a consultant shall be submitted in writing to the
Superintendent. This is not intended to change working conditions for employees
who as a part of their assigned duties regularly consult with public and private
school officials, staff, parent(s)/guardian(s) and teachers – they do not need
special permission.
Policy Manual
5695 Ethics 5695
Achievement of the District’s Vision requires the services of people of
integrity, high ideals, and human understanding. To maintain and promote these
essentials, all staff members of the District are expected to maintain high
standards in their school relationships.
Staff members in the performance of their duties will:
A. Recognize that the dignity and well-being of each student is our
impassioned dream.
B. Represent, accurately, their qualifications.

C. Exercise due care to protect the mental and physical safety of students,
colleagues and subordinates.
D. Utilize research and best practices in teaching/learning/assessment.
E. Keep in confidence such information as they may secure, unless
disclosure is authorized by the Superintendent or is required by law.
F. Ensure that their actions or those of another on their behalf are not made
with specific intent of advancing private economic interests.
G. Refrain from using position or public property or permitting another person
to use an employee’s position or public property for partisan political or
sectarian religious purposes. This will in no way limit constitutionally or
legally protected rights as a citizen.
H. Avoid accepting anything of value offered by another for the purpose of
influencing judgment. In any 1 month period, any Intermediate School
District employee shall not accept from a person who does business or
seeks to do business of any kind with the intermediate school District any
money, goods, or services with a value in excess of $44.00 44 if the

44
Adjusted annually via CPI. The Board of Education deliberately extends this statutory requirement listed
below to be an ethical standard for all employees. As established at MCL 380.634(4):
Policy Manual
5695 Ethics 5695-2
employee does not provide goods or services of equal value in exchange.
This subsection does not apply to a gift or reward already prohibited under
section 1805.45
45
See also, Board Member could be included in ―school officer‖ term below:
Sec. 1805.
(1) A superintendent of public instruction, intermediate superintendent, school officer, superintendent,
principal, or teacher of schools shall not act as agent for an author, publisher, or seller of schoolbooks or
school apparatus, or receive a gift or reward for his or her influence in recommending the purchase or use
of a schoolbook, apparatus, or furniture in this state.
Policy Manual
5710 Compensation Guides and Contracts 5710
No public funds will be spent by the Board in the form of wages or salary
for any school employee to sponsor any religious activity.
Policy Manual
5725 Qualifications and Duties 5725
A job description for each classification of employees shall be developed
by the District’s administration in cooperation with the District’s employees.
Policy Manual
5780 Staff Probation46 5780
All non-union hourly staff shall be considered to be on probation during the
first 90 calendar days of employment.
Salaried staff shall be on probation during the first two years of
employment.
Administrative staff shall be on probation for four years.
The Superintendent shall provide for adequate supervision and evaluation
of the employee prior to the end of said periods. If a person other than the
Superintendent performs the evaluation, he/she shall make a recommendation to

the Superintendent as to the continued employment of the probationary staff
member.
Probationary status does not affect the Boards rights concerning at-will
employment status.
46
―Non-union staff‖ includes hourly, salaried, and administrative personnel not included in the recognition
clauses of any collectively bargained employment contract.
Policy Manual
5800 Non-Union Staff Evaluation47 5800
Evaluation shall be based on the achievement of results specified in the
employee’s job description and on specific goals and objectives aimed at
furthering the Vision of the District.
Employees shall be evaluated during the probationary period. Salaried
and administrative staff shall be evaluated on an annual, formal basis during their
probationary period.
After serving the probationary period, hourly staff shall be evaluated at
least annually. Salaried staff shall be evaluated at least once every two years.
Administrative staff shall be evaluated at least once every three years.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.268; 380.1250
47
Policy Manual
5800-R Evaluation of Non-Union Staff 5800-R
The procedures for evaluation of non-union staff are as follows:
1. The applicable evaluation instrument will be given to and discussed
with all new employees.
2. Each employee shall be notified of whom shall be conducting the
evaluation.
3. Final evaluations for all personnel will be filed with the
Superintendent no later than June 30.
Policy Manual
5830 At-Will Employees 5830
Non-union hourly and salaried48 employees are considered to be at-will
employees and may be terminated at any time. A written notice of the
termination will be given to the employee
48
Does not include persons employed under administrative contracts contemplated under the Revised
School Code at Section 380.1229 and its successors.
Policy Manual
5860 Reduction of Non-Union Staff49 5860
When reduction in staff is necessary for employees where provisions are
not covered in a collective bargaining agreement, the Superintendent shall make
recommendations, which will be aligned to the Vision of the District. Though
length of service may be considered as a criterion for making such
recommendations, it shall not be the sole determining factor considered.
49
Policy Manual
5860-R Reduction of Non-Union Staff 5860-R
Whenever it becomes necessary in the judgment of the Board of
Education to reduce the number of personnel on the staff of the Lenawee
Intermediate School District because of insufficient funds, decreases in student
enrollment, lack of work, changes in the administrative programs of the District,
or for other reasons, the following, procedures will be implemented. These
procedures do not apply to employees who are covered by a collective
bargaining agreement. Further, these procedures will in no way negate an
existing administrative contract50 or violate applicable laws, rules, or regulations.

1. Determination of which positions shall be eliminated will be made by the
Board of Education upon recommendations by the Superintendent. The
Board shall also determine based upon the Superintendent’s
recommendations, which employees are laid-off.
2. Taking into account the work record and other factors regarding the
employees involved, consideration will be given to retaining an individual
whose position is eliminated by reassigning him/her to another position:
for which he/she is qualified within the District. The Board of Education
has the final discretion and authority to determine whether an employee
will be laid off or reassigned.
3. Written notice of possible layoff will be given to an employee as soon as is
feasible, but no later than two weeks prior to the established date of layoff.
4. If a vacancy (as determined by the Board) occurs for a position for which
an employee slated for layoff or on layoff is qualified, an interview for the
vacant position will be offered to that employee as soon as the vacancy
(as determined by the Board) occurs. Staff on layoff status will be notified
of all vacant non-union positions for which they are qualified for a period of
12 months after being laid off.
50
Policy Manual
5930 Jury Duty and Witness Absence 5930
Jury duty leaves of absence shall be provided for employees. Time off of
work, with or without pay, to testify at legal proceedings shall be governed by
regulations developed by the Superintendent unless otherwise covered in a
collective bargaining agreement.

LEGAL REF: 29 USCA §2619; 29 CFR §825.300; 29 CFR 825.301, 29 CFR
§825.209 (Family Medical Leave Act)
Policy Manual
5930-R Jury Duty and Witness Absences 5930-R
Employees shall be allowed absences from work when called to serve on
a jury or when subpoenaed as a witness for a legal proceeding. If a staff member
is subpoenaed or voluntarily appears to testify against the Lenawee Intermediate
School District at a legal proceeding, including but not limited to a court hearing,
deposition, administrative hearing, arbitration proceeding, and legislative
committee hearing, it will be without pay unless the staff member chooses to
charge it against vacation or personal time only. If a staff member is a plaintiff
against the Lenawee Intermediate School District or subpoenaed to testify

against the LISD in a matter involving labor-management relations, that
employee shall not be paid for the time it takes to testify.
Unless otherwise excluded from being paid while testifying against the
district, the employee shall be paid the difference between the amount received
for jury duty or a subpoenaed witness, and his/her full salary. This may be
accomplished by the employee endorsing his/her jury duty pay or the amount
received for testifying as a subpoenaed witness to the District and receiving
his/her regular salary or the period of time spent in court. If mileage is paid to a
subpoenaed witness for travel expenses, an employee shall turn over any
additional monies paid above the Lenawee ISD's current mileage rate.
Policy Manual
5935 Military Leave 5935
Pursuant to the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment
Rights Act (USERRA), the Superintendent shall grant military leave to employees
for voluntary or involuntary service in the uniformed services of the United States,
upon receipt of the required notice. Benefits shall be maintained for these
employees as required by law and/or collective bargaining agreements. A
service member who returns to the District for work following a period of active
military duty must be reinstated to the same or similar position and at the same
rate of pay unless otherwise provided by law.

Time spent in active military service shall be counted in the same manner
as regular employment for purposes of seniority or District service unless
otherwise provided in a collective bargaining agreement.
The District will not discriminate in hiring, reemployment, promotion or
benefits based upon membership or service in the uniformed services. The
Superintendent may enact rules to implement this policy.51

LEGAL REF: 38 U.S.C. §§ 4301-4333 (The Uniformed Services Employment and
Reemployment Act of 1994); MCL 35.351 et. seq.; Borseth v City of
Lansing, 338 Mich. 53, 61 N.W.2d 132 (1953); Wrigglesworth v
Brumbaugh, 121 F. Supp. 2d 1126 (W.D. Mich. 2000).
51
For further guidance under USERRA, please see the Department of Defense’s USERRA regulations at
http://www.dol.gov/vets.
Policy Manual
5935-R Military Leave 5935-R
All requests for military leave will be submitted to the Superintendent in
writing accompanied by copies of the proper documentation showing the
necessity for the military leave request.
Unless otherwise impossible, all requests for military leave will be
submitted at least one full month in advance of the date military service is to
begin.
If at all possible, persons returning from military leave are asked to give
notice of intent to return to the Superintendent, in writing, at least one full month
in advance of the return date.
Policy Manual
Section 6000 - Negotiations
TC-6000-1
6000—NEGOTIATIONS
(This section on negotiations is confined to professional employees negotiating
under the Public Employment Relations Act, MCL 423.201 et seq.)
6001 Goals and Objectives

6050 Recognition of Bargaining Units
6100 Board Negotiating Agents
6200 Confidentiality of Negotiations Information
6400 Contract Approval
Policy Manual
6001 Goals and Objectives 6001
It is the intent of the Board to participate in the negotiations process in
order to further the Vision of the District. The process shall reflect that ―each
student is the reason the LISD exists.‖
The Board recognizes its legal obligation to negotiate wages, hours, and
terms and conditions of employment with duly and legally recognized employee
groups. It is the intent of the Board and its authorized representatives to adhere
to the confines of the law and to discharge its obligations in an orderly and
positive manner within the restrictions of the Public Employment Relations Act.

Policy Manual
6050 Recognition of Bargaining Units 6050
―Human relationships, inside and outside the LISD, reflect trust, openness,
risk-taking, respect, integrity, and collaboration.‖ The Board shall not recognize
by stipulation any bargaining unit within the District. All units desiring recognition
by the Board shall do so through an election conducted by the Michigan
Employees Relations Commission as provided by statute.

LEGAL REF: MCL 423.212-214
Policy Manual
6100 Board Negotiating Agents (Cf. 6400) 6100
The Board may designate the Superintendent or an outside agent as its
bargaining agent for purposes of negotiating with the recognized bargaining
units. The Superintendent may appoint other administrators to the negotiations
team. The Board gives its negotiating agent the necessary power and authority to
make proposals, consider proposals, and make concessions in the course of
negotiations. The agent is expected to negotiate with the District’s Vision in mind.
The Superintendent shall submit any tentative agreement to the Board for final
approval.

Policy Manual
6200 Confidentiality of Negotiations Information 6200
Board members are to keep information regarding the progress, status, or
issues involved in negotiations confidential unless authorized by a majority vote
of the full Board to serve as a spokesperson to release information to the staff,
media representatives, or the public. The Superintendent is authorized to
release negotiations information at his or her discretion.
Board members violating this policy are subject to discipline by the Board
that may include removal from a Board officer role, removal from committee
assignments, and/or public censure.
Policy Manual
6400 Contract approval 6400
The Superintendent shall forward the final draft of any substantive
changes to the negotiated master contract, along with a written ―summary‖
outlining those contract articles that have been substantively changed, to each
Board member before the Board’s scheduled meeting. In reviewing the
agreement, Board members are reminded of that portion of the Vision noting that
the public’s trust is earned each day through truthfulness, competence, and
accountability. Unless noted on the list of changes to the master agreement, or
the summary sheet, the Board shall assume that other sections of the master
contract remain unchanged, with the exception of non-substantive, minor
spelling, grammatical, punctuation, or format corrections.
Policy Manual
Section 7000 – Instructional Program
TC-7000-1
7000—INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAM
7050 Curricula Development
7060 Student Outcomes, Curriculum Guides and Course Outlines
7115 Reproductive Health and Sex Education
7150 Alternative School Programs
7160 Special Education Program Development
7165 Student Involvement in Organized Non-LISD Sponsored
Activities
7175 Parent(s) and Guardian(s) Involvement Plan
7420 Inspection by Parents or Guardians of Instructional Material
7463 Use of Audiovisual Resources
7490 Field Trips and Excursions
7770 Teaching about Religion (Cf. 9370)
7800 School Ceremonies and Observances
Opening Exercises
Recognition of Religious Beliefs and Customs
Customs
Federal Requirements
7880 Flag Displays
Policy Manual
7050 Curricula Development 7050
The administration, with the cooperation of the staff, shall develop
comprehensive curricula that is based on valid educational research and which
encompasses a philosophy of education compatible with the needs of the
student, the Vision and resources of the District, and the requirements of the
State of Michigan. The Board recognizes the importance to have curricula
aligned with appropriate standards and benchmarks.
The administration shall evaluate curricula of the District in view of the
District’s Vision on a periodic basis. The Superintendent shall have the

responsibility to organize the certified staff in appropriate committees to plan,
study, modify, change, or develop curricula. The findings, conclusions, and
recommendations of the staff shall be reviewed with the Board.
Federal Compliance
To comply with the provisions of the No Child Left Behind Act, the
Superintendent will, in writing, inform the professional staff of the federal
requirements concerning use of Title I funds for sex education and the
prohibitions and restrictions concerning distribution of contraceptives or materials
that encourage sexual activities. The District will comply with federal guidelines
concerning age appropriate sex education. The Superintendent will ensure that
any programs for limited-English proficient (LEP) students have a primary goal of
mainstreaming those students into the regular classrooms, and that those
programs emphasize English language instruction.

LEGAL REF: 20 USCA 7906 (NCLB); MCL 380.1282
Policy Manual
7050-R Curricula Development 7050-R
The administration shall have the responsibility to seek out available
resources for use by the certified staff in the development of curricula.
The Superintendent may budget for educational research and evaluation
of programs, accelerate implementation of such programs, encourage evaluation
of technological advances in education, support the use of tools or techniques to
enhance teachers’ effectiveness or productivity, that includes periodic reviews
designed to assist the Board in policy planning and general oversight of the
operation of curricula in the District.
Policy Manual
7060 Student Outcomes, Curriculum Guides and Course Outlines 7060
The Board approves curricula, which are designed to accomplish the
Vision, mission and goals of the District. Every instructional program shall have
written student outcomes identified and either a curriculum guide or course
outline. The administration shall monitor the use and effectiveness of the
District's curricula and recommend to the Board necessary revisions and
modifications.

Policy Manual
7115 Reproductive Health and Sex Education 7115
Pursuant to Michigan State Laws, sex education information to LISD
students will be provided by the LISD only through a Board of Education
approved curriculum instruction. This information will be offered to students as
elective instruction based on parent(s)/guardian(s) and/or adult students choice
to participate.
In order to offer this instruction, the LISD Board of Education will establish
a LISD Reproductive Health/Sex Education Advisory Committee, approve
membership for this committee, and the bylaws for its operation. The
Superintendent is directed to develop these bylaws for Board of Education
approval.
LISD students will not be permitted to receive this curriculum instruction
unless the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) and/or adult age student is notified in
advance of the course and its contents, is given an opportunity to review course
materials, is allowed to observe the instruction, and is notified of the right to be
excused from the instruction.
The Superintendent shall develop a reproductive health and sex education
curriculum that complies with the state’s statutory curriculum requirements. All
instruction and materials shall be age and developmentally appropriate, as well
as medically accurate.
Prior to the adoption and/or revision of the materials and methods of
instruction in reproductive health and sex education, the LISD Board shall hold
public hearings pursuant to state law.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1282; 380.1507; 380.1507b; 380.1169; 388.1506;
380.1766; 388.1766a; 20 USCA 7906 (NCLB); State Board of Education Policy
to Promote Health and Prevent Disease and Pregnancy (September 2003.)
Policy Manual
7115-R Reproductive Health and Sex Education 7115-R
Membership
The Superintendent shall recommend persons for membership on
advisory committee to the LISD Board of Education for their approval. These
persons shall include students’ parent(s)/guardian(s), LISD students, LISD
educators, local clergy, and community health professionals. The
Superintendent shall use a selection process that reasonably reflects the LISD
student program population.
Size and Term of Service

The LISD Board shall appoint an advisory committee consisting of a total
of nine (9) members. At least one half of the members shall be
parent(s)/guardian(s) who have at least one child attending a program operated
by the LISD, and a majority of those parent/guardian members shall be
individuals not employed by the LISD.
Non-LISD members shall serve staggered terms of three (3) years. A
second term of three (3) years is permitted with a maximum of six (years) total on
the advisory committee.
LISD staff shall be appointed annually to this advisory committee by the
LISD Superintendent. LISD staff members shall serve without term limits with
the annual recommendation of the Superintendent and approval of the LISD
Board of Education.
Bylaws
The operation of this advisory committee shall be limited to the
parameters of the approved LISD By-Laws and State Laws.
Curriculum Recommendations
The LISD Reproductive Health and Sex Education Advisory Committee
shall review proposed curriculum materials and instructional methods, then make
recommendations to the LISD Superintendent and LISD Board of Education.
Policy Manual
7115-R Reproductive Health and Sex Education 7115-R-2
These recommendations shall include goals and objectives designed to reduce
rates of student sex, pregnancy and sexually transmitted diseases.
The recommendations shall incorporate the mandates of state laws and
such other material as the LISD Reproductive Health and Sex Education
Advisory Committee finds to be instructionally sound.
In order to comply with the provisions of the No Child Left Behind Act and
Michigan statutes, the Superintendent will inform LISD staff of the federal
requirements concerning reproductive health and sex education and the

prohibitions and restrictions concerning distribution of contraceptives or materials
that encourage sexual activities. The LISD will comply with federal and state
guidelines concerning age appropriate sex education.
In compliance with state laws, the LISD Reproductive Health and Sex
Education Advisory Committee shall develop a report for the LISD
Superintendent and LISD Board of Education regarding the attainment of the
goals and objectives of the sex education curriculum and instruction. This report
shall be made available to the parent(s)/ guardian(s) in the school District.
Policy Manual
7150 Alternative School Programs 7150
When existing traditional school programs do not meet the learning needs
of a group of students, the Board of Education may consider the establishment of
alternative school programs. Proposals for alternative school programs shall be
presented to the Board for its consideration and action.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1282; 380.1596; 380.1301; OAG, 1985-1986, No 6271,
p. 13 (February 7, 1985)
Policy Manual
7160 Special Education Program Development 7160
The Lenawee Intermediate School District (LISD) Board of Education
believes it is important that proposed changes in LISD funded special education
programs be systematically studied and reviewed before implementation.
Further, the Board believes in the importance of involving local District staff, local
District Superintendents, parent(s)/guardian(s) of students with disabilities, as
well as LISD staff in such study and review.
Therefore, the Lenawee Intermediate School District Board of Education
authorizes the LISD Superintendent and his/her staff to develop written

administrative regulations for implementation of an LISD Program Development
Model (PDM).
Policy Manual
7160-R Special Education Program Development 7160-R
State of Purpose
The purpose of implementing the LISD special education Program
Development Model (PDM) is to provide advice and authority for orderly change
in special education programs and services operated or supported by the
Lenawee Intermediate School District (LISD). The PDM provides a regular forum
for consumers and providers of special education programs and services to
propose, debate, and review the merits of program developments that may have
broad impact throughout the Lenawee education community.

Administrative Regulations
The implementation of the PDM requires the involvement of advisory
groups, governmental policy making bodies and agency officials. This section
identifies the PDM participants and their roles in the PDM process.
Proposed changes (program developments) are to be forwarded in writing
to the LISD Special Education Director and then to an LISD Assistant
Superintendent. LISD Special Education Regional Supervisors and Principals
are available to assist development sources in creating a written proposal.
Upon receipt of any proposed changes from the LISD Special Education
Director, an Assistant Superintendent must exercise broad discretionary powers
in determining how the proposal should proceed. In the exercise of this
discretion, some proposals may be implemented without PDM review or
sanction. Certain items may not require full review by all PDM participants.
State regulations, practical limitations, and the criteria in the attached materials
may aid and influence this decision. From time to time a program proposal may
be deemed untimely or inappropriate and proceed no further.
The decision of an LISD Assistant Superintendent that a program
development proposal should not proceed is subject to appeal to the LISD
Policy Manual
7160-R Special Education Program Development 7160-R-2
Superintendent. The appeal must be in writing and originated by program
development source. Furthermore, such appeal must be submitted to the LISD
Superintendent within thirty calendar days from receipt of written notice of the
LISD Assistant Superintendent’s action and must contain a brief description of
the program development and reasons why the previous decision should be
overruled.
When a program development proposal is deemed appropriate to proceed
through PDM, the LISD Special Education Director and LISD Assistant
Superintendent must seek formal actions or endorsements. Before such action
is requested, the LISD Special Education Director assisted by the program
development source(s) will make their best efforts to inform the participants of
the proposal and encourage open discussion of its merits.
The LISD Special Education Director is responsible for placing the
program development proposal on the agenda or before each PDM participant
group or individual. This responsibility includes evaluating the effects of a
rejection by one or more of the participants and thus determining the need for
further process. A rejection does not necessarily curtail further proceedings to
other PDM advisory making group(s).
A program development change is considered for inclusion in the annual
LISD special education reimbursement claim only after the LISD Board of
Education has given its approval.
Policy Manual
Special Education Program Development Model (PDM)

*Parent(s)/ Guardian(s)
Advisory Committee
Program *LISD *LISD

Development Special Assistant LISD Board of
Source(s) Education Superintendent Education
Director
*LISD
Superintendent
*Superintendent’s *Lenawee County

Special Education Superintendent’s
Advisory Association
Committee
+----------------------------------------------+ +---------------------------------------+
* ADVISORY AUTHORITY POLICY MAKING
Policy Manual
Section 7000 - Instructional Programs
Participant Descriptions
I. Program Development Resources

A. Membership
The LISD special education Program Development Model (PDM)
sources consist of parent(s)/guardian(s), local and LISD
administrators, professional staff members, parent/guardian
organizations, State Department personnel and other
organizations, committees and interested individuals. The PDM
process is assisted by LISD Special Education administrators under
the guidance of the LISD Special Education Director.
B. Functions
1. To propose changes in special education programs/services
already in operation in the LISD or local school Districts.
2. To propose programs/services that are new to the LISD or
local Districts.
3. To present proposals to the appropriate administrative
personnel.
4. To put the proposal into writing in preparation for PDM review.
C. Criteria to be considered
1. Does this proposal address a perceived need, and how was
this need identified.
2. Will this proposal gain the kind of administrative support at the
local District and LISD levels that is necessary in order for the
proposal to be effective?
3. Does this proposal take into account the various legislative
mandates and the LISD Mandatory Plan for the Delivery of
Special Education Programs and Services?
4. Can a funding source be identified?
Policy Manual
5. Can this proposal be expected to be supported by parent(s)/
guardian(s).
6. Is the proposal written in such a way as to outline procedures,
goals and objectives, expected outcomes, needed personnel,
administrative responsibilities, evaluation procedures and any
other detail necessary to communicate effectively to the
various groups, with varying levels of sophistication, that have
to understand the proposal before giving or denying their

support for it?
II. LISD Assistant Superintendent Review Process
A. Membership
This advisory review process consists of the LISD Assistant
Superintendents, LISD Special Education Director and LISD
Special Education Supervisors and LISD Principals, as needed.
B. Functions
1. The LISD Special Education Director, LISD Regional
Supervisors, and Principals meet to discuss the merits of the
program proposal.
a) Read the written proposal and/or listen to its
presentation.
b) Verify its accuracy.
c) Modify, edit or coordinate format.
d) Provide advice to the development source regarding
where their proposal ―fits into‖ established priorities and
timelines.
e) Share the edited and accurate written program proposal
with the LISD Assistant Superintendents.
Policy Manual
2. The LISD Assistant Superintendents may refuse the
proposal, giving reasons and possible suggestions as the
decision relates to the criteria listed below.
3. The LISD Assistant Superintendents may elicit proposals
generated by needs assessments and/or other instruments.
4. The LISD Assistant Superintendents determine whether or
not a particular proposal must go through the entire PDM
process.
5. The LISD Special Education Director facilitates the
movement of the written program proposal on to the next
step and informs appropriate personnel to next steps of
PDM.
1. Is the program proposal operationally legal?
2. Are the funding sources identified and realistic?
3. Does the program proposal address itself to a critical need?
4. Does this program proposal represent a progressive
direction for LISD?
5. What are the expected outcomes and foreseeable
problems?
6. Are timelines established?
III. LISD Superintendent Review
A. Membership
This PDM review is completed by the LISD Superintendent. The
program proposal is presented to the Superintendent by LISD
administrative staff as needed.
Policy Manual
B. Functions
1. To read written program proposal and/or listen to a
presentation of the proposed program development of
special education.
2. To recommend action regarding this proposal.
a) Acceptance with a recommendation to forward the
program proposal to the next PDM advisory group.
b) Rejection, as this decision relates to the criteria

below.
c) Request specific revision; suggest specific
clarification and/or modification of the program
development proposal.
1. Have the LISD Special Education Director and LISD
Assistant Superintendents and other groups given fair
consideration to the program proposal and recommend any
actions?
2. Is the proposed program action consistent with the goals and
objections, priorities and plans, as well as budget of the
LISD?
3. Is adequate support, fiscal and administrative identified in
the program proposal?
IV. Special Education Parent/Guardian Advisory Committee (PAC)
Review Process
Policy Manual
A. Membership
This PDM advisory review committee consists of the LISD Parent/
Guardian Advisory Committee (PAC) and the LISD Special
Education Director as an ex-officio member. LISD administration
will be available to assist the PAC with background information
regarding the program proposal.
B. Functions
1. To become familiar with the operation of special education

programs and services, legislative mandates, the LISD
Mandatory Plan for the Delivery of Special Education
Programs and Services and other relevant policies,
regulations and needs, so that they may fairly represent the
special education consumers.
presentation of the proposed program development.
3. To discuss the program proposal.
4. To recommend action regarding the program proposal.
a) Acceptance with a recommendation to forward the
program proposal to the next PDM advisory group.
b) Rejection, as this decision relates to the criteria
below.
c) Request specific revision, clarification and/or other
modifications of the program development proposal.
1. Will this program proposal fulfill the expressed need (from
the consumers’ point of view)?

Policy Manual
2. Do the financial resources exist as illustrated in this
proposal?
3. Does the program proposal, in anyway, seem to imply a loss
of mandated rights of either the children or their
parent(s)/guardian(s)?
4. Are sufficient supportive services including administrative
support built into the program proposal?
V. Superintendents’ Special Education Advisory Committee Review Process
A. Membership
This PDM advisory review consists of members of the Lenawee
County Superintendents’ Special Education Advisory Committee
(membership set annually).
B. Functions
1. To read written program proposal or listen to any
presentation of the proposed development in special
education.
2. To recommend action regarding the program proposal:
a) Acceptance and forward their recommendation to the
Lenawee County Superintendents’ Association.
b) Rejection, and forward their recommendation to the
Lenawee County Superintendents’ Association, as it
relates to the criteria listed below.
c) Request a specific clarification, revision, and/or
modification of the program development proposal.
Policy Manual
1. Is the suggested funding appropriate?
2. Does this program proposal make the most of the resources
to be employed?
3. Is there an appropriate evaluation component?
4. Can this program proposal be supported and administered
appropriately?
VI. Lenawee County Superintendents’ Association

Review Process
A. Membership
This PDM advisory review consists of the members of the Lenawee
County Superintendents’ Association and the LISD Superintendent
with LISD administrative staff as needed.
B. Functions
1. To read the program proposal and/or listen to a presentation
of the program proposal by the Superintendent’s Special
Education Advisory Committee.
2. To discuss the program proposal.
3. To recommend action regarding the program proposal:
a) Acceptance, forward recommendation to the LISD
Board.
b) Rejection, as the decision relates to the criteria listed
below.
c) Request specific revision, clarification and/or
Policy Manual
1. Is the suggested funding appropriate?
2. Does this program proposal seem to make the most of the
resources that are to be employed?
3. Does it appear to fulfill a need?
4. Can this program proposal be supported and administered
appropriately?
VII. LISD Board of Education
Approval Process
A. Membership
The PDM approval process consists of the members of the LISD
Board of Education. Their review of the program proposal occurs
at a public Board meeting. After the Board’s review they will be
asked to take formal action on the special education program
proposal. The LISD Superintendent and others are to be available
to provide information about the program proposal.
B. Functions
presentation of proposal(s).
2. To discuss the proposal.
3. To recommend formal action regarding the proposal:
a) Acceptance (i.e., include in annual LISD special
education reimbursement model).
b) Rejection, as the decision relates to the criteria listed
below.
c) Request a specific revision, clarification and/or
Policy Manual
1. Does the program proposal have a place in our projected
budget?
2. Can the administration of the program proposal be done at a
reasonable cost?
3. Does the program proposal have the support of the other
groups involved in PDM?
4. Is the community willing to support this type of program

proposal?
Policy Manual
7165 Student Involvement in Organized Non-LISD Sponsored Activities 7165
The Board of Education recognizes the benefits students may receive
when they participate in organized non-LISD sponsored activities. These
student activities while valuable to participating students should not interfere with
students’ primary goal of education and training. Given these parameters, prior
to releasing students and staff from the school day to participate, the
administration shall provide the Board with an annual calendar that identifies the
parameters of student and staff involvement in the organized non-LISD events
and activities.
Policy Manual
7165-R Student Involvement in Organized Non-LISD Sponsored Activities 7165-R
Special Olympics
Special Olympics - LISD related activities shall be limited to those
activities that:
a) Do not impose unreasonable encroachment on the program
curriculum,
b) Do not decrease time spent on instruction, or
c) Do not reduce the amount of money available for special education
programs and services.

Promotion of such special events by District employees must be limited to
non-work time, unless specifically approved by the Superintendent.
The Superintendent will appoint staff representatives who will meet with
individuals and organizations that coordinate Special Olympics activities to
review the upcoming planned student events. An annual plan of such activities
that involve LISD students and staff needs to be approved by the Superintendent
before LISD students and staff can be involved in that annual plan of activities.
Policy Manual
7175 Parent(s)/Guardian(s) Involvement Policy 7175
State of Michigan Parent and Guardian Involvement Initiative
The Board strongly encourages and welcomes the involvement of
parent(s)/ guardian(s) in all of the District’s educational programs. It is
recognized and appreciated that parent(s)/guardian(s) are the ―first teachers‖ of
their children, and that their interest and involvement in the education of their
children should not diminish once their child enters the programs of the District.
Accordingly, the Board directs, by the adoption of this policy, that the
administration shall design a plan that will encourage parent(s)/guardian(s)

participation that may include, but not be limited to the development and review
of instructional materials; input on the ways that the District may better provide
parent(s)/guardian(s) with information concerning current laws, regulations, and
instructional programs; and District offerings of training programs to instruct
parent(s)/guardian(s) how to become more involved in their child's educational
programs.
Pursuant to state law, the Superintendent shall provide a copy of the
District’s Parental Involvement Plan to all parent(s)/guardian(s).52
Parent(s)/Guardian(s) Involvement in Title I Programs
In accordance with the requirement of the No Child Left Behind Act, the
Board of Education encourages parent(s)/guardian(s) participation in Title I
programs, including, where feasible the Part D Neglected and Delinquent Youth
programs operated under its auspices. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) shall be offered
substantial and meaningful opportunities to participate in the education of their
children by this policy.
52
MCL 380.1294 (1) No later than January 1, 2005, the board of a school district or intermediate school
district, or the board of directors of a public school academy shall adopt and implement a parent
involvement plan designed to encourage parental participation. (2) The board or board of directors shall
provide a copy of the parent involvement plan to the parent or legal guardian of each pupil. The board of
directors may provide the copy of the policy be including the policy in its student handbook or a similar
publication that is distributed to all pupils and parents. (3) The board or board of directors shall provide a
copy of the parent involvement plan to the department upon request by the department.
Policy Manual
7175 Parent(s) and Guardian(s) Involvement Policy 7175-2
The Board directs that the following actions be incorporated by the administration
in its plans for parent(s)/guardian(s) involvement:
Parent(s)/Guardian(s) must be involved in efforts to improve the
educational achievement of their children,
Assist in dropout prevention activities, and
Prevent the involvement of their children in delinquent activities.
Parent(s)/Guardian(s) Involvement in Migrant Education Programs (MEP)
Parent(s)/Guardian(s) of students in the MEP will be involved in, and

regularly consulted, about the development, implementation, operation, and
evaluation of the program.
Parent(s)/Guardian(s) Involvement in Limited English Proficiency (LEP)
Programs
In accordance with federal law, parent(s)/guardian(s) of LEP students will
be provided notice regarding their child’s placement in and information about the
District’s LEP program. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) will be notified about their rights
regarding program content and participation including the right to choose among
programs if alternatives are available. The notice must also include an
explanation of the value of the program in terms of academic development,
mastery of English, and the achievement of promotion and graduation standards.
The notice will also include an explanation of the right to remove the child from
an LEP program and to place the child in the regular program. The notice must
be in a format that families can comprehend and, if possible, in a language that is
understood by the family.

LEGAL REF: 20 USCA 6318 (No Child Left Behind Act); MCL 380.1294 (PA 107
of 2004)
Policy Manual
7420 Inspection by Parent(s)/Guardian(s) of Instructional Material 7420
The parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be permitted to inspect all instructional
materials used by the District for instructing and evaluating students in
furtherance of an instructional program. Instructional materials shall include
teacher’s manuals and all other supplementary materials.
The District shall give parent(s)/guardian(s) notice of their rights under this
policy.

LEGAL REF: 20 USCA § 1232g (Family Educational Rights & Privacy Act of
1974 [FERPA])
Policy Manual
7463 Use of Audiovisual Resources 7463
Audiovisual resources shall be aligned with the Board approved curricula.
Audiovisual resources shall be selected for their direct relevance to the
instructional program. General selection criteria should include quality of the
overall work and its individual parts, fair and accurate representation of the facts,
the reputation, and significance of the writer, Director, and/or performer.
Audiovisual resources shall not be used for recreation or entertainment, or
for other than planned instructional purposes.

LEGAL REF: 20 USCA §6811 (The Technology for Education Act of 1994)
Policy Manual
7463-R Use of Audiovisual Resources 7463-R
The use of audiovisual resources in school is subject to the following
regulations:
1. All audiovisual resources must be carefully previewed and evaluated by the
teacher and be determined to meet identified learning objectives and
student outcomes before they are used with students.
2. In general, copyright guidelines permit in-classroom use of copyrighted
audiovisual resources when it is used for instructional purposes in a
teaching situation, and is a lawfully made copy.53
a. The school setting has been defined as a ―semi-public performance.‖
Therefore, public performance rights are reserved for the copyright
owner or those given permission.
b. Audiovisual resources marketed for ―home use‖ do not have the rights
granted for public performance. Films that include a notice that the film
is intended for ―home use only‖ shall not be shown to a class for
entertainment purposes.
3. Non-profit education institutions generally may use audiovisual resources in
the course of ―face-to-face‖ teaching activities, without the need to obtain
consent from the copyright owner if the following permissible guidelines are
met:
a. The audiovisual resource is a legally obtained lawful copy.
b. The audiovisual resource must be used in the course of ―face-to-face‖
teaching activities.
c. The audiovisual resource activity must be carried out by an instructor
or student.
d. The audiovisual resource activity must be carried out in a classroom or
similar place devoted to instruction.
53
E.g. ―Grapes of Wrath‖ may be presented for literary value to a high school English class, but ―Star-
Wars‖ which if being shown for entertainment, would not be permitted unless copyright clearance has been
obtained
Policy Manual
7463-R Use of Audiovisual Resources 7463-R-2
e. All audiovisual resource programming obtained from commercial
sources outside the school’s purchasing procedure through rental,
lease or purchase must be approved for classroom use by the program
administrator.
4. The program supervisor shall have advanced notice and approval for use of
audiovisual resources described in this paragraph. Parent(s)/Guardian(s)
shall receive one week advanced written notice when teachers plan to use
commercial audiovisual resources that are rated PG with elementary

students, PG-13 with middle school students or (if needed), R with high
school students under the age of 18. Such notice shall include an accurate
description of the contents of the video recording and where it may be
obtained for parent(s)/guardian(s) review. Parent(s)/ Guardian(s) shall be
given the opportunity to elect an alternative activity for their son or daughter.
5. Other media such as DVD, CD-ROM, laser disc and audiotapes, while not a
part of the video rating system, should be selected and used applying the
same criteria as videos.
6. Audiovisual resources may not be used for recreation or entertainment, or
for other than planned instructional purposes.
Policy Manual
7463-R Use of Audiovisual Resources 7463-R-3
LENAWEE ISD
PARENT(S)/GUARDIAN(S) NOTIFICATION FORM AUDIOVISUAL RESOURCES
Date: ____________________________
Dear Parent(s)/Guardian(s):
I am planning to show _____________________________ to my _______ grade

Audiovisual Resource
________________________________________ Class. This audiovisual
resource is rated ________.
The rating is due to these factors:
The purpose of seeing this audiovisual resource is to:
_____ The audiovisual resource will be shown in its entirety.

_____ Only the following portions of the audiovisual resource will be shown:
If you wish to preview the audiovisual resource contact the program supervisor at:
_______________________________________.
_____________________________________
Signature of Teacher & Administrator
################################################################
Please sign below and return this form with your child or mail it to the address
indicated. Please return this form on or before: ________________
Film/Video: ___________________________
_____ My child has my approval to view this audiovisual resource.

_____ I do not want my child to view this audiovisual resource. Please
substitute a meaningful, related, alternative activity.
Student: ___________________________
__________________________________________
Signature of Parent/Guardian
School:
Address: _________________________________________________________
Policy Manual
7490 Field Trips and Excursions 7490
Field trips and excursions must be aligned with Board approved curricula.
The Superintendent shall provide the Board with information concerning any
overnight trip, in advance of the trip whenever possible. All overnight trips are to
be approved in advance by the Superintendent. All trips to foreign countries shall
be approved in advance by the Board of Education. The Superintendent’s and
Board’s decisions shall take into account any travel warnings or cautions of the
U. S. Department of State or Department of Homeland Security.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1321-1332; R 340.241-243
Policy Manual
7770 Teaching about Religion 7770
Teachers may teach about religion, religious literature, and history when
aligned with the approved curricula. Teachers are prohibited from indoctrination,
proselytizing, expounding, criticizing, or ridiculing a particular religion. Religious
texts may be used to teach about religion, but the use of religious texts is
prohibited if used to endorse a particular religious doctrine or inculcate particular
sectarian beliefs and values.

Policy Manual
7800 School Ceremonies and Observances (Cf. 7770) 7800
Opening Exercises
Classrooms are strongly encouraged to open the school day with
appropriate patriotic exercises. At a minimum, at least weekly, this will include
the recitation of the pledge to the flag. Patriotic songs, and reading of excerpts of
material intended to foster the development of moral values, patriotism, and high
standards of conduct may supplement this activity. A student who expresses a
personal objection to repeating the pledge to the flag shall not be required to
participate. However, such students shall not cause a disturbance or interfere

with the participation of others.
Recognition of Religious Beliefs and Customs
Employees of the District shall neither promote nor disparage any religious
belief or non-belief. The Board encourages all students and staff members to
appreciate and to be tolerant of each other’s religious views. Students and staff
members may be excused from participating in practices that are contrary to their
religious beliefs unless there are clear overriding concerns that would prevent it.
The Board, through its instructional program, shall attempt to advance all
students’ knowledge and appreciation of the role that religious heritage has
played in the social, cultural and historical development of the United States and
human civilization.
Federal Requirements
As required by the No Child Left Behind Act, the Superintendent will, by
October 1 of each year, certify in writing to the state that students of the District
are not prevented by policy or rule from participating in constitutionally protected
prayer. The Superintendent will ensure that the staff, parent(s)/guardian(s), and
students are made aware of the parameters of acceptable religious speech and
actions.
Policy Manual
7800 School Ceremonies and Observances (Cf. 7770) 7800-2
The Superintendent will also distribute guidelines to each school concerning
religion in the schools, after the guidelines/regulations have been approved by
the Board attorney and reviewed by the Board.
In accordance with federal law54, the District shall offer an educational
program(s) each year on Constitution Day to commemorate the September 17,
1787 signing of the United States Constitution.55
Approved: Adopted June 7, 2004; Revisions Adopted January 8, 2007
LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1175; 380.1217; Lee v. Weisman, 112 S. Ct. 2649
(1992); NCLB; Section 111 of Division J of Public Law 108-447
(2004).
54
Section 111 of Division J of Public Law 108-447
55
Constitution Day shall be held on September 17th of each year. However, if September 17th falls on a
Saturday, Sunday, or holiday, then Constitution Day shall be held during the preceding or following week.
Policy Manual
7800-R School Ceremonies and Observances (Cf. 7770) 7800-R
Through special ceremonies or through the instructional program, building
administrators may arrange for proper commemoration of the following special
days in the schools:
Constitution Day (September 17); Columbus Day (Second Monday in
October); Veteran’s Day (November 11); Martin Luther King’s Birthday (3rd
Monday in January); Lincoln’s Birthday (February 12); and Washington’s Birthday
(3rd Monday in February).
Observance of Constitution Day

The District shall offer a Constitution Day program(s) each September 17
to commemorate the signing of the United States Constitution. 56
Observance of Religious Holidays
The practice of the District shall be as follows:
The several holidays throughout the year that have a religious and secular
basis may be observed in the public schools.
The historical and contemporary values and the origin of religious holidays
may be explained in an unbiased and objective manner without sectarian
indoctrination.
Music, art, literature and drama having a religious theme or basis are
permitted as part of the curricula for school-sponsored activities and programs if
presented in a prudent and objective manner and as a traditional part of the
cultural and religious heritage of the particular holiday.
The use of religious symbols such as a cross, Menorah, crescent, Star of
David, crèche, symbol of Native America or other symbols that are a part of a
religious holiday is permitted as a teaching aid or resource provided such
56
Constitution Day shall be held on September 17th of each year. However, if September 17th falls on a
Saturday, Sunday, or holiday, then Constitution Day shall be held during the preceding or following week.
Policy Manual
7800-R School Ceremonies and Observances 7800-R-2
symbols are displayed as an example of the cultural and religious heritage of the
holiday, are used in instruction, and are temporary in nature. Among these
holidays are Christmas, Easter, Passover, Hanukkah, Kwanza, and St.
Valentine’s Day, St. Patrick’s Day, Thanksgiving, and Halloween.
The District's calendar, through the collective bargaining process, may be
prepared so as to minimize conflicts with religious holidays of all faiths.
Religion in the Curriculum
It is essential that teaching about religion —and not indoctrination of

same—be conducted in a factual, objective and respectful manner. Therefore,
the practice of the District shall be as follows:
The Board supports the inclusion of religious literature, music, drama
and the arts in the curricula and in school activities provided that it is intrinsic to
the learning experience in the various fields of study and is presented objectively.
The emphasis on religious themes in the arts, literature and history
should be only as extensive as necessary for a balanced thorough study of these
areas. Such studies should never foster any particular religious tenets or
demean any religious beliefs.
Student-initiated expressions to questions or assignments, which
reflect their beliefs or non-beliefs about a religious theme, shall be
accommodated. Students are free to express religious belief or non-belief in
non-disruptive composition, art forms, music, and speech.
Dissemination of Religious Materials
Materials that have a religious content may be made available to
students during non-instructional time. The District shall impose content neutral,
time, place, and manner restrictions on the dissemination of religious materials to
ensure that students are aware that the materials are not being endorsed or
sponsored by the District or its staff.
Policy Manual
Dedications and Commencements
Traditions are a cherished part of the community life and the District
expresses an interest in maintaining those traditions, which have had
significance to the community. While recognizing the significance of traditions,
the Board recognizes that its dedication ceremonies and commencement
exercises must be secular in nature.
Inspirational addresses, which do not promote religion, may be permitted at such
ceremonies.
Because the baccalaureate service is traditionally religious in nature, it, if
held, shall be sponsored by agencies separate from the District. School initiated
invocations and benediction, inherent in commencement (graduation)
ceremonies, are not allowed under current law.
Federally Required Guidelines
Students have the following rights pursuant to federal law:
To engage in private, non-disruptive activity such as prayer or
religious readings while at school;
To participate in before or after school events that have a
religious content;
To study about religion when appropriate to the curricula;
To produce written expressions of religious beliefs in home
work, art work, and other assignments;
To distribute in a non-disruptive manner, subject to reasonable
restrictions as to time, place, and manner, religious literature;
To be excused for religious reasons from participation in school
programs or activities;
To be granted release time to attend religious events;
Policy Manual
To wear clothing that includes a non disruptive religious theme
or message;
To be given access to school media to announce religious
events in the same manner as other organizations;
To be granted access to school facilities for religious activities in
the same manner as other organizations.
Policy Manual
7880 Flag Displays 7880
Each District building where students are being taught, in accordance with
law, shall display the United States and Michigan flags each day that the building
is open for students. The flags shall be flown outside of the building according to
accepted display procedures. Classrooms may display the United States and
Michigan flags in a prominent place.

Policy Manual
Section 8000 - Students
TC-8000-1
8000—STUDENTS
8015 Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment, and

Complaints
8020 Attendance
8030 Truancy
8035 Absences and Excuses
8040 School Admissions
8045 Homeless Children
8090 Release of a Student during the School Day
8100 Student Code of Conduct
8130 Searches of Motorized Vehicles, Lockers, and Students
8140 Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School
8245 Gangs
8255 Terroristic Threats or Acts
8300 Student Discipline
8320 Assaults Committed by Students
8350 Student Suspension and Expulsion
8355 Suspension/Expulsion of Students with Disabilities
8453 Student Wellness
8480 Immunizations
8510 Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff
8515 Head Lice Policy
8580 Child Abuse and Neglect – Duty to Report
8590 Student Safety and Accidents
8660 First Aid
8665 Automated External Defibrillators (AED’s)
8670 Administration of Medications by School Personnel
8710 Student Club, Organizations, and Access to School Facilities
8730 Student Publications
8760 Employment of Students
8860 Do-Not-Resuscitate (DNR) Orders
8940 Student Records
8990 Student Fees, Fines, Charges, and Deposits
Policy Manual
8015 Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment and Complaints 8015
It is the policy of the Board of Education that the District will not discriminate against any
person based on sex, race, color, national origin/ancestry, religion, height, weight, marital status,
age, limited English-speaking ability, sexual orientation, or disability. The District reaffirms its
long-standing policy of compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations
prohibiting discrimination.
The Board shall be an equal opportunity employer. The objective of the Board is to attract
and retain individuals qualified and/or trainable for the positions in the system by virtue of job-
related standards of education, training, experience, and personal qualifications.
Every child, regardless of sex, race, color, national origin/ancestry, religion, height,
weight, marital status, age, limited English-speaking ability, sexual orientation, or disability, is
entitled to equal opportunity for educational development.
No student57 will be excluded from participating in, denied the benefits of, or subjected to
discrimination under any educational program or activity conducted by the District. The Board
shall treat its students without discrimination as this pertains to course offerings, athletics,
counseling, employment assistance, and extracurricular activities.
The District recognizes that it is desirable to deepen the understanding of the different
cultures, races, and religions of its students, staff and communities, and, therefore, shall strive to
create and maintain an atmosphere of mutual understanding and respect among students,
employees, and the public.
Discriminatory harassment of students, District elected officials, employees, or applicants
for employment by Board of Education members,
57
The word ―student‖ should be read to include the full range of individuals served by the Intermediate
School District in its early childhood, preschool, school-aged, and adult education programs. It is the policy
of the District to use this term in an inclusive manner, encompassing a wide range of learners.
Policy Manual
8015 Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment and Complaints 8015-2
District employees, vendors, contractors or other doing business with the District, students,
parent(s)/guardian(s), invitees, volunteers or guests will not be tolerated.
Discriminatory harassment includes unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual
favors or other verbal or physical conduct relating to an individuals’ sex, race, color, national
origin/ancestry, religion, height, weight, marital status, age, limited English-speaking ability,
sexual orientation, or disability when:
Submission to such conduct or communication is made a term or condition, either
explicitly or implicitly, to obtain employment;
Submission to, or rejection of, such conduct or communication by an
employee/applicant is used as a factor in decisions affecting such
employee/applicant’s employment;
Such conduct or communication has the purpose or effect of substantially
interfering with an employee’s employment, or creating an intimidating, hostile, or
offensive employment environment, or otherwise adversely affects an employee’s
employment opportunities;
Submission to such conduct or communication is made either an explicit or implicit
condition of utilizing or benefiting from the services, activities, or programs of the
District;
Submission to, or rejection of, the conduct or communication is used as the basis
for a decision to exclude, expel or limit the harassed student in the terms,
conditions or privileges of the District; or
The harassment substantially interferes with the student’s education, creates an
intimidating, hostile, or offensive environment, or otherwise adversely affects the
student’s educational opportunities.
Policy Manual
Examples of sexual harassment, may include, but is not limited to, the following:
Verbal harassment or abuse;
Pressure for sexual activity including unwelcome touching;
Repeated remarks with sexual or demeaning implications;
Sexual jokes, posters, cartoons, etc.;
Suggesting or demanding sexual involvement, accompanied by implied or explicit
threats concerning one’s grades, safety, job, or performance of public duties.
In addition, any form of retaliation against the complainant or witness is in itself a form of
sexual harassment.
The District intends that a student, employee, applicant for employment, or any other
school official reporting an incident of discriminatory harassment will not suffer any form of
reprisal for making such a report.
Federal Title Programs
If any person believes the District or an employee of the District has inadequately applied
the principles and/or regulations of a federal Title program or believe they have been
discriminated against, that person may make a complaint to the applicable Civil Rights
Coordinator identified in the complaint section of this policy.
Publication Notice
The following statement shall be used in the official publications of the District:
"The Lenawee Intermediate School District does not discriminate in
any of its educational programs and services, activities, or
employment practices, on the basis of sex, race, color, national
Policy Manual
origin/ancestry, religion, height, weight, marital status, age, limited
English-speaking ability, sexual orientation, or disability.”
Direct inquires to:

4107 North Adrian Highway
Adrian, Michigan, 49221-9354;
Phone: (517) 265-1608
For hearing impaired, please call the Michigan Relay Center at 800-649-3777 (TDD).
Designation of Civil Rights Coordinators
The following positions are designated Civil Rights Coordinators, including Title IX
Coordinators, and charged with complaint investigation duties under this policy:
As pertains to students making As pertains to employees and Any other inquires and complaints
inquires or filing a complaint: applicants making inquires or filing
a complaint:
Assistant Superintendent for Executive Director of Staff Superintendent
Instruction Resources Lenawee Intermediate School
Lenawee Intermediate School Lenawee Intermediate School District
District District 4107 N. Adrian Hwy.
4107 N. Adrian Hwy. 4107 N. Adrian Hwy. Adrian, MI 49221
Adrian, MI 49221 Adrian, MI 49221 (517) 265-1628
(517) 265-1610 (517) 265-1608
In the event that the complaint is against the Superintendent, the Board Vice-President
shall be the Civil Rights Coordinator and inquires and/or a written complaint letter should be sent
to:
Vice-President, Board of Education

4107 N. Adrian Hwy.
Adrian, MI 49221
Policy Manual
The Superintendent, and if the allegation is against the Superintendent, the Board Vice-
President, reserves the right, on a case-by-case basis, to contract for an independent Civil Rights
Coordinator’s investigation.
Complaint, Grievance, and Investigation Process
The Civil Rights Coordinators, as specified herein, are designated to receive, investigate,
and wherever possible, satisfactorily resolve complaints from any person who believes that
he/she may have been discriminated against in violation of this policy.
Any person who believes he/she has been discriminated against in violation of this policy
should file a written complaint with the applicable Civil Rights Coordinator within ten (10) calendar
days of the alleged violation. The Civil Rights Coordinator will take the following action:
First, cause an investigation of the complaint to be commenced, opening a file, informing
the complainant, and providing a designation to the case for record-keeping purposes.
Second, gather information pertinent to the complaint. The Civil Rights Coordinator shall
arrange for a meeting with the complainant. Usually this meeting should occur before
appointments with other people who are knowledgeable of the facts and circumstances of
the particular complaint. The Civil Rights Coordinator shall have access to any public,
educational, and personnel records held by the District pertinent to the complaint. In
determining whether the alleged conduct constitutes discrimination or harassment, the
totality of the circumstances, the nature of the discrimination/harassment and the context
in which the alleged incident(s) occurred will be investigated. The Civil Rights Coordinator
may confer with individuals who have particular expertise in order to assist in
understanding and/or resolving the complaint.
Policy Manual
Third, complete the investigation of the complaint and provide, in writing, a written report
to the complainant and Superintendent. If the Civil Rights Coordinator determines that a
violation has occurred, he/she shall propose a fair resolution of the complaint within that
report. If no violation is found, or if the determination is inconclusive, the report shall
include a right to appeal that finding.
The District considers discrimination and harassment based on sex, race, color, national
origin/ancestry, religion, height, weight, marital status, age, limited English-speaking ability,
sexual orientation, or disability to be a major offense, which will result in disciplinary action of the
offender. Disciplinary action depends upon the status of the offender. Action against a District
employee, including the Superintendent, may range from reprimand to termination of
employment. Disciplinary action against a student shall be administered under the applicable
student discipline policies and may range from reprimand to expulsion. Disciplinary action
against a Board of Education member may range from Board of Education public censure to
removal of the Board member from an officer position he/she may hold.
In cases where the alleged discrimination/harassment involves a member of the Board of
Education, the Superintendent will appoint outside legal counsel to investigate the complaint.
The results of an investigation and any action taken thereon will be communicated to the
Superintendent and the complaining person.
In the event the complaint is against the Superintendent, the Vice-President of the Board
shall be designated as the Civil Rights Coordinator and investigator for such complaints. The
Vice-President of the Board may elect to employ District legal counsel or other qualified,
independent investigators at his/her sole discretion to assist him/her in the investigation.
Policy Manual
The complainant may appeal the Civil Rights Coordinator’s determination to the
Superintendent, or, in the case of a complaint against the Superintendent, to the full Board of
Education, by so notifying the Superintendent or Board President in writing within the (10)
calendar days of the Civil Rights Coordinator’s determination. The Superintendent or Board of
Education may conduct additional investigation of the facts and circumstances surrounding the
complaint.
The Board of Education may assign, by resolution, an independent legal
counsel to conduct its appeal process.
The Superintendent, or Board of Education in the case of a complaint against the
Superintendent, shall affirm or reverse the Civil Rights Coordinator’s decision and, if warranted,
implement the Civil Rights Coordinator’s proposed resolution or a modification thereof. The
Superintendent or Board's decision shall be final.
Upon completion of, or at any point in, the grievance process, complainants have the
right to file a complaint with the Office for Civil Rights, US Department of Education, Washington,
D.C. 20201. The complainant should first be directed to the following address:

Cleveland, OH 44114
(216) 522-4970 phone
(216) 522-2573 fax
Approved: Adopted October 4, 2004; Revisions Adopted January 8, 2007
LEGAL REF: Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d. et seq.; and 42
U.S.C. §§ 2000e, et seq.; Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972, 20 U.S.C. §§ 1681, et
seq.; Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. § 794; The Americans With
Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1210, et seq.; the Handicappers’ Civil Rights Act, MCL §§
Policy Manual
8015-R Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment 8015-R
and Complaints
Intimate Personal Hygiene
These administrative procedures are provided to ensure that students with disabilities,
who need assistance with intimate personal hygiene have ―same-sex staff‖ give this assistance
unless excepted, waived, or otherwise determined at the regularly scheduled Individualized
Education Program Team meeting, and agreed to by the parent(s)/guardian(s) in writing, that
such assistance with the use of a same-sex staff member is not required and/or necessary to
provide educational benefits to the student.
The special education placement decision of the IEP Team shall be based upon the
committee's determination of the student's needs and his/her placement in the least restrictive
environment and shall not be overly influenced by the sex of the staff member providing
assistance.
Definitions
Emergencies:
Unexpected and/or unavoidable events which prevent assistance with intimate personal
hygiene by regularly scheduled same-sex staff, including staff absences.
Intimate Personal Hygiene:
Toileting, bathing, dressing, and other activities ordinarily conducted in private.
Standard Operating Procedures
1. Unless exempted, waived, or otherwise deemed unnecessary by the IEP Team, all
disabled students who need assistance with intimate personal hygiene shall have such
assistance by staff of the same sex as the student.
Policy Manual
8015-R Equal Opportunity, Nondiscrimination, Illegal Harassment 8015-R-2
and Complaints
2. Exceptions:
a. Students who need services from the school nurse are exempt from the
requirement of same-sex assistance;
b. During an emergency, as determined by school officials, provided by a person of
the opposite sex.
3. The IEP Team for students with disabilities who need assistance with intimate personal
hygiene shall document this need on the IEP Team report.
4. An IEP Team noting the need for assistance with intimate personal hygiene shall specify
how this need shall be met in the student’s placement. The IEP Team must consider the
necessity of providing this assistance with a staff member of the same sex as the student.
If the IEP Team determines the sex of the service provider is inconsequential to acquiring
educational benefits, services may be provided by any qualified staff member, identified on
the IEP by title or position, so long as the parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the form agreeing to
the IEP recommendations.
5. If the IEP Team determines same sex assistance is necessary for a successful educational
experience, a student 18 years or older, a student's parent(s)/ guardian(s), may waive, if
they desire, the requirement of same sex assistance with intimate personal hygiene, upon
request of the school's administrative representative, by signing the appropriate form. The
school personnel representing the administration at the IEP Team meeting seeking such a
waiver shall provide the person with information about how the service may be provided,
prior to requesting the signature.
Policy Manual
and Complaints
6. If a student or parent(s)/guardian(s) do not waive provision of same-sex assistance with

intimate personal hygiene or does not approve the IEP Team recommendation finding sex
of service provider to be inconsequential, the administration will schedule, assign, or
reassign staff to meet the needs of the students, within a reasonable period. The same
action shall be made if the parent(s)/guardian(s) request a due process hearing in
disagreement with the IEP Team recommendations.
7. When good faith efforts at scheduling or assignment of staff cannot provide the necessary
same-sex assistance with intimate personal hygiene, volunteers, replacement, or
temporary personnel may be used to provide the service. At no time, will the unavailability
of same-sex assistance warrant exclusion of the involved students(s) from the classroom.
8. During a reduction in force, voluntary reassignment, hiring, or mandatory reassignment of
staff, care will be taken to ensure the provision of same-sex assistance. When hiring is the
only means to provide the necessary same-sex assistance with intimate personal hygiene,
a ―bona fide occupational qualification exemption‖ will be sought from the Michigan
Department of Civil Rights, upon approval of the Superintendent.
9. At all times when assistance with intimate personal hygiene is being provided by staff and
other service providers, the utmost discretion shall be used to ensure that student’s privacy
rights are secured and maintained, including use of screens and other privacy barriers
when changing diapers or making transfers from wheelchairs to toilet seats. When
appropriate, or when otherwise directed by the program supervisor, the staff will consult
with the student or parent(s)/guardian(s) to ensure that services are provided with the least
amount of embarrassment, fear, and inconvenience.
Policy Manual
and Complaints
PROVISION OF INTIMATE PERSONAL HYGIENE

ASSISTANCE IEP TEAM REPORT ATTACHMENT
Involved Student: ____________________ Today's Date: ________________
Student's Special Education Teacher: __________________________________
School District Providing Services: ___________________________________
DECLARATION:
I understand that by signing this form, a member of the opposite sex may provide
assistance with toileting, showering, dressing, and other intimate personal hygiene activities that
are necessary for a successful school experience. I have received an explanation of how the
above named student will receive the necessary assistance. This waiver is good until the next
regularly scheduled meeting of the Individualized Education Program Team convened for the
above named student.
SIGNATURES:
_________________________________ ____________________________
Parent/Guardian/Student Date of Signature
__________________________________ ___________________________
IEP Team Administrative Representative Date of Signature
Copies: White-LISD Student records

Pink-Local Superintendent
Yellow-Parent/Guardian
Goldenrod-CA file
Policy Manual
8020 Attendance 8020
The Board expects regular attendance at school by all students, including
those enrolled in any virtual programs. Daily attendance records shall be
maintained for each student in each school. Regular attendance contributes not
only to the probability of scholastic success but also to the development of
attitudes of consistent performance, which will carry over into adult life.
Approved: October 4, 2004

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1231; 380.1571; 380.1577; 380.1586-1589; R 340.71;
OAG, 1977-1978, No 5414, p 738 (December 20, 1978); OAG,
1987-1988, No 6467, p 196 (September 16, 1987)
Policy Manual
8020-R Attendance 8020-R
The primary responsibility for recording attendance shall be assigned to
the classroom teacher under the supervision of the program supervisor and upon
forms prescribed by the Superintendent and State Department of Education.
District personnel are to follow the state guidelines regarding student attendance
accounting and reporting. The District’s staff is to cooperate with attendance
officers and law enforcement personnel when enforcing the compulsory
attendance laws.
Policy Manual
8030 Truancy 8030
The Board will provide attendance officer services in accordance with
current law. The Superintendent shall enlist the support and cooperation of local
authorities in dealing with school problems created by students not attending
school.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1571; 380.1586-1596
Policy Manual
8035 Absences and Excuses 8035
It is necessary that a student attend throughout the school day/year in
order to benefit fully from the educational program, including those enrolled in
virtual classes.
The Board recognizes, however, that from time to time compelling
circumstances will require that a student be late to school or dismissed before
the end of the school day.
The Board requires that the school be notified of such absences by written
or oral notice from the student's parent(s)/guardian(s), which shall state the
reason for the tardiness or early dismissal. Justifiable reasons shall be
determined by the building administrator.
The Board, other than for illness or other reasons specifically referenced
in Board policy, discourages any absence from school. All absences shall be
either excused or unexcused. Appropriate rules and regulations regarding
student absences shall be developed by the administrative staff, reviewed by the
Board, and incorporated into the appropriate staff and student handbooks.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1571, 380.1578, 380.1586
Policy Manual
8040 School Admissions 8040
Since schools are maintained for the primary benefit of the residents of the
District, non-resident students may be admitted only to the extent that staff,
facilities, equipment, and supplies are available. Schools of Choice students
enrolled in constituent Districts may participate in District programs and services
in accordance with law as if they were a resident student. A student will not
normally be admitted to the District who is under expulsion from another District
or who has voluntarily withdrawn from school in another District for disciplinary
reasons.
Eligibility of Resident/Non-Resident Students
The Board establishes the following residency policy for the determining
eligibility to attend the schools of the District. (Cf. 8045 for homeless students)
The Board will educate only those students who are legal residents
of the District and those admitted under Schools of Choice laws.
Proof of residency will be required for registration in the District.
Students enrolled in the special education program of the District
whose parent(s)/guardian(s) do not reside within the District may
attend in accordance with specific contractual arrangements
including Schools of Choice contracts (§105c) and other inter-
governmental agreements.
Tuition may be charged to nonresident students resident Districts at
a rate established by the Board. Nonresident students with
disabilities attending District and local special education programs
may have their resident District charged for tuition.
Non-resident students admitted pursuant to the following exceptions will
not be required to pay tuition or seek approval from their District of residence if:
Policy Manual
8040 School Admissions 8040-2
1. The student was a victim of a criminal sexual assault or other
serious assault, that (1) occurred ―at school‖58 in the student’s
District of residence,
or (2) that was committed by one or more students from the
student’s District of residence, or (3) that was committed by
employee of the student’s District of residence.
2. The student was enrolled as a resident in the District at the
beginning of the school year and became a non-resident after the
pupil membership count day (fourth Wednesday in September).
3. The student is the child of an employee who is under a full-time or
part-time employment during the current school year. This
exception shall cease to exist when the parent(s)/guardian(s)
ceases to be an employee of the District. However, under such
circumstances, a student may finish the school year without
payment of tuition or approval from his/her resident District if the
parent(s)/guardian(s) discontinues employment with the District
after the pupil membership count day.
Unless as otherwise required by law, transportation for enrolled non-
resident students shall be furnished by their parent(s)/guardian(s).
Assignments
The program supervisor shall be responsible for assignment of all
students within the programs. In the event that the parent(s)/guardian(s) are
dissatisfied with a student assignment, he/she shall confer with the administrator,
58
―At school‖ means in a classroom, elsewhere on school premises, on a school bus or other school-related
vehicle, or at a school-sponsored activity or event whether or not it is held on school premises. MCL
388.1606(6)(g)(i).
Policy Manual
and, if not satisfied with the administrator’s explanation for the assignment, the
parent(s)/guardian(s) may confer with the Superintendent.
8040 School Admissions 8040-3
In the event that the parent(s)/guardian(s) are still dissatisfied, the
assignment may be appealed in writing to the Board for a final determination.
In the case of special education students, parent(s)/guardian(s) would
request an IEP Team meeting. Any right to challenge assignments for students
with disabilities would be governed under applicable state and federal special
education laws and regulations.
Transfers and Withdrawals
All students who plan to withdraw entirely from the programs of the District
are encouraged to give advance notice, insofar as this is possible, in order that
the school rolls may accurately reflect the current student enrollment of the
District.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1134-1135; 380.1147-1148; 380.1204a; 380.1282;
380.1324; 380.1401; 380.1416; 388.1517-1518; 388.1606; OAG,
1979-1980, No 5642, p 587 (February 4. 1980); OAG, 1981-1982,
No 5925, p 234 (June 23, 1981); OAG, 1981-1982, No 5995, p 412
(October 12, 1981); OAG, 1987-1988, No 6467, p 196 (September
16, 1987)
Policy Manual
8045 Homeless Children59 8045
Programs and services routinely provided to resident students shall be
available to identified homeless children and youth on an equal basis.
The Superintendent shall waive fees, charges, and enrollment
documentation that may act as barriers and prevent homeless children from
enrolling in school and/or acquiring an appropriate education.60 (Cf. 8040, 8480)

LEGAL REF: 42 USCA §11433 (McKinney Homeless Assistance Act); 20 USCA
6311 (No Child Left Behind Act)
59
Under the McKinney Act, the terms homeless children and youths mean
“individuals who lack a fixed, regular, and adequate nighttime
residence … and includes:
(i) children and youths who are sharing the housing of other persons
due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason; are
living in motels, hotels, trailer parks, or camping grounds due to the
lack of alternative adequate accommodations; are living in emergency or
transitional shelters; are abandoned in hospitals; or are awaiting
foster care placement;
(ii) children and youths who have a primary nighttime residence that is
a public or private place not designed for or ordinarily used as a
regular sleeping accommodation for human beings…;
(iii) children and youths who are living in cars, parks, public spaces,
abandoned buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or
similar settings; and
(iv) migratory children … who qualify as homeless for the purposes of
this part because the children are living in circumstances described
[above].”
60
To be eligible for federal funds for programs assisting the education of homeless children, a District must
provide written notice to the parents/guardians of each child enrolled in a separate school for homeless
children of the choice of schools that homeless children are eligible to attend, that no homeless child is
required to attend a separate school, and that homeless children must be provided transportation services,
educational services and meals through school meal programs comparable to those offered to other children
in the school attended. The notice must also include contact information for the local liaison for homeless
children and the state coordinator for education of homeless children. If the District sends a homeless child
to a school other than the school of origin or the school requested by the parent/guardian, the District must
provide the parents/guardians a written explanation for, including notice of the right to appeal, the decision.
This information must also be provided whenever a dispute arises over school selection. 42 U.S.C. § 11432
(e) (3) ©, (E); 11432 (g) (2) (B), (E)
Policy Manual
8045-R Homeless Children 8045-R
In coordination with the constituent Districts, the District will emphasize the rights of
homeless students to:
Equal access to all educational programs and services including transportation;
Continue to attend school in their school of origin for the duration of homelessness;
Attend regular public school with non-homeless students;
Continue to receive all services for which they are eligible, such as special education,
gifted and talented, or LEP.
Policy Manual
8090 Release of a Student during the School Day 8090
In recognition of the District’s obligation to parent(s)/guardian(s) for the
health, welfare, and safety of students, program supervisors shall not release a
student during the school day except in emergencies or to a student’s lawful
custodian as defined by Michigan law. The identification of the student’s lawful
custodian shall be verified to the satisfaction of the program supervisor. The
name, address and telephone number of the lawful custodian shall be entered on
the permanent record of the student.
If one parent/guardian has been awarded custody of the student in a

divorce settlement, the parent/guardian in custody as defined in statute shall
inform the school, in writing, of any limitations in the right of the non-custodial
parent/guardian. The minimum standard for verification in this regard is the latest
relevant court order. Absent such notice, the school will presume that the student
may be released into the care of either parent/guardian.
No student who has a medical condition that is presently incapacitating
may be released from school without a person to accompany him/her.
No student shall be released from school to anyone whose signature
authorizing such custody is not on file in the building.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1561(e); R 340.71-75; OAG, 1989-1990, No 6596, p 195
(August 9, 1989)
Policy Manual
8100 Student Code of Conduct 8100
Respect for law and for those persons in authority shall be required of all
students. This includes conformity to school rules as well as general provisions of
law regarding minors. Respect for the rights of others, consideration of their
privileges, and cooperative citizenship shall be maintained in the schools of the
District.
The Superintendent shall establish procedures known as the Student
Code of Conduct to carry out Board policy and philosophy, and shall hold all
school personnel, students, and parent(s)/guardian(s) responsible for the

conduct of students in schools and on school vehicles.
Programs that physically share students with a local public school (i.e. the Vocational
Technical Center, special education programs located in local public school buildings and others)
may follow the lead of the local District when taking disciplinary action. This concept shall also
apply to students shared with Jackson Community College and other post-secondary institutions.
Unless special circumstances are considered by that local District and made part of its official
action taken to discipline the student, the local District’s disciplinary action shall be deemed
applicable to that student's participation in the Intermediate School District’s program(s) as well.
This relationship may be addressed in written contracts, memorandums of understanding, joint
operating procedures and other documents
Discipline on the buses shall be the responsibility of the transportation
staff in cooperation with program administration. If a student presents a bus
discipline problem, a meeting with the parent(s)/guardian(s), driver,
transportation supervisor, and program administration may be held to consider
the need for a functional behavior assessment and behavior intervention plan.
Policy Manual
8100 Student Code of Conduct 8100-2
No student is to be detained after the close of the regular school day
unless the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student have been contacted and
informed that their child is to be detained.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.601a; 380.1311; 380.1312; 750.411t (PA 11 of 2004, AKA
―Garret’s Law‖)
Policy Manual
8100-R Student Code of Conduct 8100-R
The Superintendent is authorized by the Board to designate specific administrators
(Assistant Superintendents and program supervisors) to have the power to suspend and as noted
below, to implement certain short-term expulsions of students. (Cf. 8350, 8355). Grade
reductions, suspension of privileges, and other disciplinary sanctions are also authorized.
Infractions Constituting a Violation of the Student Code of Conduct
Criminal and Non-Criminal Acts
This list is not intended to be exhaustive. Other criminal and non-criminal acts not listed
will also subject the student to disciplinary action. The commission of or participation in criminal
acts on school property or at school-sponsored activities, or on school transportation vehicles is
prohibited. Disciplinary action will be taken regardless of whether criminal charges, prosecution,
or conviction results from law enforcement investigation of the incident(s).
Arson: The intentional setting of fire.
Assault: Including sexual assault and/or rape: Physical threats or violence to persons.
Burglary: Stealing of school or personal property.
Extortion, Blackmail, or Coercion: Obtaining money or property by violence or threat of
violence, or forcing someone to do something against his/her will by force or threat of
force.
Explosives illegally used: Explosives are not permitted on school property or at school -
sponsored events, unless with the express written permission of the program
supervisor.
Weapons Possession: Weapons are prohibited on school property or at
school-sponsored events, unless with the express written permission of the program
supervisor.
Larceny: Theft of another person’s property, including identity theft.
8100-R Student Code of Conduct 8100-R-2
Malicious Destruction of Property: Damage to buildings, ground, equipment, supplies,
textbooks, etc.
Policy Manual
Robbery: Stealing from an individual by force or threat of force.
Sale, Use, or Possession of Alcoholic Beverages, Illegal Drugs, or Illegal Chemicals: The
school official in charge will immediately remove from contact with other students anyone
under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs, or illegal chemicals and thereupon shall
contact the parent(s)/guardian(s).
Trespass: Being present in an unauthorized place or refusing to leave when ordered to
do so.
Unlawful Interference with School Authorities: Interfering with administrators or teachers
by force or violence.
Unlawful Intimidation of School Authorities: Interfering with administrators or teachers by
intimidation with threat of force or violence.
Smoking/Possession of Tobacco Products: Smoking and student possession of tobacco
products are not permitted on the school property.
Inappropriate Dress and Appearance: Students may exercise individual discretion in the
manner of dress and groom unless it infringes upon the health or safety of themselves or
others or is a disruptive influence on the educational environment.
Disruptive Conduct: Conduct that materially and substantially interferes with the
educational process is prohibited.
Lack of Cooperation with School Personnel: Students must obey the lawful instructions of
District personnel.
Refusal to Identify Self: All persons must identify themselves to school authorities in the
school building, on school grounds, or at school-sponsored events upon request.
Policy Manual
Inappropriate Behavior at Off-Campus Events: Students at a
school-sponsored, off-campus event shall be governed by District rules
and regulations and are subject to the authority of District officials. Failure
to obey the rules and regulations and/or failure to obey the instructions of
District officials may result in loss of eligibility to attend school sponsored
off-campus events as well as other discipline including suspension or
expulsion.
Abuse of Freedom of Speech and Assembly: Students are entitled to express their
personal opinions. Such opinions shall not interfere with the freedom of others to express
themselves or disrupt the learning environment. The use of obscenities or personal
attacks is prohibited. Students have the freedom to assemble peacefully. There is an
appropriate time and place for expression of opinions and beliefs. Conducting
demonstrations that interfere with the operation of the school or classroom are
inappropriate and prohibited.
Cheating and Plagiarism: Turning in another person’s work for credit and other forms of
cheating and plagiarism are prohibited.
Inappropriate Posters, Announcements, Handbills, Informal Student or School- Related
Publications, and Non-School Related Publications: All material shall be free of vulgar
and obscene language. The distribution, sale, posting, or depositing of materials must not
interfere with the learning environment.
Harassment, Bullying and Hazing: All instances of harassment, bullying
and hazing of students, by other students are a violation of this Code of
Conduct. Students are encouraged to report such incidents to their
counselor, teacher, or other school official. Bullying is a form of
harassment.
Policy Manual
For the purposes of this policy, ―bullying‖ is defined as: ―The repeated
intimidation of others by the real or threatened infliction of physical, verbal,
written, electronically transmitted, or emotional abuse, or through attacks on the
property of another. It may include, but not be limited to actions such as verbal
taunts, name-calling and put-downs, including ethnically-based or gender based
verbal put-downs, extortion of money or possessions, and exclusion from peer
groups within school.‖ Such conduct is disruptive of the learning environment
and, therefore, bullying is not acceptable behavior in this District, and is
prohibited.
Students who engage in any act of bullying while at school, at any school
function, in connection to or with any District sponsored activity or event, or while
enroute to or from school are subject to disciplinary action, up to and including
suspension or expulsion. As may be required by law, law enforcement officials
shall be notified of bullying incidents.
Hazing Prohibited
The act of ―hazing‖ is a crime in the state of Michigan and will not be
tolerated by the District. The District will comply, in all ways, with Michigan law
regarding any ―hazing‖ incidents.61
Students engaging in any hazing or hazing-type behavior will be subject to
the provisions of the Student Code of Conduct as would apply to any other
student violation of State law.
61
As defined in MCL 750.411t, ―hazing‖ means ―an intentional, knowing, or reckless act by a person
acting alone or acting with others that is directed against an individual and that the person knew or should
have known endangers the physical health or safety of the individual, and that is done for the purpose of
pledging, being initiated into, affiliating with, participating in, holding office in, or maintaining
membership in any organizations. Further, the term ―organization‖ means ―a fraternity, sorority,
association, corporation, order, society, corps, cooperative, club, service group, social group, athletic team,
or similar group whose members are primarily students at an educational institution.‖
Policy Manual
This policy shall be included in all student handbooks of the District and
shall be disseminated to the public in a manner to be determined by the
Superintendent.
Policy Manual
8130 Searches of Motorized Vehicles, Lockers, and Students 8130
Searches of lockers, motorized vehicles, and students shall be conducted
under the appropriate legal standard, to maintain the safety and security of
students, teachers, guests, and school property.
Lockers
All lockers assigned to pupils are the property of the District. At no time
does the District relinquish its exclusive control of its lockers. The program
supervisor or designee shall have custody of all combinations to all lockers and
locks. Pupils are prohibited from placing locks on any locker without the prior
approval of the program supervisor or designee.
The District may assign temporary use of lockers to students for their
convenience and the lockers may be used only as permitted by the rules
developed by the Superintendent. The Board authorizes the program supervisor
or designee to search lockers and locker contents at any time, without notice,
and without parent(s)/guardian(s) or pupil consent. Random searches may be
conducted pursuant to a method and/or schedule approved by the program
supervisor.
The program supervisor or designee may request the assistance of law
enforcement in conducting a locker search pursuant to state statute. If law
enforcement is summoned, the program supervisor and/or designee shall
supervise the search. In conducting a search, the privacy rights of the student
regarding any items discovered that are not illegal or against school policy and
rules shall be respected.
Any illegal or unauthorized items found during a locker search or items
deemed to be a threat to the safety and security of others may be seized. Such
items include, but are not limited to:
Firearms,
Policy Manual
Explosives,
Policy Manual
8130 Searches of Motorized Vehicles, Lockers, and Students 8130-2
Dangerous weapons,
Flammable material,
Illegal controlled substances, their analogues or other intoxicants,
Contraband,
Poisons, and/or
Stolen or suspected stolen property.
Law enforcement authorities shall be notified immediately of seizure of
such items or of items that are required to be reported to law enforcement under
the Statewide School Safety Information Policy. The items seized will be turned
over to law enforcement. The parent(s)/guardian(s) of a minor student or a
student 18 years of age or older, shall be notified by the program supervisor or
designee of items removed from the locker. A copy of this policy and
accompanying administrative rules regarding locker searches shall be provided
annually to each pupil and parent(s)/guardian(s) of the pupil assigned a school
locker.
Motorized Vehicles
Student use of a motorized vehicle on school property is a privilege.
Motorized vehicles brought onto school property by students are subject to
search by the program supervisor or designee, without notice or consent, if the
program supervisor or designee reasonably suspects that the contents of the
motorized vehicle may present a threat or potential threat to the health, safety, or
welfare of other students, staff, or to the school in general.
In the case of a locked motor vehicle, every effort will be made to have the
vehicle unlocked by the student before proceeding with the search. Students
refusing to cooperate in allowing a search of a vehicle brought by them onto
school property shall be subject to disciplinary action up to and including
Policy Manual
revocation of driving privileges on school property and/or suspension or
expulsion.
Policy Manual
8130 Searches of Motorized Vehicles, Lockers, and Students 8130-3
Students
Upon reasonable suspicion, and in order to protect the health, safety or
welfare of the students under school jurisdiction, the program supervisor, or
designee is authorized to search students. All searches shall be carried out in
the presence of an adult witness.
Strip Searches
No strip searches shall be conducted by school authorities.
Law Enforcement Searches

School officials shall cooperate with law enforcement officers who seek to
execute a search warrant. Where law enforcement officers desire to search
without a warrant, school officials should request that the circumstances be
explained, and should normally not assist, unless a clear emergency exists.
School officials shall insist on witnessing law enforcement searches conducted
on school premises.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1308(5), Statewide School Safety Information Policy, New
Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985)
Policy Manual
8130-R Searches of Motorized Vehicles, Lockers, and Students 8130-R
Search of the Person
When it has been determined by the program supervisor that there is
reason to suspect that a student is in possession of an object which can
jeopardize the health, welfare or safety of other students or that does not belong
to them, that student shall be ordered to report to the program supervisor’s office.
This determination may be based on any information received by the program
supervisor or by a member of the faculty or staff. It also may be based on
knowledge of the student’s disciplinary problems, the student’s association with

known drug offenders, the student’s exhibiting objects associated with drug use
or the student’s exhibiting such objects as bullets or a knife sheath which could
be associated with dangerous weapons.
Once in the program supervisor’s office, the student shall be advised of
the reason why he/she has been ordered to report to the program supervisor’s
office. The student shall then be requested to empty items such as, but not
limited to, pockets, purses, shoulder bags, backpacks and briefcases. Items that
the program supervisor believes may be connected with illegal activity may
remain in the custody of the program supervisor, until such items are turned over
to law enforcement officials, and if this is done, the program supervisor shall
receive a receipt for such items so delivered. Likewise, the program supervisor
shall produce a receipt of confiscated items for the student’s
If the student refuses to comply with this request, the program supervisor
shall notify the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) and request that they come to the
school at once. The program supervisor shall advise the parent(s)/guardian(s) of
the situation.
Policy Manual
8130-R Searches of Motorized Vehicles, Lockers, and Students 8130-R-2
If the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student are unable to persuade the
student to comply, the parent(s)/guardian(s) and the student shall be advised that
law enforcement officials will be notified, and the matter turned over to an
appropriate law enforcement agency. If the parent(s)/guardian(s) refuse to come
to the school or are unable to be notified and the student continues to refuse to
cooperate, the program supervisor shall notify law enforcement officials and
inform them of the facts, which give him/her reasonable suspicion to believe that
the student has illegal or dangerous objects on his/her person. Any further
search of the student shall be at the discretion and under the control of the law
enforcement officials with a valid warrant, if law requires a warrant. Once the
program supervisor has relinquished control of the student to the law
enforcement officials, the program supervisor or representative shall remain with
the student and request to be present during any search of the student made by
law enforcement officials on school property.
Upon any search, a written report shall be made indicating:
1. The name of the student,
2. The time, date and place of the search,
3. The reason(s) for the search,
4. Whether or not law enforcement officials were called,
5. Name of the person conducting the search,
6. Name(s) of person(s) present while search was conducted,
7. Item(s) confiscated.
The Superintendent shall keep a copy of the written report on file.
Policy Manual
8140 Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School 8140
It shall be the policy of the District that a reasonable cooperative effort is
to be maintained between the school administration and law enforcement
agencies. Law enforcement officials may be summoned in order to conduct an
investigation of alleged criminal conduct on the school premises or during a
school-sponsored activity. They may also be summoned for the purpose of
maintaining or restoring order when the presence of such officers is necessary to
prevent injury to persons or property. Program supervisors have the
responsibility and the authority to determine when the presence and assistance
of law enforcement officers is necessary within their respective jurisdictions. The
District’s administrators shall at all times act in a manner which protects and
guarantees the rights of students and parent(s)/guardian(s) and shall cooperate
with law enforcement officials
Because of the nature of such investigations and the statutory authority
bestowed upon the Department of Human Services (DHS) concerning the
investigation of child abuse, authorized agents of the DHS, with proper
identification, shall be permitted to talk with students in school without the
presence of the parent(s)/guardian(s).
The District recognizes that the DHS may lawfully interview a child alleged
to have been abused without the presence of the program supervisor or other
school personnel. However, in appropriate cases, the program supervisor may
request that he or she, or a designated representative, be present during the
interview.
Policy Manual
8140-R Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School 8140-R
A student who has attained the age of 18 enjoys the responsibility of
speaking for him/herself without the agreement of parent(s)/guardian(s) as to
whether or not he/she will submit to questioning, unless there is a court
appointed guardian.
1. When Initiated by Program Supervisors and Conducted by Administrators
Program Supervisors shall have the authority and duty to conduct
investigations and to question students pertaining to infractions of school rules,
whether or not the alleged conduct is a violation of criminal law. The

investigation process shall uphold the principle that an accused person is
innocent until proven guilty. Such investigations shall be conducted in a manner,
which does not interfere with school activities, in so far as possible.
2. Initiated by Program Supervisors and Conducted by Law Enforcement
Officers
The program supervisor shall determine when the necessity exists that
law enforcement officers be asked to conduct an investigation of alleged criminal
behavior which jeopardizes the safety of other people or school property or which
interferes with the operation of the schools.
The program supervisor may request that law enforcement officers
conduct an investigation and question students who are potential witnesses of
such alleged criminal behavior during school hours. A reasonable attempt shall
be made to contact the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) prior to questioning by law
enforcement officers. Reasonable requests of the parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be
observed. The administrator involved shall document such notifications or
attempted notifications to parent(s)/guardian(s). In the absence of a student’s
parent(s)/guardian(s) during any questioning of such students, the program
supervisor or a designated staff person shall be present as may be allowed by
law enforcement officials.
Policy Manual
8140-R Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School 8140-R-2
3. Initiated and Conducted by Law Enforcement Officers
Although cooperation with law enforcement officers will be maintained, it is
the preference of the District that it will not normally be necessary for law
enforcement officers to initiate and conduct any investigation and interrogation on
the school premises during school hours pertaining to criminal activities unrelated
to the operation of the school. It is preferred that only in demonstrated
emergencies, when law enforcement officers find it necessary, will they conduct
such an investigation during school hours. These circumstances might be limited

to those in which delay might result in danger to any person, flight of a person
reasonably suspected of a crime from the jurisdiction or local authorities,
destruction of evidence, or continued criminal behavior. No school official,
however, should ever place him/herself in the position of interfering with a law
enforcement official in the performance of his or her duties as an officer of the
law.
If the law enforcement officials are not recognized and/or are lacking a
warrant or court order, the program supervisor shall require proper identification
of such officials and the reason(s) for the visit to the school. If the program
supervisor is not satisfied, he/she shall attempt to notify the Superintendent and
the officer’s superior, documenting such action.
In all cases, the officers shall be requested to obtain prior approval of the
program supervisor or other designated person before beginning such an
investigation on school premises. The administrator shall document the
circumstances of such investigations as soon as practical.
Alleged criminal behavior related to the school environment brought to the
program supervisor’s attention by law enforcement officers shall be dealt with
under the provisions of relevant Board policies.
Policy Manual
4. Interrogation of Student During Investigation of Violations of School Rules
In instances where school rules have allegedly been violated, the program
supervisor may withhold information about the infraction while investigating and
talking to the suspect student or potential witnesses. When disciplinary action is
certain, upon or near completion of the investigation, the suspect student shall be
advised orally or in writing of the nature of the alleged offense and of the
evidence against the student.
School officials should not engage in detailed questioning of students at

random without reasonable expectation of gathering information as to school
misconduct. Adult students should be given the opportunity to give their consent
before answering questions of school officials.
Circumstances may arise where it would be advisable to have another
adult present during questioning of students.
5. Violations of Criminal Law
During an investigation of violation of school rules, it may come to the
attention of an administrator that the investigated activity may also be a violation
of criminal law. In proceeding with the investigation, the program supervisor shall
attempt to ascertain whether there is sufficient justification to believe that a
criminal offense was committed that warrants notifying law enforcement officials.
When a suspected violation of criminal law has occurred on the school
grounds involving the operation of the school or a school-sponsored activity, law
enforcement officials may be notified and their presence requested for the
questioning of suspected students. If such officials are notified, unless
circumstances dictate otherwise, questioning of the student shall not begin or
continue until the law enforcement officers arrive.
Policy Manual
Reasonable attempts shall be made to contact a student’s
parent(s)/guardian(s) who, unless an emergency exists, shall be given the
opportunity to confer with the student and to be present with the student during
such questioning. The administrator shall document the notification or attempted
notification to the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s), or representative.
In the absence of parent(s)/guardian(s) and student consent, it is the
preference of the District that law enforcement officers on school premises shall
not question a student. The law enforcement officers shall be asked to advise
the student of his/her legal rights. If the parent(s)/guardian(s) or student refuses
consent to the questioning, the law enforcement officer(s) will determine the
course of action to be pursued.
Information of criminal conduct not related to the schools shall be turned
over to law enforcement officials, without additional investigation by school
officials.
6. Taking a Student into Custody
School officials shall not release students to law enforcement authorities
voluntarily unless the student has been placed under arrest or unless the
parent(s)/ guardian(s) and the student agree to the release.
When students are removed from school for any reason by law
enforcement authorities, every reasonable effort will be made to notify the
student’s parent(s)/ guardian(s) immediately. Such effort shall be documented.
Whenever an attempt to remove a student from school occurs without an
arrest warrant or court order or without consent of the parent(s)/guardian(s) or
the student, the administrator shall immediately notify a superior of the law
enforcement officers involved to make objection to the removal of the student
and shall attempt to notify the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student. The
Policy Manual
Superintendent’s office shall be notified immediately of any removal of a student
from school by law enforcement officers under any circumstances.
Policy Manual
The program supervisor shall make reasonable efforts to persuade law
enforcement officers not to make arrests or to take students into custody on
school premises. Whenever the need arises to make arrests or take students
into custody on school premises, the program supervisor shall make reasonable
efforts to persuade the law enforcement officers to utilize a non-uniformed officer
in making the arrest without use of restraints.
When it is necessary to take a student into custody on school premises
and time permits, the law enforcement officer shall be requested to notify the
program supervisor and relate the circumstances necessitating such action.
When possible, the program supervisor shall have the student summoned to the
program supervisor’s office where the student may be taken into custody.
When an emergency exists, the program supervisor may summon law
enforcement officials to the school to take a student into custody.
When a student has been taken into custody or arrested on school
premises without prior notification to the program supervisor, the school staff
present shall encourage the law enforcement officers to notify the Program
Supervisor of the circumstances as quickly as possible.
Policy Manual
In the event that the officers decline to notify the program supervisor, the
school staff members present shall immediately notify the program supervisor or
the Superintendent.
If possible, the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student shall be notified by the
program supervisor before the student is taken into custody by law enforcement
officers or as quickly thereafter as possible. The administrator shall document
such notification or attempted notification.
7. Disturbance of School Environment (Cf. 9290)

Law enforcement officers may be requested to assist in controlling
disturbances of the school environment which the program supervisor has found
to be unmanageable by school personnel and which disturbances have the
potential of causing harm to students, other persons or school property. Such
potential of disturbance includes members of the public who have exhibited
undesirable or illegal conduct on school premises or at a school event, including
Board of Education meetings, held on school property and who have been
requested to leave by an administrator, but have failed or refused to do so.
School officials may issue trespass prohibitions against such persons and
request law enforcement cooperation there of.
8. Coordination of Policies by Enforcement Officials
School officials shall meet at least annually with local law enforcement
officials to discuss cooperative efforts for maintaining safe schools.
Policy Manual
8140-R Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School 8140-R -7
Student Interrogations, Searches, and Arrests - A Checklist
I. What factors caused a reasonable suspicion that the search of the student
or effects, locker or automobile will produce evidence that the student has
violated or is violating the law or the student code of conduct?
A. Eyewitness account:
1. By whom:
2. Date/time:
3. Place:
4. What was observed?
B. Information from a reliable source:
1. From whom:
2. Time received:
3. How information was received:
4. Who received the information?
5. Describe the information:
C. Suspicious behavior. Explain.
________________________________________________________
D. Time of search:
E. Location of search:
F. Was the student informed of the purpose of the search?
G. Was consent for the search requested?
II. Was the search conducted reasonably in terms of scope and intrusiveness?
A. What were you searching for?
B. Gender of the student:
Policy Manual
8140-R Interrogation and Investigations Conducted in School 8140-R-
8
C. Age of the student: ____________
D. Urgency of the situation:
E. What type of search was being conducted?
________________________________________________________
F. Who conducted the search?
Position:
Gender: ____________
G. Witnesses Identity:
III. Explanation of the search.
A. Describe the time and location of the search:
________________________________________________________
B. Describe exactly what was searched:
C. What did the search yield?
________________________________________________________
D. What was seized?
________________________________________________________
E. Were any materials turned over to the police?
F. Were parent(s)/guardian(s) notified of the search, including the reason
for it and the scope? _______________________________________
Policy Manual
8245 Gangs 8245
The Board desires to keep District schools and students free from threats
or harmful influence of any groups or gangs, which advocate drug use, violence,
or harmful disruptive behavior. The administration shall maintain continual,
visible supervision of District premises to deter gang intimidation of students and
confrontations between members of different gangs.
The Board prohibits the presence of any apparel, jewelry, accessory,
notebook or manner of grooming which, by virtue of its color, arrangement,
trademark or any other attribute, denotes membership in gangs that advocate

drug use, violence, or disruptive behavior.
Policy Manual
8255 Terroristic Threats/Acts 8255
The Board recognizes the danger that terroristic threats or acts by
students present to the safety and welfare of District students, staff, and
community. The Board acknowledges the need for an immediate and effective
response to a situation involving such a threat or act.
A terroristic threat shall mean a threat to commit violence communicated
with the intent to terrorize another, to cause evacuation of a building, or to cause
serious public inconvenience, in reckless disregard of the risk causing such terror
or inconvenience. A terroristic act shall mean an offense against property or

involving danger to another person.
The Board prohibits any student, at any time, regardless of whether school
is in session, from communicating terroristic threats or committing terroristic acts
directed at any student, employee, Board member, community member, school
building, or property. Any such threat, either real or intended as a joke, or any
terroristic act will not be tolerated in or around the District and hereby adopts a
―zero tolerance‖ of any such actions.
Action by the District may be directed by its Policy on Crisis Response
Plans (#4070).

Policy Manual
8300 Student Discipline (Cf. 5220) 8300
The Board acknowledges that conduct is closely related to learning. An
effective instructional program requires an orderly school environment and the
effectiveness of the educational program is, in part, reflected in the behavior of
students. Students shall be required to behave in a manner that:
Conforms to reasonable standards of socially acceptable behavior.
Respects the person and property of others.
Preserves the degree of order necessary to the educational program in
which they are engaged.

Respects the rights of others.
Respects the authority of teachers and other school officials.
The Superintendent shall enforce the Student Code of Conduct policy in a
manner that upholds the Vision of the District and that:
Is not arbitrary but bears a reasonable relationship to the need to maintain
a school environment conducive to learning.
Does not discriminate among students illegally.
Does not demean students.
Does not violate any individual rights constitutionally guaranteed to
students.
Does not tolerate the use of corporal punishment.
The Superintendent shall publish to all students and their
parent(s)/guardian(s) the policies and regulation of the District regarding student
conduct, the sanctions that may be imposed for breach of those rules, and the
due process procedures that will be used in administering the Student Code of
Conduct.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1311; 380.1312
Policy Manual
8320 Assaults Committed by Students 8320
Against School Personnel
The Board shall permanently expel a student in grade 6 (or age
equivalent) or above if the student commits a physical assault, as defined by
MCL 380.1311a (12) (B)62, against a District employee or against a person
engaged as a volunteer or contractor for the District on school property, on a
school bus or other school related vehicle, or at a school-sponsored activity or
event.
Threats of Assault Committed by Students

Any student in grade 6 (or age equivalent) or above who commits a
verbal, written, or electronically transmitted threat of assault on school property,
on a school bus or other school related vehicle, or at a school-sponsored activity
or event against a District employee or against a person engaged as a volunteer
or contractor for the District shall be suspended by the Superintendent for up to
180 school days. The Superintendent may modify the suspension period on a
case-by-case basis.
For the purpose of this policy, ―threat of assault‖ shall be defined as any
willful verbal, written, or electronically transmitted threat that is intended to place
another in fear of immediate physical contact that will be painful and injurious,
coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act.
Physical Assaults Committed Against Other Students
The Superintendent shall suspend a student in grade 6 (or age equivalent)
or above for up to 180 school days if the student commits a physical assault, as
defined by MCL 380.1310(3)(b), against another student on school property, on a
school bus or other school related vehicle, or at a school-sponsored activity or
62
MCL 380.1311a(12)(B) and MCL 380.1310(3)(B) define ―Physical Assault‖ as ―intentionally causing or
attempting to cause physical harm to another through force or violence.
Policy Manual
event. The Superintendent may modify the suspension period on a case-by-case
basis.
Policy Manual
8320 Assaults Committed by Students 8320-2
Reinstatement
The parent(s)/guardian(s) of a permanently expelled student, or an
emancipated permanently expelled student may petition the Board for
reinstatement. The Board shall provide all due process rights to reinstatement as
outlined in state law. Reinstatement requires Board action and is at the Board’s
discretion.
Application to Students with Disabilities
This policy shall be applied in a manner consistent with the rights secured
under federal and state law to students who are determined to be eligible for
special education programs and services.
Approved: October 4, 2004:

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1310; 380.1311a
Policy Manual
8350 Student Suspension and Expulsion 8350
The Superintendent, program supervisors, individual teachers ( see
"Suspensions by Teachers") or a Board appointed hearing officer may suspend,
either for a short-term or long-term, or may make a recommendation to the Board
regarding the permanent expulsion of a student guilty of any of the following:
Willful violation and/or persistent disobedience of any published regulation
for student conduct authorized, adopted or approved by the Board (8100
Student Code of Conduct);
Willful misconduct which substantially disrupts, impedes, or interferes with
the operation of any school, whether published in the Code or not;
Willful misconduct which substantially impinges upon or invades the rights
of others; or
Disobedience of an order of a teacher, police officer, school security officer
or other school authority, when such disobedience can reasonably be
anticipated to result in disorder, disruption or interference with the operation
of any school or substantial and material impingement upon or invasion of
the rights of others.
Suspensions
The Board authorizes the Superintendent to suspend a student for up to
180 school days without Board action or approval. A suspension may be for a
short-term not exceeding ten school days, or for a longer term, exceeding ten
school days. Should a suspension be imposed for a number of days exceeding
the remaining days in a semester, the days remaining on the suspension will
commence with the beginning of the next semester unless otherwise determined
by the Superintendent.
A short-term suspension may be imposed immediately upon a student
without first affording the student or the parent(s)/guardian(s) a hearing if the
Policy Manual
presence of the student endangers other persons or property or substantially
disrupts, impedes or interferes with the operation of the school.
8350 Student Suspension and Expulsion 8350-2
A long-term suspension shall not be imposed upon a student unless the
student has been afforded an opportunity for a formal hearing on the suspension
before the suspending school official.
Due Process Procedures for Both Suspensions and Expulsions
It is the belief of the Board of Education that many conflicts involving
student behavior can be resolved at the classroom level between the teacher and
student. When this is not possible, teachers and other staff have a duty to
maintain order and enforce this policy and shall follow the procedures below. The
Board believes that the amount and nature of the due process protections
afforded the student shall be proportionate to the severity of the offense and the
length of disciplinary removal or punishment.
Application to Students with Disabilities
This policy shall be applied in a manner consistent with the rights secured
under federal and state law to students who are determined to be eligible for
special education programs and services.
Expulsion
Except where delegated to the Superintendent in provisions authorizing
suspension for up to 180 school days, the sanction of permanent expulsion is
reserved for Board action. No student may be permanently expelled from the
District until an opportunity for a formal hearing before the Board has been
afforded the student. If that opportunity is not taken by the parent(s)/guardian(s),
or adult student, the Board may expel a student without the hearing.
Appeals
Policy Manual
The student and parent(s)/guardian(s) may appeal to the Board or a Board
appointed hearing officer a long-term suspension ordered by the Superintendent
or a program supervisor.

Hearing Officer
The Board may appoint one or more hearing officers for purposes of
hearing appeals made in cases of long-term suspensions.
Whenever a Board appointed hearing officer hears any appeal, a written
report shall be provided the Board. After receiving the report, the Board shall
determine the appeal with or without any additional hearing. Any appeal
determination by the Board in accordance with this policy and regulations shall
be valid to the same extent as if the matter were fully heard by the Board without
a hearing officer.
Written Notices
All required written notices may be mailed to the residence of the
parent(s)/ guardian(s) at the address on file in the school records of the student.
In lieu of mailing the written notice, it may be personally delivered.
Suspensions by Teachers
Class, Subject or Activity Suspension
If a teacher (including long-term substitutes, excluding other substitutes
and certified assistants) has good reason to believe that a student's conduct in a
class, subject, or activity constitutes repeated classroom disruption, the teacher
may suspend the student from the class, subject, or activity for up to one school
day. The teacher shall document that previous strategies used (i.e. classroom
interventions, referral to the counselor, and contact with the parent[s]/guardian[s])
have not been successful in satisfactorily correcting the student's disruptive
behavior.
Policy Manual
Teacher Responsibilities
a. Due Process Procedures: The teacher shall provide the following due process
procedures when suspending a student under this provision:
(1) The student shall be informed of the specific charge, which is the basis for
disciplinary action to be taken against him/her.
(2) The student will have the right to present any relevant information that will support
his/her defense.
(3) The student's parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be notified orally whenever possible and,
in all cases, in writing immediately following the suspension and the reason(s) for
it. The written notice shall be accomplished by completion of a Classroom
Suspension form developed by the District, and notice may be provided at the
same time the teacher asks the parent(s)/ guardian(s) to attend a conference, as
indicated below
b. Reporting the Suspension: The teacher shall immediately report the suspension, in -
person, or via delivery of the completed Classroom Suspension form, or by
telephone, to the program supervisor. When verbally reporting the suspension to the
program supervisor, the teacher shall complete the Classroom Suspension form and
submit it to the program supervisor within 2 school days after the suspension.
c. Length of The Suspension: The teacher has the right to specify the length of
suspension from the class, subject or activity he/she supervises, up to a maximum of
one full school day from the time of the student infraction.
d. Removal to the Office: The teacher shall immediately send the suspended student to
the program supervisor's office or other designated place.
e. Parent/Guardian-Teacher Conference: As soon as possible after the suspension, but
no later than 4:00 pm on the day after the date of the suspension, the teacher shall
personally ask the student's parent(s)/guardian(s) to attend a
Policy Manual
Parent/Guardian-Teacher Conference regarding the suspension. The teacher may
not delegate this
Policy Manual
responsibility to another. The time, date, and place for the conference shall be
mutually convenient for the parent(s)/ guardian(s), teacher, and program supervisor.
The program supervisor shall attend the conference.
The teacher shall contact a school counselor, school social worker, or school
psychologist to attend the scheduled conference.
Program Supervisor's Responsibilities
a. Determination of Appropriate Action: When the teacher suspends the student, it is the
program supervisor’s responsibility to determine what action may be appropriate
under the circumstances. This further action may include sending the student home,
placing the student in an appropriately supervised in-school suspension setting,
allowing the student to attend other classes, subjects, and/or activities not supervised
by the suspending teacher during the same school day as when the suspension
occurred. The program supervisor shall not send the student back to the suspending
teacher's supervision, on the same school day in which the teacher suspended the
student, unless the suspending teacher agrees to the student's return and the early
termination of the suspension.
b. Attendance at the Parent/Guardian-Teacher Conference: The program supervisor, or
his/her designee, shall attend the Parent/Guardian-Teacher Conference.
c. Other Responsibilities: The program supervisor shall be responsible for determining if
the application of the teacher-authorized suspension implicated additional procedures
necessary to comply with state and/or federal laws, including but not limited to the
Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1974. If the
Policy Manual
program supervisor determines that the student infraction does not satisfactorily
constitute repeated classroom disruption, the program supervisor has the
responsibility to take appropriate action, including conferring with the suspending
teacher.
Approved: October 4, 2004:

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1204a; 380.1309; 380.1311, OAG, 1985-1986, No 6271 p
13 (February 7, 1985)
Policy Manual
8350-R Student Suspension and Expulsion 8350-R
Any Short Term Suspension - Teachers or Administrators
No short-term suspension by any school employee shall be imposed upon
a student without giving the student notice of the charges and affording the
student a hearing (meaning, at minimum, the opportunity to reply to the charge.)
The notice may be oral or written and the hearing may be held immediately. The
hearing may be conducted informally but shall include the following procedural
due process requirements: (a) the rights of the student to be present at the
hearing; (b) the right of the student to be informed of the charges; (c) the right of
the student to be informed of the basis for the accusation and evidence against
the student, and (d) the right of the student to make statements in defense of the
charges or accusations.
A written notice of any short-term suspension and the reasons for the
suspension shall be given to the student involved and to the
parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student within one school day after the suspension
has been imposed. In the event the student has not been afforded a hearing
prior to any short-term suspension, an informal hearing shall be provided as soon
as practicable but in no event later than 72 hours after such short-term
suspension has been imposed.
Long Term Suspension
A "long term suspension" is defined as any suspension longer than ten
instructional days up to and including 180 days of instruction. A written notice of
any proposal for a long-term suspension and the charges upon which the
suspension is based shall be given to the student proposed for suspension and
to the parent(s)/guardian(s). Any notice of a proposal to suspend for a long-term
shall state the time, date, and place that the student will be afforded an
opportunity for a formal hearing, and the hearing shall be held not later than 10
calendar days after the date of the notice. A copy of this policy and regulations
shall accompany the notice. The student’s status pending conduct of the hearing
shall be that of being on a short-term suspension.
Policy Manual
8350-R Student Suspension and Expulsion 8350-R-2

The hearing shall be conducted by the Superintendent or program supervisor
and shall include the following procedural due process requirements: (a) the
rights of the student to be present at the hearing; (b) the right of the student to be
informed of the charges; (c) the right of the student to be informed of the basis for
the accusation and hear the evidence against the student, and (d) the right of the
student to make statements in defense of the charges or accusations. This type
of disciplinary action does not include a right to be represented by legal counsel.
If the parent(s)/guardian(s) or adult student declines the opportunity for a
hearing, the long term suspension shall be implemented.
Upon the conclusion of any formal hearing, which results in a long-term
suspension, the school official who conducts the hearing shall make a written
report of the findings and results of the hearing. A copy of the report shall be
provided to the student who is suspended, and if the student has not attained 18
years of age, to the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student.
Whenever any formal hearing results in a long-term suspension, the
school official conducting the hearing may make a determination to extend the
suspension pending resolution of any appeal, or that the student return to regular
classes pending any appeal or during the period allowed for notice of appeal.
However, it should reasonably be anticipated that the student not continue to
cause repeated material disorder, disruption or interference with the operation of
the school or substantial and material impingement upon or invasion of the rights
of others.
Appeals of Long Term Suspensions to the Board
Any student who has been suspended for a long-term may appeal the
long-term suspension to the Board by filing a written notice of the appeal with the
Board Secretary within 10 calendar days after receiving written notice.
Policy Manual
Any appeal shall be heard by the Board, a Board committee, or hearing
officer appointed by the Board not later than 20 calendar days after the notice of
appeal is filed.

Expulsion
"Expulsion" means a permanent and complete severance of the
relationship between the student and the District. While the word "expulsion" or
"expel" may appear, at times, in State of Michigan law or rules that refer to a
period less than a permanent and complete severance of the District/student
relationship, the term, for the purposes of this District, shall mean a permanent
removal of the student from any and all District operated educational programs.
A written notice of any proposal to expel permanently and the charges upon
which the permanent expulsion is based shall be given to the student and the
student’s parent(s)/guardian(s). The notice of the proposal to permanently expel
shall state the time, date and place that the student will be afforded an
opportunity for a formal hearing before the Board of Education. It shall also state
the due process rights of the student (see the following list). A copy of the Board
policy and the regulations shall also be given with the notice.
The hearing before the Board shall not be held later than 10 calendar days
after the date of the notice. The student’s status pending the hearing or Board
action shall be on short-term suspension.
The Superintendent shall submit a written report detailing the reason(s) for
the recommendation to expel the student to the Board. The report shall be open
to the inspection of the student who is being recommended for permanent
expulsion, and if the student has not attained 18 years of age, to the student’s
parent(s)/guardian(s) and counsel or other advisor of the student. If the student is
18 years of age or older, the report shall be open to inspection by the
parent(s)/guardian(s) and counsel or other advisor of the student only upon
written consent of the student.
Policy Manual
At the permanent expulsion hearing, the Board shall hear evidence of
whether the student is guilty of the gross disobedience or misconduct as
recommended. After the presentation of the evidence, the Board shall decide the
issue of guilt and take such action as it finds appropriate.
Student Due Process Rights: Expulsion
The formal hearing provided for Board consideration of an expulsion
recommendation shall be conducted in accordance with the following due
process rights of the student:
The right of the student to have counsel of their own choice present and to
receive the advice of counsel or other person the student may select;
The right of the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) to be present at the
hearing;
The right of the student and his/her counsel or advisor to hear or read a
full report of testimony of witnesses against the student;
The right of the student and his/her counsel to confront and cross-examine
adult witnesses who appear in person at the hearing;
The right of the student to present his/her own witnesses;
The right of the student to testify in his/her own behalf and give reasons
for his/her conduct;
The right of the student to have an orderly hearing; and
The right of the student to a fair and impartial decision based on
substantial evidence.
In these procedures, counsel means any person a student selects to
represent and advise him/her at any proceedings conducted pertaining to
expulsion.
Policy Manual
Mechanical or electronic recordings may be used, at the discretion of the
District, to make a record of the Board hearing in all long-term suspension
appeals or permanent expulsion cases, and the costs shall be borne equally by
the District.
Policy Manual
8355 Suspension/Expulsion of Students with Disabilities 8355
If the wrongful behavior of a student is disability-related, the student may
be suspended for no more than 10 days without going through the Individualized
Education Program (IEP) procedures, placement in a 45 day interim alternative
educational placement for drugs/weapons offenses or seeking hearing
officer/judicial relief if the student's behavior poses an immediate danger to the
safety of others.
The program supervisor shall make the following determinations for each
student considered for suspension, via the Manifestation Determination

Review/IEP Team meeting process:
A. The student has been appropriately placed as indicated by, the
Individualized Education Program Team (IEPT).
B. The IEP is current and complete.
C. The IEP Team does not indicate a causal relation between disability
and disruptive behavior.
The Superintendent shall determine the appropriateness of convening the
IEP Team to consider alternative placement for a student with disabilities
exhibiting behavior that indicates change in educational placement.
Policy Manual
8453 Student Wellness Policy (Cf. 4450, 4460)
The Lenawee Intermediate School District (LISD) is committed to creating a healthy
school environment that enhances the development of lifelong wellness practices to promote
healthy eating and physical activities that support student achievement and hereby adopts this
Student Wellness Policy.
Nutrition Education
Every year, students, Pre – K-12, shall receive nutrition education that is aligned with the
Michigan Health Education Content Standards and Benchmarks.63 Nutrition education that
teaches the knowledge, skills, and values needed to adopt healthy eating behaviors shall be
integrated as appropriate into the curriculum. Nutrition education information shall be offered; but
not limited to, school dining areas and classrooms. Staff members who provide nutrition
education shall have the appropriate training.
Nutrition Standards
The LISD shall ensure that reimbursable school meals meet the program requirements
and nutrition standards found in federal regulations.64 The LISD shall encourage students to
make nutritious food choices.
The LISD shall monitor all food and beverages sold or served to students, including those
available outside the federally regulated child nutrition programs.
The District shall consider nutrient density65 and portion size before permitting
food and beverages to be sold or served to students.
63
Michigan Department of Education Health Education Content Standards and Benchmarks, July 1998.
http://www.michigan.gov/documents/Health_Standards_15052_7.pdf.
64
Title 7 – United States Department of Agriculture, Chapter ii – Food and Nutrition Service, Department
of Agriculture, Part 210 – National School Lunch Program.
http://www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr/waisidx_04/7cfr210_04.html
65
Nutrient dense foods are those that provide substantial amounts of vitamins and minerals and relatively
fewer calories. Foods that are low in nutrient density are foods that supply calories but relatively small
amounts of micronutrients (sometimes not at all).
http://www.health.gov/dietaryguidelines/dga2005/report/HTML/G1_Glossary.htm
Policy Manual
8453 Student Wellness Policy (Cf. 4450, 4460) 8453-2
The Superintendent shall evaluate vending policies and contracts. Vending
contracts that do not meet the intent and purpose of this policy shall be modified
accordingly or not renewed.
Other School-Based Activities Designed to Promote Student-Wellness
The LISD may implement other appropriate programs that help create a school
environment that conveys consistent wellness messages and is conductive to healthy eating and
physical activity.
Implementation and Measurement
The Superintendent shall implement this policy and measure how well it is being
managed, and enforced. The Superintendent shall develop and implement administrative rules
consistent with this policy. Input from teachers (including specialists in health and physical
education), school nurses, parents/guardians, students, representatives of the school food
service program, the Board of Education, school administrators, and the public shall be
considered before implementing such rules. A sustained effort is necessary to implement and
enforce this policy. The Superintendent shall report to the Board, as requested, on the LISD
programs and efforts to meet the purpose and intent of this policy.
Approved: MASB Recommended and Approved by the Michigan State Board

of Education;Adopted June 26, 2006
LEGAL REF: Section 204 of Public Law 108-265 (Child Nutrition and WIC
Reauthorization Act of 2004) (Approved by the Michigan State
Board of Education, October 10, 2005.)
Policy Manual
8480 Immunizations 8480
The Board requires that all students be properly immunized pursuant to
the provisions of the Michigan Public Health Code and the immunization
regulations.
Parent(s)/Guardian(s) and students over 18 are asked to provide
immunization proof prior to enrollment. Students who do not meet the minimum
immunization requirements on the opening day of school shall be suspended
from school by the Superintendent in accordance with District administrative
procedures.
Exemptions to the immunization requirements shall be granted for
medical, religious, homeless-status or other reasons specified in the Public
Health Code.
Preschool students will not be permitted to attend school if they have not
completed their immunization requirements as required by Michigan state law
except as provided in the administrative rules for this policy.
New students enrolling in Michigan schools for the first time will be
required to meet State of Michigan immunization requirements upon entrance to
school except as provided in the administrative rules for this policy.

LEGAL REF: MCL 333.9208, 333.9209, 333.9215, et seq.; 380.1177
Policy Manual
8480-R Immunizations 8480-R
A certificate of immunization means a medical, school, or personnel
record that indicates the dates when each dose of vaccine was given and is
certified by a health professional or local health department. The school nurse
has up-to-date information on the state’s recommended childhood immunization
schedule.
Policy Manual
8510 Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff (Cf. 8510) 8510
A student or staff member with or carrying a communicable and/or chronic

infectious disease has all rights, privileges, and services provided by law and the
district’s policies.1
An individual communicable disease that is considered to be a serious concern to the
school community and/or to the afflicted individual will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The
student’s/staff member’s 1) current status of communicable disease, 2) current health condition,
3) ability to communicate, 4) ability to perform self care routines, 5) ability to follow
directions/instructions, 6) manage own behavior, and 7) typical educational/work setting will all be
considered as part of the case-by-case review. Some case-by-case reviews may require
consultation with the Lenawee County Health Department medical staff and/or a formal review
panel called a Communicable Disease Review Panel (CDRP).
A CDRP would not routinely be convened for a student or staff infected with HIV, HBV or
other Bloodborne pathogens unless it is determined by the Superintendent that additional
consultation and/or guidance is needed from the Lenawee County Health Department and/or the
students/staff’s physician.
―Universal Precautions‖ is a method of practicing infection control that treats all human
blood and other potentially infectious materials as capable of transmitting HIV, HBV and other
Bloodborne pathogens. All LISD staff must utilize work practices using Universal Precautions to
control the likelihood of exposure to Bloodborne pathogens.
8510 Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff (Cf. 8510) 8510-2

In order to minimize the spread of contagious diseases among students
and staff, the district will cooperate with the Lenawee County Health Department
to enforce adherence to the Michigan Public Health Code for the prevention,
control, and containment of communicable diseases.
1
A student with a contagious disease is probably a ―handicapped individual‖ under Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act (29 U.S.C. § 794(a). See Thomas v Atascadero Unified School district, 662 F. Supp.376
(C.D. Cal 1986) (a child with Aids was a ―handicapped person‖ under Section 504.
Students with contagious diseases may also qualify for special education under the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act (20. U.S.C. § 1400 et seq.)
Decisions to place a student in a class outside regular classes due to infectious disease must be based on
medical evaluations indicating a need to protect the health and safety of others. Community High School
district 155 v Denz, 463 N.E.2nd 998 (2nd Dist. 1984).
Cases involving contagious diseases are highly fact-specific. Generally, the appropriate treatment of a
student depends on the severity of the disease and the risk of infecting others, but in all cases, legal counsel
should be consulted.
Policy Manual
A decision to close schools due to communicable disease outbreaks shall
be made by the Superintendent after consultation with the Lenawee County
Health Department medical staff.
Approved: Adopted October 4, 2004; Revisions adopted January 8, 2007
LEGAL REF: MCL 333.5111; 333.5131; Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act of 1974, MDE Bulletin, September 23, 1999
Policy Manual
8510-R Communicable Diseases - Students and Staff 8510-R
A student or staff member with a communicable and/or chronic infectious

disease has all rights, privileges, and services provided by law and the district’s
policies.1
All persons involved in these regulations are required to treat all
proceedings, information, deliberations, and documents in compliance with the
Information regarding an afflicted individual and individual communicable
disease that is considered to be a serious concern to the school community will
be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
A. All reportable communicable diseases will be referred to the Lenawee
County Health Department in accordance with Michigan statutory and
administrative guidelines.
B. The decision to close schools due to communicable disease outbreaks is at

the discretion of the Superintendent. Consultation for the Superintendent on
such decisions is available from the Lenawee County Health Department.
C. Mandatory screening for communicable diseases as a condition of attending

school or as a condition for employment shall not be required.
D. An LISD Program Supervisor will not permit a student to enter school who is
out of compliance with the required immunization schedule, unless waived
for a student that is homeless or the family completes the State approved
waiver process. School personnel shall cooperate and assist in completing
and coordinating all immunization dates, waivers, and exclusions, including
the necessary Immunization Assessment forms, to provide for preventable
communicable disease control. 66
1
A student with a contagious disease is probably a ―handicapped individual‖ under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act (29
U.S.C. § 794(a). See Thomas v Atascadero Unified School district, 662 F. Supp.376 (C.D. Cal 1986) (a child with Aids was a
―handicapped person‖ under Section 504. Students with contagious diseases may also qualify for special education under
the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20. U.S.C. § 1400 et seq.) Decisions to place a student in a class outside
regular classes due to infectious disease must be based on medical evaluations indicating a need to protect the health and
nd nd
safety of others. Community High School district 155 v Denz, 463 N.E.2 998 (2 Dist. 1984). Cases involving contagious
diseases are highly fact-specific. Generally, the appropriate treatment of a student depends on the severity of the disease
and the risk of infecting others, but in all cases, legal counsel should be consulted.
66
See Board Policy 8480 and LEGAL REF: MCL 333.9208, 333.9209, 333.9215, et seq.; 380.1177
Policy Manual
Examples of Some Current Communicable Diseases:
The identification of communicable diseases is updated on an ongoing basis

by the medical community. It should be expected that any list of
communicable diseases will need periodic updating and editing in order to
align with current medical information and/or intervention. A sample list of
current communicable diseases that are serious in nature includes, but is
not limited to:
1. HBV (Hepatitis)
2. Vancomyacin-resistant Enterococci.
3. Escherichia Coli (E. Coli)
4. Methicillin Resistant Staphloccocus Aerus (MRSA)
5. HIV
6. Tuberculosis infection (both latent and active)
7. Bacterial meningitis
8. Other diseases that may be included by the Health Department that

may present potentially serious health problems for those who are
exposed to the disease and/or the disease carrier.
F. When to Use the District’s Communicable Disease Review Panel (CDRP)

Communicable diseases considered a serious concern to the community and/or the
afflicted individual need to be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The student’s or staff
member’s 1) current status of communicable disease, 2) current health condition, 3) ability
to communicate, 4) ability to perform self care routines, 5) ability to follow
directions/instructions, 6) ability to manage own behavior, and 7) typical education or work
setting will all be considered as part of the case-by-case review.
Policy Manual
By the request of the Superintendent some of these case-by-case reviews may require
specific consultation with the Lenawee County Health Department medical staff and/or the
use of the district’s formal Communicable Disease Review Panel (CDRP) review panel.
The district’s CDRP may not routinely be convened for a student or staff infected with HIV,
HBV or other Bloodborne pathogens unless it is determined by the Superintendent that
additional consultation and/or guidance is needed from the Lenawee County Health
Department and/or the students/staff’s physician.
F. The Superintendent will inform the Board when a CDRP is formed to review
the unique situation involving a person with a communicable disease in the
district. The Board shall be notified initially that the CDRP is meeting and of
the recommendation of the CDRP when a recommendation is made
concerning the person with a communicable disease.
The Purpose and Membership of the District’s CDRP
A. Purpose: The CDRP shall serve as a resource to the Superintendent for

specific communicable disease instruction, protocol, procedures, and to
make recommendations concerning:
1. A specific serious communicable disease case
2. Epidemic control regarding any communicable disease occurrence
B. CDRP Membership
The CDRP shall have a membership that will be limited to the following
representatives:
1. The Superintendent’s designee who will serve as the CDRP chairperson
2. A physician who is treating the individual and/or a physician with

expertise in the related disease.
3. A physician from the Lenawee County Health Department
Policy Manual
4. The parent/guardian (if this involves an individual student case) or the
staff person affected (or his/her representative) or the affected student
who is 18 years of age or older (or his/her representative). It would be
permissible for both parents/guardians to attend or for a person to
bring a representative as long as it is with the understanding that they
only have one vote.
5. The school nurse (if such a staff person is available.)
Operational Guidelines for the District’s CDRP
A. The Superintendent within three (3) business days upon his/her notification
of the existence or suspicion of an affected student or staff communicable
disease status shall consult with the LISD school nurse and/or a physician
from the Lenawee County Health Department, and then determine if the
district’s CDRP is needed.
If it is determined to use the district’s CDRP, then within two (2) business
days of that decision the Superintendent informs in writing the affected staff
person, parent/guardian of an affected student or an affected student who
is18 years of age or older,1) of that decision and 2) if the affected person
may or may not attend work/school or any school sponsored activity until
the CDRP’s recommendation and Superintendent’s consideration of the
CDRP’s recommendation have been received and determined. A possible
alternative delivery of school programs/services shall be made available to
the affected student during this process.
The Superintendent shall request an Interagency Release of Information be

completed by the affected staff person, the parent/guardian of the affected
student or an affected student who is 18 years of age or older. A copy of
this board policy shall be provided to the affected person or his/her
representative.
Policy Manual
B. With the completed Interagency Release of Information, the CDRP shall

have access to any relevant material or testimony concerning the affected
individual as it relates to the communicability of the disease. The
student’s/staff member’s 1) current status of communicable disease, 2)
current health condition, 3) ability to communicate, 4) ability to perform self
care routines, 5) ability to follow directions/instructions, 6) manage own
behavior, and 7) typical education or work setting will all be considered as
part of the case-by-case review. The CDRP shall consider existing federal,
state, and local guidelines and have the authority to consult any experts, as
they deem necessary.
C. The CDRP shall make a written recommendation to the Superintendent as

to whether the affected person should continue to be or be involved in the
public school setting or service.
D. The CDRP’s recommendation for an individual student will include

information about the student’s behavior, skills, neurological development,
and the physical condition of the child, educational setting, and the risks and
benefits to both the affected student and others in the educational setting.
The CDRP’s recommendation for an affected staff will consider:
1. The physical/psychological status of the school staff;
2. The expected type of interaction with others in the school setting; and
3. The impact on both the affected school staff and others in that setting.
E. When the CDRP recommendation is to allow the person to continue or to

begin in the public school setting or service, the CDRP shall make a
detailed written recommendation to the Superintendent regarding
precautions that should be considered within the school environment.
F. If the recommendation is to exclude the person from the public school

setting or service, the CDRP shall make a written statement as to the
Policy Manual
conditions under which they would reconsider their recommendation of
denial.
G. The CDRP shall make a recommendation regarding when to review the

case and the timeline for such a review.
CDRP Case Review Process
A. The Superintendent shall obtain a ―release of information‖ from the

parent/guardian, affected staff person, or student who is 18 years of age or
older so that the CDRP may review the needed information.
B. The Superintendent shall obtain the name of the physician treating the
affected person and shall request that the physician be a part of the CDRP.
The affected staff, student, or parent/guardian may choose to make this
request of the physician to attend the CDRP.
C. The Superintendent shall call, within five (5) business days, a meeting of the
CDRP, at which time the case shall be reviewed. The affected staff person,
parent/guardian of an affected student,
or an affected student 18 years of age or older will have an opportunity to

present written reports and verbal testimony to the CDRP
D. When the CDRP’s recommendation is unanimous, the CDRP chairperson

shall, within three (3) business days of the recommendation, inform in
writing of that recommendation to the Superintendent, and the affected staff
person, parents/guardian of an affected student, or an affected student who
is 18 years of age or older.
E. When the CDRP’s recommendation is not unanimous, the CDRP

chairperson shall within two (2) business days of the conclusion of the
CDRP meeting, provide the Superintendent with a written summary of each
CDRP member’s position. The Superintendent shall after receipt of the
CDRP’s summaries within three (3) business days 1) make his/her final
determination and 2) send a written copy of the Superintendent’s decision to
Policy Manual
the affected staff person, parent/guardian of an affected student, or the
affected student who is 18 years of age or older; the LISD Board and the
CDRP members.
F. If the affected person/student’s parent or guardian does not accept the

decision of the CDRP and/or Superintendent, such persons may file, within
five (5) business days, a written request to the LISD Board asking it to hear
their appeal. The LISD Board shall establish a date for such a hearing
within three (3) business days upon receipt of said appeal and the LISD
Board level hearing shall be held no later than 25 business days upon
receipt of said appeal.
Upon the conclusion of the hearing, the LISD Board shall render its decision
within five (5) business days and send copies of their decision to the
affected staff member, the parents/guardian of the affected student or to an
affected student 18 years of age or older.
G. If the recommendation of the CDRP is not unanimous and if a majority of

the members of the CDRP does not agree with the decision of the
Superintendent, they may appeal the Superintendent’s decision on their
own behalf to the LISD Board. All timelines for such an appeal will be the
same as outlined in the appeal process in paragraph F above.
H. If the student is a special education student, a copy of the CDRP’s

recommendation shall be sent to the LISD Director of Special Education.
The LISD Director of Special Education shall then convene an
Individualized Education Program Team (IEPT) within five (5) business days
of the receipt of the CDRP report. The IEPT shall consider the
recommendation of the CDRP in determining the program and services. If
the parent or guardian requests a hearing because of the IEPT
recommendation, a placement of the student in the interim will consider the
recommendation of the CDRP.
Policy Manual
K. All persons involved in these procedures will be required to treat all
proceedings, deliberations, and documents in compliance with the
Policy Manual
L. Any LISD employee found to have violated the confidentiality of any

proceedings connected with policy 8510, or the 8510R regulations, will be
subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.
Policy Manual
Communicable Diseases Checklist
All persons involved in these procedures will be required to treat all proceedings,
deliberation, and documents in compliance with the provisions of the Family
Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), the Freedom of Information Act, and
the Employees Right to Know Act.
Confirm suspicion of a communicable disease serious in nature:
HBV (Hepatitis)
AVancomyacin-resistant Enterococci
Escherichia Coli (E. Coli)
Methicillin Resistant Staphloccocus Aerus (MRSA)
HIV
Tuberculosis infection (both latent and active)
Bacterial meningitis
Other like diseases that may be included by the Health Department that may
present potentially serious health problems for those who are exposed to the
disease and/or the disease carrier.
Special Education Student? General Education Student? Staff Person?
Inform Superintendent immediately.
If applicable, Superintendent contacts the Lenawee County Health Department
(Susan Dice, Health Educator - 264-5209), and consults with the county health
department physician (Mike Kight, Health Officer - 264-5205) within 24 hours.
If applicable, Superintendent, at their discretion makes the decision to close schools
due to communicable disease outbreaks.
Superintendent informs in writing affected staff person/student that they may or may
not attend work/school or any school sponsored activity until the Communicable
Disease Review Panel’s (C.D.R.P) or Superintendent’s written recommendations are
received.
Enclosure: Interagency Release of Information form and copy of Policy 8510.
Possible alternative delivery of school programs shall be made to available to the
affected student.
Superintendent informs LISD Board of Education when a Communicable Disease
Review Panel (C.D.R.P.) is formed. Membership is limited to:
The Superintendent’s designee who will serve as chairperson
Physician with expertise in the related disease or physician treating the individual
Physician from the Lenawee County Health Department
School Nurse (if such a staff person is available)
Staff person affected (or his/her representative), or
Parent/guardian (if individual student case), or
Affected student at 18 years of age or older (or his/her representative)
It would be permissible for both parents/guardians to attend or for a person to bring a representative
as long as it is with the understanding that they only have one vote.
Policy Manual
Superintendent shall obtain the name of the physician treating the affected person
and shall request the physician be part of the C.D.R.P.
The parent/guardian or affected person shall provide the district with a signed
Release of Information Form so that the C.D.R.P. may review the needed
information.
The Superintendent shall call a meeting within five business days to review the case.
If C.D.R.P. recommendation is unanimous:
Within three business days inform in writing that decision to the affected staff person,
or parent/guardian of an affected student, or an affected student 18 years or older.
Continue school/work with precautions
Exclude from school with conditions needed to reconsider
Recommendations as to the need to review the case on a periodic
basis and the timelines for such review.
If the C.D.R.P. recommedation is not unanimous:

Superintendent receives summary of each member’s position within three
days.
Superintendent makes the final determination within three business days of
receipt C.D.R.P summaries.
The Superintendent’s decision will be sent to:
Affected person, or parent/guardian of affected student, or an affected

student 18 years of age or older
Board
C.D.R.P.
If Special Education Student
Copy of the C.D.R.P.’s decision sent to the LISD Director of Special Education.
IEPT (Individualized Education Program Team) convened by LISD Assistant
Superintendent of Instruction within five business days of receipt of report.
IEPT Team shall consider the recommendation of the C.D.R.P. in determining
programs/services
If parent/guardian of student requests a hearing, a placement of the student in the
interim will be based on the recommendation of the C.D.R.P.
Policy Manual
Interagency Release of Information
To: _____________________________ Re: _____________________________

(Agency to release information) (Client’s name)
______________________________ ______________________________
(Agency’s address) (SS# or birth date)
_______________________________ ______________________________
(Client’s address
______________________________
I, _______________________, authorize release of the following specific information:

________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________to:
_________________________________________(agency to receive information) located
at:____________________________________________________________
and ________________________________of that agency for the specific purpose of:
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
This release will be valid only until __________________________ (date up to a year
hence) or until its purpose has been met, whichever occurs first. I understand that only
the requested information will be made available, and it will be used only for the purpose
stated and will be treated confidentiality.
This consent is subject to revocation at any time except to the extent that action
authorized by it has been already taken.
_______________________________ _________________________________
(Date signed) (Client’s Signature)
_________________________________
Parents or Legal Guardian’s signature
(Check one if applicable)
Note: Persons or agencies receiving information released by this form may not further
release it without the informed written consent of the client.
_________________________ ________________________________
(Date) (Request Worker’s signature)
Policy Manual
Sample Letter
(Date)
(Name & address)
Dear name),
(Introductory paragraph. Include status of attending work/school or possible alternative delivery

of school programs available.)
This letter is to inform you that based on information the Lenawee Intermediate School District
(LISD) received with regards to your health condition, and accordance with LISD board policy
8510—Communicable Diseases—Students and Staff (copy enclosed), you and/or your
representative are requested to attend a meeting of the LISD Communicable Disease Review
Panel (CDRP) on:
(date)
(time)
(location)
(address)
The purpose of the Communicable Disease Review Panel is to review your medical and health
condition and determine what, if any, special precautions will be needed. This panel will consist
of (list titles and names). You are welcome to invite your parents and/or other representatives, as
well as your physician.
We ask that you complete the enclosed ―Interagency Release of Information‖ form and
bring a signed copy with you to this meeting. You will also have the opportunity at the
meeting to provide written reports and/or oral testimony.
Please contact Alan Burg at 517-265-1610 if you have any questions or need additional
information.
Sincerely,
Steve Krusich, Superintendent
Enclosure: LISD Policy 8510

Interagency Release of Information Form
Policy Manual
8515 Head Lice Policy 8515
If a student is found to have head lice or nits one-quarter inch or less from the scalp, the
student will be allowed to complete his/her attendance on that school day. However, that student
may not return to school until treatment for head lice has taken place. A letter will be provided to
the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) telling them the steps, which need to be completed prior to
their student’s return to school. On the day that it is determined the student had head lice, LISD
transportation will remain available for the student use.
After successful treatment and upon return to school the student will be checked by LISD
staff who have been trained to check for head lice. The student will be checked again one week
later. If no active signs of head lice or nits more than one-quarter inch from scalp are found, no
further routine checks are warranted. These checks will be provided in a confidential manner. If
after returning to school, the student is found to still have head lice, or nits one-quarter inch or
less from the scalp, the parent(s)/guardian(s) will be notified and the student will be sent home at
the end of the school day for further treatment. Then upon further treatment and return to school,
the student will again be checked for head lice, followed by another check one week later.
Head lice screening for groups of students from a classroom or school bus is not
considered necessary or required.
In no case are LISD school personnel to administer head lice medication to LISD
students. However, upon request, LISD personnel may demonstrate to parent(s)/ guardian(s) or
students the use of non-medicinal means of lice removal.
Information and timely training about how to check for head lice will be provided to LISD
staff as appropriate. This Board policy will be distributed to students and parent(s)/guardian(s) in
a manner to be determined by the Superintendent.
8515 Head Lice Policy 8515-2
This policy will follow the ―Michigan Head Lice Manual—A Comprehensive Guide to
Identify, Treat, Manage, and Prevent Head Lice,‖ Michigan Department of Education and
Michigan Department of Community Health, July 2004—Version 1.0 and future versions.
Policy Manual
LEGAL REF: Based on the Position Statement of the American Academy of
Pediatrics
Policy Manual
8580 Child Abuse and Neglect – Duty to Report 8580
Pursuant to MCL 722.622(f), child abuse must be reported to the
Department of Human Services (DHS) where the suspected perpetrator is the
parent(s)/guardian(s), or any other person responsible for the child’s health or
welfare or a teacher, a teacher’s aide, or a member of the clergy.
Any employee of the District who has reasonable cause to know or
suspect that a child has been subjected to abuse or neglect or who has observed
the child being subjected to circumstances or conditions which would reasonably
result in abuse or neglect will immediately report or cause a report to be made to
the Department of Human Services.67 This responsibility may not be delegated
to another individual.
School employees will not contact the child’s family or any other persons
to determine the cause of the suspected abuse or neglect. It is not the
responsibility of the school employees to determine or prove that the child has
been abused or neglected.
Access to Students on School Premises (Cf. 8140)
The program supervisor shall cooperate in allowing a student to be
interviewed by DHS representatives on school premises. The District recognizes,
however, that the DHS may, lawfully, interview a child alleged to have been
abused without the presence of the Program Supervisor or other school
personnel. However, in appropriate cases, the Program Supervisor may request
that he or she, or a designated representative, be present during the interview.
Cooperation between School and Agencies
The District shall cooperate with DHS and law enforcement agencies in
the investigation of reports of suspected child abuse or neglect.
Approved: Adopted October 4, 2004, Revisions adopted January 8, 2007
LEGAL REF: MCL 722.621-638; Commonwealth v Allen, 980 S.W. 2d 278 (Ky., 1998); People v
Beardsley, ___ Mich App___ (#246202, 8-24-2004); OAG Opinion No. 6869, September 6, 1995
67
Reasonable Cause exists where the facts and circumstances within a person’s knowledge and of which
he/she has reasonably trustworthy information are sufficient to warrant a person of reasonable caution in
the belief that abuse/neglect has or is occurring.
Policy Manual
8590 Student Safety and Student Accidents 8590
The District will strive to provide a safe environment for students while in
school attendance or in extra-class activities. However, accidents happen to
students at home, in the community and at school. Even the most vigilant
prevention actions cannot guarantee that a student will not be injured in an
accident.
The Board believes that school personnel have unique responsibilities in
case of accidents that occur in school. These responsibilities extend to the
administration of first aid by persons trained to do so, summoning of medical

assistance, and notification of administration personnel, notification of
parent(s)/guardian(s), and the filing of accident reports.
Employees should administer first aid within the limits of their knowledge
or recommended practices. All employees should make an effort to increase their
understanding of the proper steps to be taken in the event of an accident.
Regardless of the seriousness of any accident, the staff involved must
submit an accident report to the administrator in charge.
The District will annually distribute to parent(s)/guardian(s) of all students
the emergency medical authorization form. In the event emergency medical
treatment for a student is necessary, the District will adhere to the instruction on
the authorization form.
Emergency medical authorization will be kept in a separate, easily
accessible file in each school building.
Bus Riders
Any student who uses District-provided transportation shall be under the
jurisdiction of the vehicle driver while in the vehicle and shall be subject to all
rules and regulations developed by the program supervisors to cover such
activities. Such rules and regulations shall be published in the appropriate
student handbooks.
Policy Manual
8590 Student Safety and Student Accidents 8590-2
Eye Protective Devices
Program supervisors shall assume the responsibility of seeing that
sufficient eye protective devices are available to accommodate all classes or
persons requiring them. All guidelines and rules shall be published in the
appropriate staff and student handbooks.
Mercury Elimination
The District prohibits the purchase, storing, or use of free flowing
elemental mercury or items or instruments containing free flowing elemental

mercury. Each building administrator will be responsible for enforcing this policy
and reporting any violations to the District MIOSHA compliance officer.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1288; R 340.1301-1305; OAG, 1981-1982, No 6097, p
727 (August 31, 1982)
Policy Manual
8590-R Student Safety and Student Accidents 8590-R
Safety rules and regulations will be explained to students at the beginning
of each school year and periodically thereafter by the classroom teacher.
Safety Units
Those teachers who instruct in hazardous curriculum areas such as
vocational or science laboratories shall teach a unit each year or semester
dedicated to safety rules inherent in the particular subject matter.
Appropriate safety signs, slogans, or other safety items shall be posted on
or in the near vicinity of potentially dangerous devices or machinery.

Each student enrolled in a hazardous curriculum area will be given a test
concerning the appropriate safety rules of the particular class. No student will be
permitted to participate in the class until satisfactory knowledge of the safety
rules is demonstrated to the teacher.
Teachers will conduct periodic reviews of safety rules during the school
year.
The following data for each student containing shall be on file in the
program supervisor’s office:
Names and addresses of parent(s)/guardian(s), their home and business
phone numbers;
Names of some other persons to be called in the event of an accident and
their phone number(s) plus emergency back-up contact information;
Names of the family physician and his/her office phone number;
Permission to call the family physician in the event parent(s)/guardian(s)
cannot be reached and permission to act on his/her advice;
Permission to consult with another physician if the family physician cannot
be reached; and
Any condition of the student for which it would be considered appropriate to
indicate a medical alert.
Policy Manual
8660 First Aid Training 8660
The District may provide appropriate first aid and CPR training for
identified personnel. This training may be provided as part of the District’s
routine in-service plans or other program established by the Board. School
employees shall not attempt to treat any student injury after the initial treatment
of emergency first aid. The District will not assume liability under these policies
for employees acting outside the scope of their authority.

Policy Manual
8660-R First Aid 8660-R
First aid shall be limited to the applying of simple bandages or infection
preventatives and to any justifiable emergency aid such as stopping excessive
bleeding to prevent further injury, disability, or death.
Neither diagnosis nor treatment, except under emergency conditions, are
within the responsibilities of school personnel, since school personnel are not
trained to make what are essentially medical decisions.
Policy Manual
8665 Automated External Defibrillators (AED’s) 8665
The Board of Education of the District recognizes that from time to time
medical emergencies may arise that justify the use of an Automated External
Defibrillator (AED.) The Board has acquired these units for use by qualified
personnel in the schools.
Employees of the District will be authorized to utilize an AED only after
completing initial and recurrent training courses, successfully, as approved by the
American Heart Association for AED’s. Requirements for the frequency of
recurrent training will be as specified by the issuing organization of the individual

employee’s certification. Acceptable certification will consist of completion of an
American Heart Association ―Heartsaver AED‖ course.
The Board authorizes and directs the Superintendent to promulgate appropriate
administrative rules to implement the use of AED’s in the District.

LEGAL REF:MCL 691.1504 (3) (4) (5)
Policy Manual
8670 Administration of Medications by School Personnel (Cf. 2780) 8670
This policy is intended to cover all students.68 It includes students with
disabilities who have an Individualized Educational Program (IEP) or Section 504
Plan. The following definition of ―medication‖ is adopted for use in this District:
―Medication,‖ includes prescription, non-prescription, and herbal medications,
and includes those taken by mouth, by inhaler, those that are injectable, and
those applied as drops to eyes, nose, or medications applied to the skin. Forms
for implementing this policy will be developed and modified as needed and may
be included in this policy as ―samples.‖
Whenever possible, medications for students should be administered by
parent(s)/guardian(s) at home. As a service to the family, the Superintendent
shall establish procedures for the administration of medication by school
personnel in circumstances where such administration is deemed necessary for
the student’s well being by the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) and physician.
The pupil’s parent(s)/ guardian(s) must provide the school with written permission
and a written request to administer medications to their child. Written instructions
from a physician, which include the name of the pupil, name of the medication,
dosage of the medication, route of administration, and time the medication is to
be administered to the pupil must accompany the request and be kept on record
by the school. The parent(s)/guardian(s) request/permission and a physician’s
instructions for administration shall be renewed every school year.
Any and all ―biohazards‖ generated, such as, but not limited to: sharps,
bandages, gauze, towelettes, and discarded live or attenuated vaccines, due to
the administration of medications by school personnel shall be disposed of in
accordance with the Michigan Medical Waste Regulatory Act, 1978 PA 368,
68
The word ―students‖ and ―pupils‖ should be read to include the full range of individuals served by the
Intermediate School District in its early childhood, preschool, school-aged, and adult education programs.
Age of majority students shall be treated as adults unless a guardian has been appointed..
Policy Manual
R325.1545(10). Students who ―self administer‖ medications shall be responsible
for returning any such wastes to their home for disposal.

The Superintendent shall be responsible for providing staff members with written
procedures to implement this requirement. Each building shall have a plan for
handling medical emergencies.
The program supervisor will designate individuals responsible for
administering medications to pupils at that school. A program supervisor,
teacher or other school employee authorized to do so by the program supervisor,
may administer medication to a pupil in the presence of another adult employee
pursuant to written permission of the pupil’s parent(s)/guardian(s), and in
compliance with, the written instructions of a physician. Where the individual
administering the medication is a licensed registered professional nurse, or when
an emergency threatens the life or health of the pupil, a second adult need not be
present.
The following definition of ―self-administration/self-possession‖ is adopted
for use in this District: ―Self-administration‖ means that the pupil is able to
consume or apply prescription and non-prescription medication in the manner
directed by the physician without additional assistance or direction. Self-
possession means that the pupil may carry medication on his/her person to allow
for immediate and self-determined administration.
A pupil whose parent(s)/guardian(s) and physician provide written
permission will be able to self-administer and self-possess his/her own
medications. A medication that a pupil possesses must be labeled and prepared
by a pharmacy or pharmaceutical company and include the dosage and
frequency of administration. A pupil’s use shall not be denied if the conditions of
written permission and physician direction are met. A building administrator may
discontinue a pupil’s right to self-administer and self-possession if there is
Policy Manual
misuse by the pupil. The denial shall come only after a consultation with the
parent(s)/guardian(s). An adult, student or otherwise, may directly administer
medication to their minor child at school without complying with this policy.
Policy Manual
For example, a pupil who requires the use of an inhaler for relief or prevention of
asthma symptoms shall be allowed to carry and use the inhaler if there is written
approval from the pupil’s physician and parent(s)/guardian(s) on record at the
school (as described in the Michigan Revised School Code, Section 380.1179).
A pupil who is in possession of an inhaler under the above conditions shall have
each of his/her teachers notified of this by the building administrator.
medications, and be aware which side effects are serious enough to warrant
reporting to the child’s parent(s)/guardian(s) or health provider.
If needed, program supervisors may have direct communication with the
child's health care provider in order to resolve individual problems that may arise
because of a child's asthma. All staff shall be informed about the early warning
signs of an acute asthma episode and should be aware of emergency
procedures and contacts in case a child needs medical assistance. Copies of
the "Signs of an Asthma Emergency," as published by the Michigan Department
of Education will be posted on appropriate bulletin boards in school buildings.

Physical education teachers, playground aides, and teachers are to be
informed that exercise can induce acute episodes for many students with
asthma. It shall be the responsibility of the administration to inform school staffs
who are responsible for students during physical activity of the identity of those
students who have exercise-induced asthma. A child with exercise-induced
asthma shall be allowed to stop any physical activity if they are having difficulty.
Policy Manual
All individuals designated or authorized to administer medication are
required to receive in-service training on all District policies and procedures
related to this responsibility. School staff must be trained by a licensed
registered professional nurse, physician, or physician assistant who has
knowledge of local school medication policies and procedures.
All medication shall be kept in a labeled container as prepared by a

pharmacy, physician, or pharmaceutical company with the pupil’s name, the
name of the medication, dosage, and the frequency of administration.
Medications shall be stored in a school location that is kept locked. However,
emergency medications may be stored in an area readily accessible to the
individuals designated to administer them. All controlled-substance medications
will be counted and recorded upon receipt from the parent(s)/guardian(s). The
medication shall be recounted on a regular basis (monthly or bi-weekly) and this
count shall be reconciled with the medication administration log/record.
Record Keeping of Medications
A log of medication administration shall be kept in a school office and filed
in a pupil’s permanent record at the end of each school year. The individual pupil
log shall be kept until one year after the pupil’s graduation from high school.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1178; MCL380.1179; OAG, 1979-1980, No 5679, p 7-0
(April 11, 1980); OAG, 1993, No 6746, (January 13, 1993); MDE
Bulletin, October 18, 1999, PA 378, 1978, Medical Waste
Regulatory Act, R 325.1545(2)
Policy Manual
8670-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 8670-R
Storage and access to medications in school
Prescription medication to be given at school must be delivered, by the
parent(s)/ guardian(s), in a container as prepared by a pharmacy, physician, or
pharmaceutical company with a printed label specifying:
a. The child’s full name;
b. The name of the medication and the dosage;
c. The time of day medication should be administered; and
d. The name of the physician.
A building administrator shall request that a pharmacy supply the oral
medication in the exact dosage prescribed. Only limited quantities of a
prescription medication may be kept at school, and the parent(s)/guardian(s)
shall be solely responsible for any and all prescription refills. All prescription
medication shall be kept in locked storage or other safe place.
The program supervisor shall designate the school personnel authorized
to administer medication to students.
A program supervisor may set a reasonable designated time for the
administration of medications. The parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be informed of this
designated time and communicate this to the physician when he/she writes
medication administration instructions. The school may request that the
physician send a written explanation with the medication administration
instructions to the school if an exception to the school’s designated time is
necessary. School personnel authorized to administer prescription medication
shall be given appropriate instruction in the administration of medications. After
medication is administered, students should be observed for possible reactions
to the medication. This observation may occur at the site of administration or in
the classroom as part of the normal routine.
Policy Manual
8670-R Administration of Medications by School Personnel 8670-R 2
Except in the case of an emergency that threatens the life or well being of
the student, all administration of medication shall be conducted in the presence
of two or more adults. When necessary for a pupil to have medication
administered while on a school-sponsored field trip or off-site activity, the
individual designated to administer medication must carry the medication in the
original container, and record the necessary information on the medication log
upon return from the trip/activity.
Staff Training
In-service training is recommended to be not less than four hours in length
and include actual "hands-on" practice in identifying and dispensing medications.
Individuals, with the exception of a licensed registered professional nurse, who
are responsible for administering any medications that must be given by
injection, by nebulizer, or administered rectally, vaginally, or into the bladder,
must receive one-to-one training by a licensed health professional.
Documentation that school personnel have completed the required in-service
training shall be maintained by the school and made available, upon request, to a
pupil's parent(s)/guardian(s), physician, licensed registered professional nurse, or
by a District official.
Training Guidelines
Training for all individuals who are designated to administer medications
to pupils in the District must include all of the following content and skill practice:
1. A review and discussion of all Michigan and federal laws pertaining to the
administration of medications to pupils in schools, including discussion of
confidentiality issues.
2. A review and discussion of all policies and procedures relating to
medications in schools including areas of responsibility of program
supervisors, individuals designated to administer medications (i.e.,
Secretaries, aides, teachers, bus drivers, parent(s)/guardian(s), and
medical professionals (i.e., physicians, physician assistants, nurses).
Policy Manual
3. Identification of the forms related to the administration of medications in
schools.
4. Safe storage and handling of medications in school including procedures
for receiving and disposing of medications.
5. The use, effect, and route of administration of the most commonly
prescribed medications in schools, including adverse effects.
6. Procedures for safely dispensing medications to pupils in schools, on
fieldtrips, and other off-site school activities.

7. Practice in identifying and dispensing medications to pupils.
8. Policies and procedures related to pupil self-administration and self-
possession of medication in schools.
9. Review and practice recording administration of medications.
10. Review and discuss procedures for dealing with medication administration
errors.
It is the responsibility of the student, when capable; to report to the
appropriate school official at the time any prescription is to be taken.
School personnel designated to administer medications shall maintain an
accurate and confidential system of record keeping. The medications log shall
include the following:

c. The full name of the student;
d. The physician instructions for administration;
c. A log of the date and time, dosage, name of medication, administering
adult, second adult present for each administration, and the signature of
the administering adult and the signature of witnessing adult for each
administration; (If an error is made in recording, the individual who
administered the medication shall cross out, initial the error, and make the
correction in the log) and
Policy Manual
d. Any noted effects of, or reaction to the medication.
Policy Manual
School personnel must take care to ensure that each student is provided
the proper medication in the proper dosage, and shall log each administration
immediately. In the event of a mistake in administration or dosage, the building
administrator shall be contacted immediately. The building administrator is
responsible for reporting the medication error to the pupil’s parent(s)/guardian(s)
immediately. It is advised that the building administrator also contact the
physician so that he/she may indicate to the parent(s)/guardian(s) that staff
members are conducting the appropriate medical follow up. The school staff
member shall write up the error on a District incident/accident report form and
place a copy into the pupil’s school record. Any adverse reaction to medication,
as described on the physician’s written instructions, shall be reported to the
pupil’s parent(s)/guardian(s) immediately.
Medications should be brought to the school by the student’s parent(s)/
guardian(s). School personnel, appropriately trained, shall, throughout the
school year, periodically review medication instructions on file and inventory
medications being stored by the school. Expiration dates on prescription
medication, epi-pens, and inhalers shall be checked at least twice each school
year.
Parent(s)/Guardian(s) request/permission and a physician's instructions
for administration of medications shall be renewed every school year. No
changes to medication dosage or time of administration will be made except by
instruction from a physician. Medications must be claimed by
parent(s)/guardian(s) at the end of the school year. If this is not done, the
individual who administers the medication will dispose of the medication and
record this disposal on the medication log. This procedure shall be witnessed
and initialed by a second adult.
Policy Manual
Unless otherwise dictated by law, the program supervisor may refuse to
administer or may choose to discontinue the extra service of administering
medication at his/her discretion, if appropriate notice is given to the
School Administration of Medications – Non-Prescription
The procedures for administering non-prescription medications to students
by the District shall be identical to those for prescription medications.

Student Self-Administration of Medications
Upon the written request of the parent(s)/guardian(s), and with directions
supplied by the physician, and with the approval of the school administration,
students may self-possess small quantities of medication for self-administration.
Any student, however, may possess and use an inhaler or a dry powder inhaler
to alleviate asthmatic symptoms, or before exercise to prevent the onset of
asthmatic symptoms, at school, on school-sponsored transportation, or at any
activity, event, or program sponsored by or in which the pupil's school is
participating if proper approvals are on file in writing. All self-possessed
medications must be labeled and prepared by a pharmacy or pharmaceutical
company and include the dosage and frequency of administration.
Any ―biohazardous‖ wastes produced by the student in the process of self-
administration are to be carried back to the home by the student for proper
disposal by the student/parent(s)/guardian(s).
All necessary written permission forms and physician’s directions detailed
above for school administration of medications must be obtained and filed by the
school prior to possession, storage, or self-administration by a student.
Policy Manual
Assisting a Student in Distress
Each building/program shall have a plan for handling medical
emergencies.
Any District staff member may assist a student in distress in self-
administration of a medication (ex. Epi-pen injection, asthma inhaler, etc.). For
the purpose of this policy, distress refers to any obvious and serious discomfort
or threatening condition. The staff member should first confirm that the
medication and dosage are proper for the student as conditions allow.
As soon as possible, the staff member shall notify the school
administration, designated school medical response person, and/or the local
emergency medical system. The staff member shall also complete a District
incident/accident report form following the incident.
medications, and be aware which side effects are serious enough to warrant
reporting to the child’s parent(s)/guardian(s) or health provider.
Staff shall be made aware that chalk dust, animals in the classroom,
strong odors (perfumes and paints), cleaning agents, molds, and numerous other
substances may be asthma triggers for some children. In addition,
environmental pollutants are often triggers for acute episodes of asthma.
Therefore, the Superintendent will endeavor to schedule extensive building
repairs or cleaning during long vacation periods or during the summer months to
avoid exposing children to fumes, dust, or other irritants. Routine cleaning and
maintenance of the heating/cooling and air filtration system is important for
reducing amounts of dust and mold in the schools.
Policy Manual
Staff with asthmatic students should know the signs of possible side
effects of asthma medications, and be aware; also, which side effects are serious
enough to warrant reporting to the child's parent(s)/guardian(s) or health care
provider.
Resources for Staff Training
When selecting a person to train individuals to administer medications, it is
imperative that this person knows the policies and procedures of the District.
6. If the District employs a licensed registered professional nurse, he/she

can conduct the training.
7. The Intermediate School District or local health department may also
provide licensed professional nursing services for staff training.
8. A District can contact the Michigan Association of School Nurses to
see if there is a licensed registered professional nurse available to
provide this training to the District.
9. A medical professional (i.e.: physician, nurse, physician assistant) from
the community may be available to conduct training for school staff.
Policy Manual
TRAINING CHECKLIST
Date(s) of Training: ____________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
Trainer(s) Name and Qualifications:
Names and job titles of individuals attending the training: ___ attached
Content and Skills Taught to Training Participants Shall Include:
___ Review of Michigan laws governing the administration of medications to
pupils in schools.
___ Discussion of local school policies and procedures relating to the
administration of medications to pupils in schools.
___ Safe storage and handling of medications in schools.
___Uses, effects, and routes of administration of most commonly prescribed
medications for pupils in schools.
___ Safe dispensing procedures for medications in schools, including procedures
for field trips and other off-site school activities.
___ Review of local school policies and procedures related to pupil self-
administration and self-possession of medications.
___ Recording procedures for medications administered in schools.
___ Procedures for dealing with medication administration errors.
___Opportunity for participants to ask questions regarding administration of
medications to pupils in schools.
Signature of Trainer: ______________________________________
Date: ______________________
Policy Manual
Policy Manual
8710 Student Clubs, Organizations and Access to School Facilities 8710
The District encourages students to broaden their knowledge and
citizenship by participation in clubs and other groups organized to promote or
pursue unique learning opportunities outside the classroom environment. As a
matter of Board policy, all school-sponsored student clubs and organizations
shall be curriculum-related and their formation approved by the Program
Supervisor. Membership in all school sponsored student clubs and organizations
shall be open to all students of the school without regard to sex, race, color,
national origin/ancestry, religion, height, weight, marital status, age, limited
English-speaking ability, sexual orientation, or disability.
Student initiated, non-curricular related groups shall be permitted to
conduct voluntary meetings on school premises only during non-instructional
time outside the school day, if the meetings do not materially and substantially
interfere with the orderly conduct of the educational activities of the school or
violate Board policy regulating use of school facilities, or state and federal law.
Such student initiated group meetings shall be open to all students without
regard to sex, race, color, national origin/ancestry, religion, height, weight, marital
status, age, limited English-speaking ability, sexual orientation, or disability.
No public funds may be expended on behalf of the non-curricular student

initiated groups covered by this policy except for the incidental cost of providing
space and adult non-participatory monitoring for the meeting.
Students seeking to establish voluntary, non-curriculum related student
groups shall seek approval for use of the facility from the program supervisor.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1299; 20 USCA §4071, et seq. (Equal Access Act)
Policy Manual
8710-R Student Clubs, Organizations and Access to School Facilities 8710-R
A. The District acknowledges it operates a ―limited public forum‖ as defined at
Section 802(b) of the federal Equal Access Act.69 It will not discriminate
against or deny equal access to facilities for students, based on religious,
political, or philosophic viewpoint, who wish to conduct meetings that fall
within the following parameters:
1. The meetings are student initiated and voluntary.
2. The school, its employees and agents do not sponsor the meeting.
3. Agents or employees of the school are present only in a non-
participatory monitoring capacity.
4. The meetings do not interfere materially and substantially with the
orderly conduct of the school’s educational activities.
5. Non-school persons do not direct, conduct, control, or regularly attend
the activities of student groups. Non-student outsiders may
occasionally attend the group’s meetings.
B. Student meetings may take place only during ―non-instructional time.‖ Non-
instructional time is defined as that time before actual classroom instruction
begins in the morning or after actual classroom instruction ends in the
afternoon. School personnel must be present in all meetings to:
1. Maintain order and discipline on school premises.

2. Protect the well-being of students and faculty.
3. Assure that student attendance at all meetings is voluntary.
C. The District may deny access to a student group if meetings are for a
purpose that is unlawful or for a purpose which would materially and
69
―Section 802 Denial of Equal Access Prohibited … (b) A public secondary school has a limited public
forum whenever such school grants an offering to or opportunity for one or more non-curriculum related
student groups to meet on school premises during non-instructional time.‖ Equal Access Act, 20 USC §§
4071-4074.
Policy Manual
substantially interfere with the orderly conduct of educational activities within
the school.
Policy Manual
8730 Student Publications 8730
Student publications, which are not libelous, disruptive,70 or obscene, may
be distributed on school property during school hours in areas designated by the
program supervisor. Distribution of print materials by students that substantially
interferes with the normal flow of traffic within the school corridors and
entranceways, which is coercive of any other person’s right to accept or reject
any publication, or that causes substantial and material interference with the
learning environment shall not be permitted.

LEGAL REF: Hazelwood School Dist. v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 261, 108 S.Ct. 562,
98 L.Ed.2d 592 (1988)
Layshock v. Hermitage School District, __ F.Supp.2d __, 2006 WL 240655 (W.D. Pa. Jan.
70
31, 2006) In this Pennsylvania case, the student produced a “parody” on a private website
regarding his school principal. The school district reacted by transferring the student to an
“alternative school” as disciplinary action. The federal district court rejected Justin's attempt
to frame the issue in the case as "whether a school district can punish a student for posting on
the Internet, from his grandmother's home computer, a non-threatening, non-obscene parody
profile making fun of the school principal." The court determined that Justin had ignored a
crucial element of student protected speech analysis, namely, whether his actions
"substantially disrupt[ed] school operations or interfere[d] with the right of others." The school
district presented ample evidence that his off-campus conduct resulted in actual disruption of
the high school's day-to-day operations. The number of students accessing the profile forced
school officials to shut down the school's computer system for five days, and school personnel
had to devote an inordinate amount of time to monitoring students accessing the profile.
Justin did not carry his of burden of proving the likelihood of success on the merits because
the evidence demonstrated that the disciplinary action was justified.
Policy Manual
8730-R Student Publications 8730-R
Any student who desires to distribute a student publication shall submit
the student publication to the program supervisor for review (for libelous,
disruptive, or obscene content) and approval prior to distribution.
At the time of submission, the student has the right and is encouraged to
meet personally with the program supervisor so that the student and the program
supervisor may freely exchange views on why the distribution of the student
publication is or is not appropriate. The student or his/her representative may
support the case for distribution with relevant witnesses and materials.
In determining whether a student publication is disruptive, school
personnel should consider the context of the distribution as well as the content of
the material. In this regard, consideration should be given to experience with
similar material, to experience in dealing with and supervising students, to
current events influencing student attitudes and behavior and to any instances of
actual or threatened physical disruption prior to or contemporaneously with the
submission of the student publication in question.
The program supervisor shall render his/her decision to approve or
disapprove the distribution of the student publication and notify the student within
one school day of its submission. If approval to distribute is not granted, the
program supervisor shall state his/her reason to the student in writing.
If the student is dissatisfied with the decision of the program supervisor,
the student may appeal this decision. The appeal from the program supervisor’s
decision may be taken by notifying the Superintendent, either orally or in writing,
within two school days of the program supervisor’s decision, of the student’s
desire to appeal and the desire for a hearing before the Superintendent.
Policy Manual
8730-R Student Publications 8730-R-2
A hearing date must be established within three school days after receipt
of the notice of appeal has been filed with the Superintendent, and the
Superintendent shall render a decision, stating reasons in writing, within three
school days of conclusion of the hearing. The student or his/her representative
shall have the right to appear and present his/her case supported by relevant
witnesses and materials as to why distribution of the student publication is
appropriate. The Superintendent’s decision is final.
In exercising the right of prior review, school personnel shall be guided by

the following guarantees and definitions. The First Amendment to the
Constitution of the United States protects students in their exercise of freedom of
expression. It is the responsibility of the school and its staff, while establishing
the kind of environment, which is necessary for an orderly program of classroom
learning, to ensure that the right of students to express themselves freely shall
not be infringed upon at the same time. Distribution of student publications shall
not be prohibited because they contain the expression of unpopular, critical,
controversial, tasteless, or offensive ideas.
Distribution of the student publication during the period of initial review by
the program supervisor, after a negative decision of the program supervisor or
during the period of appeal to the Superintendent shall be sufficient grounds for
suspension of the student by the program supervisor in accordance with the
procedures set forth in law.
Advertisements concerning drug paraphernalia, promoting illegal
consumption of alcohol, or any controlled substances are prohibited in school-
sponsored and student publications.
―School day‖ means any day during the regular school year or summer
session on which regularly scheduled classroom instruction takes place and
excludes Saturdays, Sundays and official school holidays.
Policy Manual
―Publication‖ means any book, magazine, pamphlet, newspaper,
yearbook, picture, photograph, drawing, or any other written or printed matter or
visual representation of a faculty sponsor.
Definitions of Terms Used in Discussing Student Publications
―School-sponsored publication‖ means any publication, as defined herein,
which is composed, compiled, published, or distributed under the official
supervision of a faculty sponsor.
―Student publication‖ means any publication as defined herein which is

composed, compiled, published, or distributed by students without school
sponsorship.
―Distribution‖ means circulation or dissemination of the student publication
to students at the time and place of normal school activity or immediately prior to
subsequent thereto by means of handing out free copies, selling or offering
copies for sale, accepting donations for copies of the publication or displaying the
material in areas of the school building or property which are generally
frequented by students. In dealing with material that is ―obscene‖ or ―libelous,‖
the term ―distribution‖ refers to dissemination of one or more copies; whereas in
dealing with all other types of material, the term ―distribution‖ refers to a
substantial circulation or dissemination of the student publication so as to make
the student publication generally available to the students of the school.
―Normal school activity‖ means organized educational activity of students
under the direct supervision of a member of the school staff that includes
classroom work, library activities, official assemblies, and other similar
gatherings. ―Minor‖ means any person under the age of 18 years.
―Obscene as to minor‖ means that an average person, applying
contemporary community standards would find that the publication, taken as a
whole, appeals to the prurient interest and has no redeeming social value; that
Policy Manual
the publication depicts or describes, in a patently offensive way, sexual conduct
specified in applicable law; and that the work taken as a whole lacks serious
literary, artistic, educational, political or scientific value.
―Libel‖ is the false and unprivileged (unprotected by immunity) publication
in writing or the printing of pictures, effigies or other fixed representations to the
eye which expose a person to public hatred, contempt, ridicule or obloquy which
causes him/her to be shunned or avoided or which has a tendency to injure
him/her in his/her occupation.

When the publication concerns ―public officials,‖ i.e., those who hold
government office or ―public figures,‖ i.e. those who, by reason of the notoriety of
their achievements or employment or by reason of the vigor and success with
which they seek the public’s attention, the defamatory falsehood must be made
with actual malice in order to be libelous, i.e., with knowledge that it was false or
with reckless disregard of whether or not it was false. ―Public figures‖ also
includes administrators and teachers.
Policy Manual
8760 Employment of Students 8760
The Board of Education encourages students to complete their
educational opportunities satisfactorily. The Board recognizes that employment
during school hours will be desirable or necessary for some students.
School Employment
The District may employ students for certain positions that conform to
budget limitations and personnel requirements.
Outside Employment
Students will not be excused from school for employment purposes when
such work infringes upon their schoolwork. Where needed, efforts will be made to
provide for part-time enrollment. Conformity with local resident District policies
will be expected for shared students.
Policy Manual
8760-R Employment of Students 8760-R
School Employment
School employment for students will be of a non-hazardous nature.
Outside Employment
The program supervisor will report all violations of the Board’s policy on
outside employment to the Superintendent for his/her disposition.
Students who desire to work on a regular part-time basis during the school
day must first secure the approval of the program supervisor to attend school
part-time and file a work schedule with him/her. This requirement will normally
be satisfied when the student conforms to local resident District policies. Such
work schedule will not conflict with any of the particular student’s class schedule.
The student must report any deviations from this schedule that may conflict with
the school schedule immediately to the program supervisor. Students who work
in conjunction with work-experience activities common to vocational programs
must have all work schedules that are cooperatively developed by the employer
and the supervising teacher and approved by the program supervisor prior to the
beginning of any work activity.
Policy Manual
8860 Do-Not-Resuscitate (DNR) Orders 8860
The Board of Education believes in the right of parent(s)/guardian(s) to make medical
and educational decisions for their children. Furthermore, the Board believes that appropriate
educational opportunities in Lenawee County require a partnership between families and
educators. A family may reach the difficult decision to ask school officials and others in the
community to honor "do not resuscitate" (DNR) 'physicians' orders written for their child/ward. The
belief in partnership and the parent(s)/guardian(s)' right to make medical decisions for their
children disposes the Board to direct its employees to honor these requests, with limited
exceptions. The following procedures are intended to provide direction to Lenawee Intermediate
School District employees and to preserve and balance the rights for all involved.
This policy primarily applies to minor students enrolled in a classroom program operated
by the Lenawee Intermediate School District. It does not apply to adult employees or adult
students who have executed a legally constituted do-not-resuscitate order.71 Adult students and
adult employees have the right to execute a legal do-not-resuscitate order on their own behalf
and, if it is done in a manner compliant with the law, including notice requirements, can expect
that health and emergency response professionals will abide by its terms.
1. Upon receipt of a written request to honor a DNR order at school concerning a minor
student, the program supervisor is designated by the Superintendent to verify that the
parent(s)/guardian(s) asking the school to honor the DNR order has the competency and
authority to do so. If the program supervisor has concerns or questions, s/he should
request the Superintendent's permission to get the advice of the school's legal counsel.
8860 Do-Not-Resuscitate (DNR) Orders 8860-2
2. The program supervisor must ascertain whether there is reason to believe that:
The parent(s)/guardian(s) lack the competency or authority to do so;
The parent(s)/guardian(s) has motives other than the best interests of the
student; or
71
Public Act 193 of 1996, entitled the Michigan Do-Not-Resuscitate Procedure Act, contains provisions for
individuals age 18 or older, who are of sound mind, to execute a do-not-resuscitate order on their own
behalf. This statute does not include provisions concerning minors, beyond the recitation in § 16(l) to not
impair or supersede the parent's legal right to consent to, or refuse medical treatment on behalf of another.
Policy Manual
In the independent judgment of the program supervisor, the DNR is not in the
best interest of the student.
If the program supervisor has concerns in one or more of these areas, he/she should
advise the requesting party of these concerns and inform the Superintendent. The
Superintendent will determine if the District will honor the DNR request, or take other appropriate
actions, including petitioning the probate court to have the order and the conditions of its
execution reviewed.
3. Assuming the District has no basis to refuse to honor the DNR, the specific written
request/order should be reviewed for reasonable implementation. If the request/order is
not clear, the program supervisor should consult with the treating physician (with proper
release of information) to gain a better understanding of the circumstances when
resuscitation should not be performed, or to seek more definitive directions in writing. The
DNR should not be honored until such needed clarifications are provided. However,
unreasonable delay in seeking clarifications will subject the District to greater risk of
liability and such communication should be a high priority.
4. The program supervisor, in conjunction with the parent(s)/guardian(s), physician, school
nurse, and staff, should develop a written individual emergency care plan that details
exactly what steps should be taken, including specific levels of intervention, in the event a
cardiac or
Policy Manual
8860 Do-Not-Resuscitate (DNR) Orders 8860-3
respiratory arrest occurs. There should be an agreement between the District and the
parent(s)/guardian(s) about what will happen with the student between the time of the
arrest and the time the emergency response team arrives on the scene, even including
specification, where practical, of the specific local emergency response team to call for
this student (parent(s)/guardian(s) prearranged to honor the DNR also).
Consideration of staff and student needs, including removing the student from other staff
and students to a specified private place, lessening the trauma for all involved, and
assuring the presence of supporting staff, should be included. Staff will be reminded of
the Employee Assistance Program for counseling referrals, as needed. All staff likely to
be involved with the student should be informed of these arrangements, including
substitute teachers, assistants, transportation personnel, and other substitute, new, or
replacement staff.
5. The written individual emergency care plan should be endorsed by the
parent(s)/guardian(s) that they understand the plan and agree to it, and the program
supervisor, and made part of the District’s educational records.
Policy Manual
8940 Student Records 8940
The educational interests of students require the collection, retention, and
use of data about individuals and groups of students while ensuring individual
rights of privacy. The District will maintain educational records of students for
legitimate educational purposes.
Student records are confidential and information from them shall not be
released except as provided by law. The information contained in student
records shall be kept current, accurate, clear, and relevant. All student records,
including those maintained in District electronic database(s), shall be

safeguarded during collection, maintenance, and dissemination to protect against
unauthorized access or accidental disclosure. The District may release directory
information in accord with law, provided parent(s)/ guardian(s) are given the
opportunity to object to the release of this information.
Directory Information
The program supervisor may make certain directory information available
without parent(s)/guardian(s) or eligible student’s consent if public notice of the
categories of information designated as directory information has been given.
After such public notice has been given, the parent(s)/guardian(s) have the right
to object to the release of the information within a reasonable time. Directory
information for this District includes the following information about the student:
the student’s name, picture; major field of study; participation in recognized
activities and sports and related information; grade placement; and honors and
awards received.
Armed forces recruiting representatives and service academy recruiters
are entitled to receive directory information for students in grades 9-12 that will
include the student’s name, address, and telephone number (if listed). Pursuant
to federal law, a form will be sent to parent(s)/guardian(s) that allow them to opt
out of the disclosure of directory information to the military recruiters, and that
Policy Manual
8940 Student Records 8940-2
informs the recipients that failure to complete and return the form will result in the
disclosure of the information to military recruiters.
Pursuant to federal law, high school program supervisors may not exclude
military recruiters from the school campus if they do not similarly exclude other
prospective employers or post-secondary institutions.
The District shall inform students and their parent(s)/guardian(s) annually
and upon initial enrollment of their rights under law and Board policy with respect
to student records, and of the procedures for exercising those rights. This notice
shall be modified to accommodate the needs of students with disabilities or those
whose dominant language is other than English.
The Superintendent shall designate program supervisors as student
records custodian(s) for each program in which student records are kept, and
shall provide them with appropriate training. The District may charge an
appropriate fee to cover the expense of providing copies of records requested by
the parent(s)/guardian(s).
The District shall protect the rights of privacy of students and their families
in connection with any surveys or data-gathering activities conducted, assisted,
or authorized by the program supervisor and/or Assistant Superintendent.
Contracts, grants or other documents pertaining to such activities shall include
provisions controlling the use, dissemination, and protection of such data. If
students are to be surveyed or monitored by researchers, parent(s)/guardian(s)
shall be notified of the dates of the planned activities, given an opportunity to
review the survey instruments, and given the opportunity to opt out.
Notice will be given to parent(s)/guardian(s) of the administration of any
health or physical screening, and given the opportunity to opt out.
Policy Manual
8940 Student Records 8940-3
Student directory information shall not be disclosed to businesses or
organizations that plan to use the information for commercial purposes.
Exceptions may be made where the purpose has been approved in advance by
the Superintendent and where parent(s)/guardian(s) have given, in writing,
express permission for this information to be disclosed.
For the purposes of this policy, whenever a student has attained 18 years
of age, or is attending an institution of post-secondary education, the consent
required of and the rights accorded to the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student

shall only be required of and accorded to the student, except when there is a
court appointed guardian.

LEGAL REF: MCL 15.231 et seq.; 380.1134-1135; 380.1139; 20 USCA
§1232g (Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act); 20 USCA §
7908 (No Child Left Behind Act); Michigan Department of Education
Memo dated 4/6/04.
Policy Manual
8940-R Student Records 8940-R
Student Records Custodians
Each program supervisor may designate a person to be student records
custodian(s) for the program. The Director of Technology is designated
custodian for all student records maintained in an electronic database or other
computer media.
Each student records custodian shall be trained in their duties and shall
become familiar with law, Board policy, and these rules with respect to student
records. The student records custodian(s) should work closely with other staff
members to ensure that all data maintained in student records is current,
accurate, clear, and relevant.
Record Types
Student record files shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following:
permanent and supplemental record files.
Permanent Records
This classification includes official administrative records that constitute
data necessary for operating the educational system, which is of long-term value
or importance. It includes basic demographic identification information, academic
transcripts, attendance records, accident and health reports, withdrawal and re-
entry records, honors and activities, date of graduation and course completion,
follow-up records, information pertaining to release of records, and other
information deemed to be of permanent value by the District.
Supplementary Records
This classification includes verified information that is important in
operating the educational system but is of a more sensitive nature and of less
historical importance. It includes test scores on standardized achievement,
aptitude and intelligence tests; observational data gathered from teachers;
counselor evaluation and observations of social and personal assets;
Policy Manual
8940-R Student Records 8940-R-2
psychological reports; disciplinary information; special education files;
health data; family background information; educational and vocational plans;
and other information determined by the administration to be appropriate for this
category.
Storage
The student records custodian is responsible for ensuring that the records
under his/her care are stored in such a fashion as to protect them from harm and
unauthorized alteration or access. Physical records should generally be kept in a

storage area, which is routinely supervised and lockable; electronic records
should be protected by regular back up and password or encryption security of
good integrity.
Data Gathering
Only the program supervisor with respect to an individual program, and an
Assistant Superintendent with respect to the District, may authorize the collection
of survey or other data-gathering pertaining to students or their families. The
administrator shall confirm that the data collection will be in accord with law and
Board policy prior to authorizing it. At the time of authorization, the administrator
is to see to it that safeguards are in place to ensure the confidentiality and
security of the information gathered, including appropriate training of the persons
who will be collecting or handling the data. Survey instruments and procedures
shall be made available for inspection prior to use, and notice of the planned
activity and an opportunity to opt out shall be granted.
Missing Student
When law enforcement officials have notified the District that a student
has been reported missing, the program supervisor shall tag this status in a
uniform and obvious manner on that student’s records. The tag shall remain until
notified by law enforcement that the tag should be canceled, or until the student’s
Policy Manual
eighteenth birthday. If a request had been received for a tagged student’s
records, the custodian shall not comply with the request but shall immediately
notify the law enforcement agency.
Inspection and Copying of Records
Each program shall grant a request by the parent(s)/guardian(s) for
access to their child’s records within a reasonable period of time, but in no case
more than 45 school days after the request has been made. Where such records
or data include information on more than one student, the parent(s)/guardian(s)

of any student shall be entitled to receive, or to be informed of, that part of such
record as pertains to their child.
A school official competent in interpreting student records shall be
available to explain the meaning and implications of the records that are
examined.
In situations where the parent(s)/guardian(s) of a student are divorced or
separated, each parent/guardian, custodial and/or non-custodial, has equal rights
to their student’s records unless a court order specifies otherwise. The District’s
personnel shall not recognize private agreements between the student’s
parents/guardians.
Copies of student record(s) will be made for the parent(s)/guardian(s)
upon request. Copying fees shall be charged unless the parent(s)/guardian(s)
request a waiver of the charges. The program supervisor shall make a final
decision on the waiver request on a case-by-case basis.
Requesting Amendments
Parent(s)/Guardian(s) may ask the District to amend a student record that
they believe is inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of a student’s right to
privacy by writing the program supervisor, identifying the part of the record they
want changed, and specifying the reason(s) for the request. The program
Policy Manual
supervisor shall make a determination on the request in a timely fashion and
shall reply in writing to the parent(s)/guardian(s) detailing the actions taken. If
the decision is to deny the request, the parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be provided
with the information and procedures to request a hearing regarding their request
for amendment.
When a hearing has been requested by the parent(s)/guardian(s) to
challenge the content of the student’s record, the procedure to be followed in the
hearing shall include the following:

The hearing shall be conducted and the decision rendered by a person
who does not have a direct interest in the hearing outcome;
The parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student shall be given notice of the
date, place and time of the hearing within a reasonable time in
advance of the hearing;
The parent(s)/guardian(s) may be assisted or represented by
individuals of his/her choice at his/her own expense, including an
attorney;
The parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be afforded a full and fair opportunity to
present relevant evidence;
The decision shall be rendered in writing within a reasonable time after
the hearing concludes; and
The decision of the school shall be based solely upon the evidence
presented at the hearing and include a summary of the evidence and
the reasons for the decision.
If the decision of the school following the hearing is to deny the request,
the parent(s)/guardian(s) shall be afforded an opportunity to place a statement in
the record commenting on the contested information or disagreement with the
Policy Manual
school. This statement shall be attached to the record in question and copied or
disclosed along with the record for as long as the record is maintained.
Disclosure without Consent
The student records custodian may disclose information contained in
those records without the consent of the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s) to the
following persons or entities, on the condition that they agree not to disclose the
information to any other party without the written consent of the
parent(s)/guardian(s):
Other school officials, including teachers, teacher assistants, support
staff, related services providers, contractors, and specifically
authorized individuals, within the District who have legitimate
educational interests in viewing the records;
Officials of other schools or school systems in which the student
intends to enroll; [Note: this requires parent(s)/guardian(s) notification
in each instance unless stated as a practice in the annual notification
to parent(s)/guardian(s) of their rights]
The Comptroller General of the United States, the Secretary of
Education, or state and local educational authorities;
Authorized persons to whom a student has applied for or from whom a
student has received financial aid;
Organizations conducting studies for or on behalf of educational
agencies or institutions;
Accrediting organizations;
In compliance with a judicial order or subpoena, provided the custodian
makes a reasonable effort to notify the parent(s)/guardian(s) prior to
complying so that they may seek protective action. Notification will not
Policy Manual
be made to the parent(s)/guardian(s), however, if the court or agency
issuing the subpoena orders that the subpoena not be disclosed.
In the absence of a court order or subpoena, to a court if the District
initiates legal action against the parent(s)/guardian(s) or student and
the records of the student are relevant for the District to proceed with
the legal action, or if the parent(s)/guardian(s) or student initiates legal
action against the District and the student's records are relevant for the
District to defend itself; and

Appropriate persons if knowledge of the information is necessary to
protect the health or safety of the student or other persons in an
emergency. The custodian of student records shall take the following
factors into consideration in deciding whether the information should
be released: the seriousness of the emergency; whether the
information is needed to meet the emergency; whether the persons to
whom the information will be released are in a position to deal with the
emergency; and whether time is of the essence in dealing with the
emergency.
Except for local school officials and parent(s)/guardian(s), all persons,
agencies, or organizations requesting or accessing the records of a student shall
be recorded on a form (including electronic forms) kept permanently along with
the student’s records if the request or access involved any information, which
personally identified the student, except for subpoenas, which prohibit disclosure.
The form must identify the requesting party, the legitimate interest the party had
in making the request, the information released or made accessible, the date the
request and/or release was made, and the name of the custodian who handled
the request.
Policy Manual
Statistical data from student records may be disclosed without consent of
the parent(s)/guardian(s) for research, statistical summary, or planning purposes
if the information released cannot be used to identify an individual student. The
custodian shall exercise care in this regard; as statistically small populations
within the District may be identifiable through seemingly innocuous data (Ex.
Race and gender of a student may be sufficient to identify an individual in a
District with a low minority population).
Disclosure with Written Consent

The student records custodian may disclose information in a student’s
records or provide access to the records following written instructions signed and
dated by the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student specifying the records, the
reasons, and the person(s) to whom the release is to be made. A copy of the
parent(s)/guardian(s)’ instructions shall be kept along with the record.
Whenever the District requests the consent to release certain records, the
custodian shall inform the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the right to limit such consent
to specific portions of information in the records. The District shall use a uniform
release of records form for this purpose.
Disposition of Records
The school shall maintain permanent records for an indefinite period.
When the student graduates, supplementary records shall be transferred to the
permanent record. To eliminate unnecessary or outdated information, the official
custodian shall review a student’s records when the student moves from
elementary to a middle school or junior high, from a middle school or junior high
to high school and upon high school graduation.
Custodial Discretion in Exceptional Circumstances
If the custodian of student records has special information that would
indicate granting or denying access to student records in accordance with these
Policy Manual
rules would be harmful to the student, he/she may exercise discretion in granting
or denying access in a manner other than provided herein.
Notification
Each program within the District shall disseminate to each student and
family at least annually the following statement of rights. Parent(s)/Guardian(s)
who are non-native speakers of English shall be provided a translation or
otherwise contacted to inform them of these rights.
Annual notice shall be given to parent(s)/guardian(s) and eligible students

concerning the student’s records. In addition, the custodian of the educational
records shall give annual public notice of the class of records the institution has
designated as directory information. The appropriate forms for said notices are
on file in the office of the custodian of the educational records.
STUDENT AND FAMILY RIGHTS CONCERNING SCHOOL RECORDS
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords
parent(s)/guardian(s) and students over 18 years of age (eligible students)
certain rights with respect to the student’s education records. They are:
1. The right to inspect and copy the student’s education records within 45
school days of the day the District receives a request for access.
Parent(s)/Guardian(s) or students should submit to the school custodian of
student records a written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to
inspect. The custodian will make arrangements for access and notify the
parent(s)/guardian(s) or eligible student of the time and place where the
records may be inspected.
2. The right to request the amendment of the student’s education records that
the parent(s)/guardian(s) or eligible student believes are inaccurate,
misleading or an invasion of privacy.
Policy Manual
Parent(s)/Guardian(s) or eligible students may ask the District to
amend a record that they believe is inaccurate, misleading, or an
invasion of privacy. They should write the program supervisor or
records custodian, clearly identify the part of the record they want
changed, and specify the reason.
The right to challenge school student records does not apply to: (1)
academic grades of their child, and (2) references to expulsions or
out-of-school suspensions, if the challenge is made at the time the

student’s school student records are forwarded to another school to
which the student is transferring.
If the District decides not to amend the record as requested by the
parent(s)/ guardian(s) or eligible student, the District will notify the
parent(s)/ guardian(s) or eligible student of the decision and advise
him/her of their right to a hearing regarding the request for
amendment. Additional information regarding the hearing procedures
will be provided to the parent(s)/guardian(s) or eligible student when
notified of the right to a hearing.
3. The right to permit disclosure of personally identifiable information contained
in the student’s education records, except to the extent that the FERPA or
Michigan law authorizes disclosure without consent.
Disclosure is permitted without consent to school officials with
legitimate educational or administrative interests. A school official is
a person employed by the District as an administrator, supervisor,
instructor, or support staff member (including health or medical staff
and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the Board;
a person or company with whom the District has contracted to
perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, medical
Policy Manual
consultant, or therapist); or a parent(s)/guardian(s) or student serving
on an official committee, such as disciplinary or grievance committee,
or assisting another school official in performing his/her tasks.
A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official
needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her
professional responsibility.
Upon request, the District discloses education records without
consent to officials of another school District in which a student has

enrolled or intends to enroll as well as to person(s) specifically
required or allowed by State or federal law.
Disclosure is also permitted without consent to: any person for
research, statistical reporting or planning, provided that no student
or parent(s)/ guardian(s) can be identified; any person named in a
court order; and appropriate persons if the knowledge of such
information is necessary to protect the health or safety of the
student or other persons.
4. The right to prohibit the release of directory information concerning the
parent(s)/guardian(s) child.
Throughout the school year, the District may release directory
information regarding students, limited to:
 Name
 Picture
 Grade level
 Academic awards, degrees and honors
 Information in relation to school sponsored activities,
organizations and athletics
 Major field of study
Policy Manual
Any parent(s)/guardian(s) or eligible student may prohibit the release of any
or all of the above information by delivering a written objection to the
program supervisor within 30 days of the date of this notice.
No directory information will be released within this time period, unless the
parent(s)/guardian(s) or eligible student are specifically informed otherwise.
5. The right to prohibit the release of directory information concerning the
parent(s)/ guardian(s) child to Armed Forces recruiting personnel.
Student information to be release to the Armed Forces is to include:

Name
Address
Telephone number (if listed)
6. The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education
concerning alleged failures by the District to comply with the requirements of
FERPA.
The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is:
Family Policy Compliance Office

U.S. Department of Education
Washington DC 20202-4605
Policy Manual
Student Directory Information Notification Form
Dear Parents/Guardians/Emancipated Student: Please sign and return this form
to the school within thirty (30) days of the date of this letter. If we receive no
response by that date, we will withhold all student directory information unless
required by law to release certain directory information (such as to Armed Forces
recruiters upon their request.) You may direct us not to release such information
to any person or agency, including the Armed Forces, by completing and
returning this form in a timely fashion.
_______________________
Date
Dear Parent/Guardian/ Emancipated Student:
This letter informs you of your right to direct the District to withhold release of student
directory information for _______________________________________________.
Student’s Name
Following is a list of items that this District considers student directory information.
Please choose one (1) of the three (3) options below. That is, choose Option 1 if the
District may not release any item of directory information; Option 2, if the District may
release all items of information; or Option 3, if the District may release only selected
items of information. Then check those items that may be released.
Student Directory Information Notification

Release to – Institutions of Higher Education, Potential Employers, Armed Forces
Recruiters, etc.
Choose one of the Options below:
 Option 1: The District MAY NOT RELEASE ANY information listed below.
 Option 2: The District MAY RELEASE ALL information listed below.
 Option 3: The District MAY RELEASE ONLY the information checked below
If you chose Option 3 above, then indicate by checking which item(s) of

information the District may release.
 Student’s name  Student’s weight and height (if a
 Student’s address member of an athletic team)
 Student’s telephone number  Student’s dates of attendance
 Student’s date and place of birth  Degrees and awards the student has
 Student’s major field of study received
 Information about the student’s  Most recent educational institution
participation attended by the student
in officially recognized activities and  Grade level
sports
 Student’s photograph/picture
NOTE: If a student’s name, grade level, or photograph is to be withheld, the student

will not be included in the school’s yearbook, event or athletic programs, or other such
Policy Manual
publications.___________________________________ _____________
Parent/Guardian/Emancipated Student’s Signature Date
Policy Manual
8990 Student Fees, Fines, Charges, and Deposits (Cf. 8040) 8990
Fees and Charges
Program supervisors or designated representatives shall be authorized to
collect fees by the Board of Education.
Fines
No fines shall be imposed upon any student provided, however, that
school property lost, damaged, or destroyed by a student shall be paid for by
such student in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed by the
Superintendent.
Any fees paid by the students shall be properly receipted and accounted
for in the budget.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1332; 380.1422; R 340.241-243;
Policy Manual
8990-R Student Fees, Fines, Charges, and Deposits 8990-R
Fees and Charges
At the time of enrollment of classes at the beginning of each school year,
the Superintendent will distribute a fee schedule approved by the Board to all
program supervisors and other school personnel designated by him/her as being
authorized to charge and collect certain fees. Such fee schedule shall include:
A detailed list of all items for which a charge is to be collected;
The amount of such charges;
The date due;

Classifications of students exempt from the fee or charge;
A system for accounting for and disposing of such fees; and
An exemption procedure to be used by students or
parent(s)/guardian(s) to claim exemption from paying the fees or
charges based upon inability to pay.
Program supervisors shall attempt to collect the justifiable value of school
property lost, damaged, or destroyed by a student. If, after the attempt to collect,
such amount remains unpaid, the program supervisor shall report the matter to
the Superintendent who shall consult with the school Board’s attorney, and they
shall jointly recommend a course of action to the Board.
Policy Manual
Section 9000 - General Public and Organizational Relations
TC-9000-1
9000—GENERAL PUBLIC AND ORGANIZATIONAL RELATIONS
9001 School Community Relations

9190 Interviews with Students
9230 School Volunteers
9250 Use of District Facilities
9300 Alcohol and Smoke Free Schools, Grounds, Vehicles, and
Facilities
9350 Public Gifts and Bequests
9370 Distribution of Materials in Schools
9400 Visitors to the Schools
9450 Concerns, Suggestions and Complaints
9510 Public School Academies
9540 District Government Relations
9620 Relations with Political Organizations
9720 Parent(s)/Guardian(s) and School Partnerships
9840 Student Teaching and Internships
9900 Education Research Agencies
Policy Manual
9001 School Community Relations 9001
In keeping with its Vision, and in particular with its desire to earn the trust
of its communities, the Board seeks to establish a satisfactory working
relationship with all media, governmental, educational, and private agencies
having an interest in the operation of all public schools and who places children’s
needs first.
Policy Manual
9190 Interviews with Students 9190
Any representative of the news media seeking to interview any student
during regular school hours must first gain the approval of the appropriate
program supervisor or designee. The program supervisor shall witness,
supervise and regulate all media interviews with students so that such interviews
do not interfere with the educational activities of the students involved.
Policy Manual
9230 School Volunteers 9230
The Board of Education recognizes the importance of the use of
volunteers in the District as a viable, educationally sound practice. Through the
use of volunteers, supplemental educational assistance can be provided to the
students of the District. Volunteers serve at the will of the District and their
service is subject to review by the program supervisor.
Volunteers provide significant services by supplementing the work of paid
staff, but are not substitutes for paid staff. Typical assignments include
supplemental instruction as determined by the classroom teacher, clerical work,

and supervision of student activities. Volunteers shall be registered with the Staff
Resources office.
Policy Manual
9250 Use and Leasing of District Facilities 9250
The Board of Education believes that the public schools are owned by the
community and that the schools play an important part in the intellectual growth
and social expression of a community. To this end, the Board encourages public
use of school facilities.
Permission to use school facilities shall not be considered an
endorsement of an activity or of an organization by the Board of Education.
School-sponsored activities shall have first priority. The Board delegates
its authority to authorize use of school facilities to the Superintendent with the
exception of use established through lease or other contract involving any
transfer of property rights. The Assistant Superintendents and their designees,
are hereby designated by the Superintendent to authorize the use of school
facilities. A coordinator will be designated in each service area who will be
responsible for maintaining an accurate calendar of all uses of school facilities
other than regular classroom activities. The Board of Education shall receive an
annual report of facilities use based upon the coordinator's calendar.

LEGAL REF: MCL 333.12601 et seq.; OAG, 1987-1988, No 6460, p 167 (August
25, 1987); Lamb’s Chapel v Center Moriches Union Free School
District, 508 U.S. 384 (1993)
Policy Manual
9250-R Use and Leasing of District Facilities 9250-R
Use of facilities will be limited to groups that agree to follow these
principles and procedures:
1. Controlled substances including alcoholic beverages will not be permitted
on school property at any time.
2. No pyrotechnic devices or materials shall be used at any time in any
building or on any property by any person, for any reason, unless
permission is granted by the program supervisor.
3. Users of District facilities shall hold the District harmless from any loss,
damage, or expense that may arise during or be caused in any way by
use or occupancy of District facilities. Also, in the event that property loss
or damage is incurred during the use or occupancy of District facilities, the
amount of damage shall be determined by the Superintendent and a bill
for damages will be presented to the group using or occupying the
facilities during the time the loss or damage was sustained. Our insurance
carrier has the right to seek reimbursement from an outside group's
insurance company for damages to facilities and equipment when the
outside group is responsible for the damage.
4. Any group desiring to use the District facilities must designate a "contact
person" by name, address, and phone number, and provide such
information when making reservations.
5. Any group using District facilities when a facility is not open will be
required to pay a fee established annually by the Superintendent. The
Superintendent reserves the right to waive any and all fees, or any portion
thereof at his/her discretion. This fee may vary with unusual
circumstances. Restricted use of any kitchen facilities, at any time, may be
available on an "extra" fee basis and with more stringent use limitations.
The Vo-Tech kitchen facilities are generally not available for public use,
other facilities with access to kitchen equipment require special permission
from the Superintendent or Assistant Superintendent.
Policy Manual
9250-R Use and Leasing of District Facilities 9250-R-2
6. Religious organizations seeking use of facilities will be treated as any
other group or organization, and may not receive any special preference
nor be subject to discrimination in the implementation of this policy.
7. Groups and/or organizations from the private for-profit sector are
permitted to use the facilities under the same conditions as those applied
to non-profit and/or civic groups. However, the use of facilities for
profit-making activities shall be limited. Profit-making activities specifically
prohibited are those activities during which money changes hands; i.e., an
admission charge, a sales transaction or payment of a commission, etc. It
should be stressed that non-profit organizations and school sponsored
services, activities and events, including those run for the benefit of
student organizations, may engage in fund-raising projects and other
activities during which money changes hands (i.e. candy sales, craft fairs,
fee-for-services)
8. As many different groups as possible should be allowed to use the
facilities. Therefore, longterm, extended use of facilities by one group is
discouraged.
9. All equipment loaned to a group using facilities shall be returned to the
District in the same condition in which it was received. Any mechanical
malfunction shall be noted in writing. Use of the equipment should be
discontinued after the malfunction is discovered. If a group or an individual
damages equipment, they may not be allowed to use District equipment
and/or facilities in the future. The cost of repairs to damaged equipment
will be billed to the group to which the equipment was loaned, unless a
malfunction was noted before it was used by the group.
10. Unauthorized personal use of facilities and equipment by Lenawee ISD
personnel is strictly prohibited and could result in disciplinary actions.
Authorization of building and/or equipment usage shall come from the
Assistant Superintendent.
Policy Manual
9250-R Use and Leasing of District Facilities 9250-R-3
Any outside group or individual that would like to use the facilities for a
meeting or a special event must complete a room request form available at each
facility. The group or individual must designate a contract person with address
and telephone number who will be responsible for the facility when the group or
individual is using it. If a school or Lenawee ISD meeting must be scheduled after
an outside group has reserved the facilities, the outside group or individual may
be asked to schedule the facility at another time.
Leases and Rental Agreements of Facilities Owned by the Lenawee
Intermediate School District

The Board of Education reserves the right to approve all leases and rental
agreements concerning school facilities. In general, all leases and rental
agreements should be written in a consistent form by the District administration
or its counsel and, if written by District staff, it may be reviewed by counsel
before presentation to the Board for final action. The terms in such agreements
may differ depending on the circumstances. Such agreements must assure first
priority for school sponsored activities, all such leases shall include just
termination procedures. Lease or rental fees may be market-value, nominal,
waived, or based on the District's actual or estimated costs, including, where
applicable, personnel salaries and benefits, utilities, maintenance, repair, and
other direct and indirect expenses. In general, lease or rental of District facilities
after regular business hours may require the presence of an employee on-site
during the use, the cost of which shall be included in the lease or rental fees, and
must be specified in the written agreement.
Hourly Building Usage Fees
An annual fee schedule shall be determined by the Superintendent.
Policy Manual
9300 Alcohol and Smoke Free Schools, Grounds, Vehicles and Facilities 9300
Tobacco Products
No person, at any time, shall smoke, chew or otherwise use tobacco
products, of any kind, on District property, on property under the control of the
District, or in District vehicles.
Alcoholic Beverages
No alcoholic beverages, of any kind, nor any "look alike" alcoholic
beverages, shall be used by any person in District buildings or on District
property, or in connection with any District sponsored activity, either on or off

District property, at any time.
Signs prohibiting the use of alcohol, tobacco or tobacco products will be
posted on school grounds.
General public violations will be handled in accordance with state law.

LEGAL REF: MCL 333.12601 et seq.; 750.473; OAG, 1977-1978, No 5336, p.
502 (June 28, 1978); 20 USCA§7183.
Policy Manual
9350 Public Gifts and Bequests 9350-2
The District may receive gifts, which may serve to enhance and extend the
services provided by the Lenawee Intermediate School District. The following are
statements of standards or principles pertaining to gifts to the District:
1. All gifts to the District shall be immediately brought to the attention of the
Superintendent. Gifts may be directed by the donor or school officials to the
Lenawee County Education Foundation, and may be accepted by the
Superintendent on its behalf.
2. Contributions of equipment, real property or services that may involve major
costs for installation or maintenance, or initial or continuing financial
commitments from school funds may be presented by the Superintendent
for Board consideration and approval.
3. A list of contributions primarily for school use shall be reported to the Board
by the Superintendent's office at least annually.
4. The Board may accept gifts of cash. Donor's specifications for the
expenditure of monetary gifts may preclude acceptance of such gifts, but
will otherwise be honored in so far as practicable. The final decision on
items to be purchased with donated monies rests with the Superintendent.
5. Equipment contributed to the schools becomes the property of the District
and is subject to the same controls and regulations that govern the use of
other school-owned property.
6. It shall be the practice of the District to acknowledge receipt of gifts by
sending a "thank you" letter to the donor, limited to describing what has
been donated. The District shall refrain from placing a monetary value upon
gifts.
7. The District may refrain from accepting gifts, including those that pose
potential environmental hazards or other disposal challenges.
Policy Manual
9370 Distribution of Materials in Schools 9370
The Board reserves the right to refuse distribution of any material by
outside individuals or groups to the students of the District.
Political Campaign Materials
In order to further citizenship training, the Board encourages the
nonpartisan responsible use of political materials for use in the appropriate
classroom setting.
Special Interest Materials
No special interest materials for distribution to staff and/or students shall

be permitted in the school or on the grounds without the prior approval of the
program supervisor.
Advertising in the Schools
No advertising of materials used for commercial purposes shall be
permitted in the school buildings or on the grounds of the District without prior
approval of the program supervisor. The decision of the program supervisor
shall be final.
Advertising in student publications shall be regulated by rules and
regulations developed by the Superintendent. Ads concerning drug
paraphernalia and any controlled substance are prohibited in any school-
sponsored publication or on school property.
Use of Religious Materials
Religious materials may be used in the program/classroom to study the
historical or cultural aspects of religion but such material is prohibited if used to
indoctrinate the practice of a religion.
Dissemination of Religious Materials
Materials that have a religious content may be made available to students
during non-instructional time. The District shall impose content neutral
restrictions, (as to time, place, and manner) on the dissemination of religious
Policy Manual
9370 Distribution of Materials in Schools 9370-2
materials to ensure that students are aware that the materials are not being
endorsed or sponsored by the District.

LEGAL REF: Good News Club v. Milford Central Schools, 121 S.Ct. 2093 (2001)
Policy Manual
9370-R Distribution of Materials in Schools 9370-R
No student shall be forced to participate in the distribution of any non-
school materials in the schools.
Political Campaign Materials
Subject to the approval of the Superintendent, each program supervisor
shall govern the distribution of political campaign materials on the campus and
grounds during election campaigns in order to afford opportunity for all
viewpoints to be considered. No student shall be forced to participate in the
distribution or receipt of any political materials.

Special Interest Materials
No mailing lists of students or employees of the District shall be given to
individuals, organizations, or vendors for distributing materials without the written
approval of the appropriate program supervisor unless otherwise required by law,
such as with the federal No Child Left Behind law provisions for military
recruiters.
Advertising in the Schools
Advertising in the student publications may promote products by brand
name except that commercial ads promoting the sales of any controlled
substance or drug paraphernalia are prohibited.
Distribution or posting of materials which are obscene, libelous or which
may inflame or incite students so as to create a clear and present danger of the
commission of unlawful acts on school property, or physical disruption to the
orderly operation of the district is prohibited.
Policy Manual
9400 Visitors to the School 9400
The Board welcomes and encourages visits to school by
parent(s)/guardian(s), other adult residents of the community, and interested
educators. In order that the educational program continues undisturbed when
visitors are present and to prevent the intrusion of disruptive persons in the
schools, it is necessary to invoke visitor regulations.
The Superintendent has the authority to prohibit the entry of any person to
a school of this District or to expel any person when there is reason to believe the
presence of such person would be harmful to the good order of the school. If
such an individual refuses to leave the school grounds or creates a disturbance,
the program supervisor is authorized to request from the local law enforcement
whatever assistance is required to remove the individual.
The Superintendent shall promulgate such rules and regulations as are
necessary for the protection of students and employees of the District from
disruption to the educational program or the efficient conduct of their assigned
tasks.
All visitors shall be required to report to the office upon entry. Notices to
this effect shall be posted at the appropriate entryways.
Parent(s)/Guardian(s)/Visitors to the Schools
Parent/guardian visits shall be made in accordance with the following
guidelines:
A. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) visits shall be scheduled with the teacher and
the program supervisor.
B. The program supervisor or designated representative shall accompany
the parent(s)/guardian(s) on the visit if the parent(s)/guardian(s) so
desires. Such visits are for becoming acquainted with school
instruction, programs, personnel, operation, and/or the facility.
Policy Manual
9400 Visitors to the School 9400-2
C. Parent(s)/Guardian(s) shall refrain from giving directions or making
evaluations of personnel or critiquing operating procedures during their
visits.
D. If a school visit leaves the parent(s)/guardian(s) with a concern, this
concern should be discussed with the building program supervisor.
E. Board members who have students in the schools and therefore have
parental/guardian opportunities to converse with their student’s
teacher, counselor, or administrator shall make it clear that they are

speaking and/or visiting as a parent/guardian and not as a member of
the Board.
Unauthorized persons loitering in or about any District facility, or on school
grounds, may be asked to leave the premises. Any such person failing to leave
the premises after being asked to do so shall be considered to be in probable
violation of trespassing statutes and law enforcement officers shall be notified
and requested to remove the individual from the building or the grounds.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1137(2)
Policy Manual
9450 Concerns, Suggestions and Complaints 9450
All concerns, suggestions and complaints regarding programs in the
District should be resolved at the lowest possible administrative level, usually a
program supervisor. Unresolved concerns, suggestions and complaints should
be discussed with the Assistant Superintendent or Superintendent.
Whenever a complaint is made directly to the Board as a whole or to a
Board member as an individual, it shall be referred to the Superintendent for
study and possible solution. Any employee involved will be informed and shall
be given every opportunity for explanation, comment and presentation of the

facts as the employee sees them.

Policy Manual
9510 Public School Academies 9510
It shall be the policy of the Board of Education of the Lenawee
Intermediate School District to renew, or cause to be reviewed, applications for
the contractual authorization of Public School Academies. The Board of
Education reserves the right of refusal for any application for the authorization of
a Public School Academy, so long as the Board is not acting on the basis of
patently illegal discrimination against a protected class of citizens/applicants.
The Board of Education authorizes the Superintendent to establish an
application fee and criteria for reviewing such applications, including but not
limited to the following principles: maintenance of quality educational
opportunities; avoidance of duplicating existing educational opportunities;
protection of quality cooperative local public school programs; potential stability
in operation; competent staffing and knowledgeable members of the Board of
Directors; clearly articulated educational goals and methods for evaluating
performance; sufficient financial support for administrative services provided by
the Lenawee Intermediate School District to the Public School Academy;
inclusive proposed admission criteria recognizing needs of diverse populations
(students with disabilities, students at-risk minority status); and, interest in and
ability to purchase services (fiscal, student, transportation, information, and
instructional) from the Lenawee Intermediate School District, or one or more of its
constituent local public school Districts.
Applications will be reviewed if they are submitted on the forms provided,
in substantial conformance with these criteria and the standards established in
the law. The Superintendent or designee(s) shall review applications and
recommend approval, modification, amendment, or rejection of the application to
the Board of Education in a timely manner.
Policy Manual
9510 Public School Academies 9510-2
The recommendation for approval, modification, or amendment shall include: the
proposed length of term of the contract, not to exceed 5 years, with the ability to
request Board of Education renewal of the agreement; contractual obligations
running to either parties beyond the routine provisions expected in all Public
School Academy contracts; and, the proposed start of the Academy's operations.
It shall be the policy of the Board of Education to authorize designated
administrative staff to advise interested citizens, applicants, and local public
school officials about the complexity of Public School Academies, their potential
impact, and the procedures for authorizing and monitoring their existence in
Lenawee County.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.501, et seq; 380.1311b
Policy Manual
9510-R Public School Academies 9510-R
The Board of Education Policy on Public School Academies establishes
the direction for how the Lenawee Intermediate School District will interact with
interested citizens, applicants, and area educators on the development of public
school academies in Lenawee County. The following procedures are included to
implement that policy. Included below are general parameters to be followed, in
addition to the criteria provided in the policy; the application form to be
exclusively used and a model contract for granting the authority to operate a
public school academy. An application fee is established at $100.00 due upon
submission of the application. Applications shall be reviewed by the
Superintendent. Administrative staff and other staff should refrain from conferring
directly with potential applicants unless they have been authorized to do so by
the Superintendent.
The administration of the Lenawee Intermediate School District shall use
these guidelines when considering an application for a public school academy
and developing a recommendation for Board of Education action:
1. Is Voluntary. An essential element in any viable public school academy or
optional alternative program is the opportunity, the option, of choosing to
participate. Students and their parent(s)/guardian(s) make this choice, as do
teachers. They choose to take part on the basis of their own needs and the
style, as well as the emphasis and orientation of the program.
2. Stresses Involvement. Students, parent(s)/guardian(s), faculty, community,
and administration are involved in planning, operating, and evaluating the
public school academies in one way or another.
3. Is Locally Developed. Each program is "home grown," reflecting the needs,
interests, resources, and facilities of the area. Existing programs from other
geographic areas often serve as models or sources of ideas, but these are
adapted and changed to fit the local situation. Optional programs also move
out into the community to use its resources actively and energetically.
Policy Manual
9510-R Public School Academies 9510-R-2
4. Rearranges Resources. An optional public school academy uses its resources
differently from the regular or conventional program. People, facilities, and
materials are all combined in new and often creative ways.
5. Has Well-Defined Goals. Public school academies go through a planning and
development process that evokes clearly stated purposes and objectives. The
sponsoring institution holds the public school academy school personnel
accountable for attaining stated goals.
6. Has Representative Enrollment. Rather than serving only a selected target

group of students, public school academies should be designed to attract
diverse and representative enrollment. Representative enrollment by race,
gender, disability, and economic status needs to be a priority in a democratic
choice design. In addition, factors of academic ability and availability of
transportation should be eliminated as barriers to enrollment and participation.
7. Maintains Relationships with the Public School System. Believing that the
establishment of optional public school academies can be beneficial to all
those involved, programs work to build a close relationship with the existing
public schools within their area.
8. Departs Significantly. By definition, an optional program or public school
academy is a significant departure from the existing program. It often tests out
one or more of the following:
Different roles for administrators, teachers, and students
Different patterns of governance, management, and administration
Different student reporting and evaluation methods
Different/varied methods of instruction
Different/varied methods of organization of students for learning,
including personalized instruction and independent study
More flexible uses of the school day or year
Policy Manual
9510-R Public School Academies 9510-R-3
focused instructional content
9. Teaches Basic Skills. Optional learning programs offer basic subjects, but in
personal and responsive ways. They are not just add-on enrichment or
elective courses. Attention to skills development and subject matter often
occurs within a supportive web of goal setting, building on successes and
strengths, supportive peer groups, and multi-disciplinary approaches.
10. Develops Talents and Interests. Optional programs help students develop a
sense of identity and personal effectiveness. These programs strive for

quality work and utilize a strength based approach to instruction. Teachers,
too, are called upon to use the full range of personal and professional talents.
11. Personalizes Student Learning. Optional programs put people - their
interests, needs, and how they learn at the center of things. Students are the
focus for organizing the educational program.
12. Meets Requirements. Since the public school academy option is the student's
basic program. it makes arrangements to meet requirements for
accreditation, attendance, or graduation Common in the school District or
area.
The guidelines are included to balance the various roles the Lenawee
Intermediate School District plays in the development of public school academies
and are not intended to be exclusive nor listed in priority.
Policy Manual
9540 District Government Relations 9540
The Board seeks to establish a satisfactory working relationship and to
open lines of communication with all governmental agencies having an interest in
the activities of the schools in the District. This may be accomplished through
the creation of ad hoc committees, inter-local memberships, or appointment of
representatives to serve as liaison with specific organizations.
Policy Manual
9620 Relations with Political Organizations (Cf. 7760) 9620
Political candidates or political parties shall be prohibited from promoting
candidates or political party activities in student programs and classrooms during
school hours except as they might be invited to speak, either as part of a class
project or as part of the instructional program.
Such organizations may use school facilities according to Board policy.
The circulation of petitions is not permissible when done during an
employee or student’s assigned working hours.
Policy Manual
9720 Parent(s)/Guardian(s) and School Partnerships 9720
Relations with Parent(s)/Guardian(s)
The Board believes that the education of students is a joint responsibility,
one it shares with the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the school community. To insure
that the best interests of the student are served in this process, a strong program
of communication between the home and school must be maintained.
The Board feels that it is the parent(s)/guardian(s) who have the ultimate
responsibility for their children's in-school behavior, including the behavior of
students who have reached the legal age of majority, but are still, for all practical
purposes, and according to IRS regulations, under the parent(s)/guardian(s)
authority. During school hours, the Board, through its designated administrators,
acts in loco parentis or in place of the parent(s)/guardian(s).
The Board directs that the following activities be implemented to
encourage parent(s)/guardian(s) -school cooperation:
A. Parent/Guardian-teacher conferences to permit two-way communication
between homes and school, including use of advanced technologies.
B. Open houses in District schools to provide parent(s)/guardian(s) with the
opportunity to see the school facilities, meet the faculty, and sample the
program on a first-hand basis. Each school in the District shall hold an
open house periodically.
C. Meetings of parent(s)/guardian(s) and staff members to explain and
discuss matters of general interest with regard to child-school, child-home,
or child-school-home relationships.
D. Meetings of staff members and groups of parent(s)/guardian(s) of those
students having special abilities, disabilities, needs, or problems.
Policy Manual
9720 Parent(s)/Guardian(s) and School Partnerships 9720-2
For the benefit of students, the Board believes that parent(s)/guardian(s)
have a responsibility to encourage their child's career in school by:
Supporting the school programs in requiring that the students observe all
school rules and regulations, and by accepting their own responsibility for
students' willful in-school behavior.
Sending students to school with proper attention to their health, personal
cleanliness, and dress.
Maintaining an active interest in the student's daily work and making it

possible for the student to complete assigned homework by providing a
quiet place and suitable conditions for study.
Reading all communications from the school and signing and returning
them promptly when required.
Cooperating with the school in attending conferences set up for the
exchange of information of the student's progress in school.
Schools should schedule meetings, programs, and events so that working
parent(s)/guardian(s) can attend.
Policy Manual
9840 Student Teaching and Internships 9840
The Board may consider the use of student teachers and interns in
classes and programs maintained by the District with or without a written contract
with involved colleges and universities. Student teachers and interns shall be
registered with the Staff Resources Office.

LEGAL REF: MCL 380.1531b
Policy Manual
9840-R Student Teaching and Internships 9840-R
When placing student teachers and interns in the District, the
Superintendent and staff shall:
1. Provide for placement of student teachers and interns with outstanding
teachers who shall serve as supervisors;
2. Protect students from being over-exposed to student teaching, and teachers
from excessive supervisory responsibilities toward student teachers and
interns;
3. Ensure placement of student teachers and interns without regard to race,

color, sex, age, creed, national origin or handicap; and
4. Make provisions with higher education institutions to provide for cooperative
selection of students to be placed in the District's schools.
Student Teacher Selection
Prospective student teachers shall complete a standard application form
and be interviewed by the program supervisor who shall determine whether the
student is acceptable.
Supervising Teacher Selection
The program supervisor shall be responsible in determining those
teachers on staff who may be designated as supervising teachers. This shall be
done with the prior approval of the teaching staff.
The duties and responsibilities of supervising teachers and program
supervisors regarding student teachers and interns can be found in the
appropriate staff/faculty handbooks on file in the District and school offices.
If at any time a student teacher or intern becomes unacceptable, the
District reserves the right to refuse that student teacher or intern further teaching
experience within the District.
Policy Manual
9840-R Student Teaching and Internships 9840-R-2
Student teachers shall not be used as substitute teachers in case of teacher
illness or other personal reason. However, special arrangements may be made
with the universities to allow student teachers or interns to substitute in order to
provide the opportunity for the supervising teacher to attend approved in-service
programs or workshops.
A written contract shall be negotiated with and signed by a duly authorized
representative of the university and shall include an agreement whereby the
District is relieved of its responsibility and liability for Worker’s Compensation

claims which may result from accidents to student teachers and interns
performing their assigned responsibilities within the District.
In all instances, the student teacher or intern shall be under the direct
supervision of the program supervisor.
Policy Manual
9900 Education Research Agencies 9900
The contribution of appropriate educational research to teaching and
school administration is recognized by the Board. The District shall cooperate
when possible with colleges, universities, and other recognized agencies to
promote educational research that shall:
1. Increase professional knowledge of teaching and learning processes and
the social setting in which they operate;
2. Clarify perception of instructional and administrative problems;
3. Establish instructional and management objectives; and

4. Assess progress toward accomplishment of District’s Vision.
All requests for use of District staff, students, or facilities for purposes of
educational research shall be submitted in writing to the Superintendent. The
Superintendent's decision shall be final as to the appropriateness and value of
the proposed research and whether or not to engage in the research/study.
Policy Manual

LISD Board Policies - All Sections

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

LISD Board Policies - All Sections

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Section 1000 – Board Bylaws and Operation

1000 - BOARD BYLAWS AND OPERATIONS

1001 Official Description

1245 School Board Conferences

This District shall be known officially as the Lenawee Schools Intermediate

School District. In addition the District recognizes the common reference to it as

the Lenawee Schools Intermediate School District Board of Education.

Territorial Extent of the District

The District boundaries constitute those of the following public school

Districts: Addison Community Schools, Adrian Public Schools, Blissfield

Community Schools, Britton-Macon Area Schools, Clinton Community Schools,

Morenci Area Schools, Onsted Community Schools, Sand Creek Community

Schools, and Tecumseh Public Schools.

Highway, Adrian, MI 49221-9309.

Approved: June 2, 2003

or bequest of money or other personal property.

The power of this Board extends to those matters expressly granted by

specifically delegated as being necessary to carry them out, and, except as

provided by law, may exercise a power incidental or appropriate to the

District in the interests of public elementary and secondary education in the

intermediate school District.

and other persons entering upon its premises.

Approved: June 2, 2003

manual may be subject to negotiations under the Michigan Public Employment

operational procedures for the care and custody, establishment, maintenance,

authorized under current law.

Whenever the word ―Superintendent‖ or ―Assistant Superintendent‖

The Superintendent is authorized to develop forms and procedures to

Board adoption unless otherwise noted.

Approved: June 2, 2003

and the Michigan Department of Education.

Approved: June 2, 2003

Approved: June 2, 2003

Except for policy actions to be taken on emergency measures, the

period covered by two regular or special meetings of the Board.

1. Announcement of proposed new or revised policies as an item of

information in the reports section of the routine Board of Education meeting

agenda, from the Superintendent, for first reading by the Board.

2. Opportunity offered to concerned groups or individuals to react to policy

3. Discussion and final action by the Board on policy proposals.

the meeting at which the policy was first read.

1. Prior to enactment, all policy proposals shall be titled and coded as

appropriate to subject and in conformance with the codification system

used in the Board policy manual.

2. Insofar as possible, each policy statement shall be limited to one subject.

3. Policies and amendments adopted by the Board shall be attached to and

shall be included in the policy manual of the District.

4. Policies and amendments to policies shall be effective immediately upon

adoption unless a specific effective date is provided in the adopted

immediate action is necessary, the Superintendent shall inform concerned

groups or individuals about the reasons for this necessity.

Approved: June 2, 2003

1104 Suspension of Bylaws and Policies 1104

The Board’s bylaws and policies shall be subject to suspension upon a

indicate the length of suspension.

Approved: June 2, 2003

Board of Education members shall be compensated at the rate of $30.00

to exceed 52 meetings per year.

Board members shall be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses

incurred in discharging their official duties and in performing functions authorized

must approve, by majority vote any payment or reimbursement of an expense

The following specific categories of duties and functions are approved as

1. Expenses incurred for attendance at education-related seminars,

conferences, conventions, workshops, continuing, education courses, and